Category: General

Energy Flow – Energy is the ability to be able to do a job and cause changes in several things. Living things, be it humans, plants or animals need energy to be able to maintain the functions of the body or anatomy and live life.

An example of energy is sunlight which is needed by every living thing. Without sunlight, plants will not photosynthesize and cannot channel their energy. This energy will undergo changes in the ecosystem, so it is referred to as energy flow. More about the flow of energy, the following explanation.

Definition of Energy Flow

Energy flow is a series of sequences of transferring energy forms from one form to another starting with sunlight, then moving to producers, moving again to primary consumers or herbivores, moving again to high-level consumers or carnivores until they reach the saprobes.

Energy flow can also be defined as the transfer of energy from one trophic level to the next. In the process of transferring energy, there is always a reduction in the amount of energy in each sequence of transfer through the trophic level which eats up.

Energy can change from one form to another. Examples include chemical energy, electrical energy, mechanical energy and heat energy. The change from one form of energy to another is known as an energy transformation.

Basically, the flow of energy starts from sunlight which is then converted by producers into chemical energy in the form of organic compounds. The energy changes into these organic compounds, consumed by consumers until there is another transfer and change of energy from plants to consumers.

Chemical energy that has been changed in the form of organic matter is then used by organisms for the growth and development of these organisms. In ecosystems, the flow of energy occurs in food chains, food webs, ecological pyramids and trophic levels.

To be clearer, here is the flow of energy that occurs in these events.

 

 

Energy Flow in Food Chains

The food chain is one of the events where the flow of energy can occur. The flow of energy that occurs in the food chain is considered very important for the sustainability of natural ecosystems.

In natural ecosystems, only plants are able to capture energy from sunlight and then convert it into chemical energy. So that the efficiency of these plants is considered very important in the survival of living things.

The flow of energy that occurs in food chain events, is somewhat inefficient. This means that not all the energy of living things occurs in a trophic that is completely obtained by living things from other trophics.

For example, producers produce energy with a magnitude of twenty kilo calories per square meter each year. However, only about ten percent of energy can be obtained by primary consumers in the food chain.

The energy flow that occurs in events is considered inefficient for several other reasons. Here’s an explanation.

• At each trophic level, living things are able to convert most of their energy into heat when they carry out the process of cellular respiration and daily activities.
• Living things can also change some parts of the energy into an organic molecule and can not be eaten by other living things, for example, is excrement.
• Not all living things die, because they are eaten by other living things. Most of the living things die, without being eaten by other living things and directly experience the process of decomposition by decomposers. Therefore, the flow of energy will stop at creatures that die without being eaten by other living things.

Because of these three reasons, the flow of energy in the food chain is considered inefficient as well as the flow of energy that occurs in other events.

The flow of energy that occurs in food chain events, has levels in the ecosystem or also called trophic. Here is the trophic in the food chain when the flow of energy occurs.

• Producers are the first trophic level, which are included in producers are organisms that are able to produce their own food substances. These organisms are referred to as producers.
  An example is living things that occupy the first trophic level in the food chain, namely plants.
• Primary consumers are first-level consumers, namely organisms that occupy the order of the second trophic level. In general, primary consumers are herbivorous animals and mostly eat plants.
• Secondary consumers are organisms that occupy the order of the third trophic level and are also known as second-level consumers. Secondary consumers, generally occupied by carnivorous animals, most of which are meat eaters.
• Top consumers are organisms that occupy the highest trophic level or the last trophic level. In general, top consumers are groups of omnivores, plant and animal eaters who are at the top consumer position.

To be clearer, here is an example of the flow of energy that occurs in a meal chain event.

1. Grass food chain

Plants in the energy flow of the food chain, occupy the first trophic as autotrophs. However, cows are herbivores that eat grass and carnivores are living things that will eat herbivores like cows.

2. Parasitic food chain

The food chain will occur if there is an interaction between organisms in an ecosystem that has a relationship with parasitism, for example, such as the food chain in mushrooms and tree roots.

3. Decomposing food chain

In the decomposer food chain, organisms that have died will still have energy that functions as an energy source for decomposers. Organisms included in decomposers are fungi, bacteria and algae.

Energy Flow in Food Webs

A food web is a combination of various interconnected food chains in an ecosystem. The more complex the food webs that are formed, the higher the level of stability of an ecosystem. Therefore, to be able to maintain the stability of an ecosystem, a food chain must not be interrupted due to the destruction of one or several organisms.

As with food chains, trophic levels in food webs also occur. Trophic levels are groupings of organisms according to their position in the food chain. Thus, the level or number of trophic levels is determined by the number of organisms that serve in the food chain.

Each level of the trophic has its own nickname. At the first level, it has a trophic nickname as an autotrophic organism. At the second level, the nickname is herbivore, at the third level the trophic nickname is primary carnivore, while at the fourth level the trophic nickname is secondary carnivore.

Because it has a relationship with the food chain, the flow of energy in food webs is not much different from the flow of energy that occurs in food chains.

 

 

Energy Flow in Ecosystems

The flow of energy that occurs in ecosystem events is actually almost the same, it’s just the organisms in it that differentiate it. Some examples of energy flow in ecosystems are as follows.

1. Ecosystems that occur on land

• Sun > vegetables such as mustard greens, spinach, cabbage > caterpillars as the second trophic level > sparrows, the third trophic level and > the eagle as the fourth trophic level.
• The sun as a source of energy > fruits > humans.
• Sun > grass or other wild plants > caterpillar > chicken as third trophic > weasel as fourth trophic.
• Sun > plants, rice > grasshoppers or insects > chickens > snakes or other predators as the fourth trophic.

2. Ecosystems that occur in the waters

Some of the ecosystems included in aquatic ecosystems are river ecosystems, swamp ecosystems, marine ecosystems, lake ecosystems and ecosystems that occur in the environment or water areas.

In aquatic ecosystems, the ecosystems that occur are slightly different from the ecosystems that occur on land. Autotrophic organisms are present in ecosystems in waters, autotrophic organisms are phytoplankton and algae that live in waters. Phytoplankton is one type of plankton that is able to photosynthesize.

Here’s an example.

• Sun > phytoplankton > snails > fish > bigger fish, like sharks.
• The sun > phytoplankton > fish > larger predators such as seals > other larger predators, such as killer whales.
• Sun > phytoplankton > crustaceans > shrimp-eating birds.
• Sun > phytoplankton > zooplankton > whales.

Sinaumed’s can find material regarding energy flow in Biology books for high school students. In this biology, several other materials related to biology subjects are also presented for Sinaumed’s who are still in high school. In order to be proficient and master all material in biology subjects including energy flow, Sinaumed’s can buy the Biology book above at sinaumedia.com yes!

Ecological Pyramid

Ecological pyramid, is an illustration of the inter-trophic arrangement based on density, dry weight, population and the ability to store energy in each trophic. The function of this ecological pyramid is to show a picture of the comparison between trophics in an ecosystem. There are three kinds of ecological pyramids, the following explanation.

1. Number pyramid, which is a pyramid that describes the number of each individual at each trophic level in a particular ecosystem. In general, the number pyramid is narrower upward and the organisms in the number pyramid start from the trophic level from the lowest to the highest.
2. Biomass pyramid, this pyramid describes the reduced transfer of each energy at each trophic level in a particular ecosystem. The shape of the biomass pyramid usually tapers towards the apex but can also be inverted.
3. The energy pyramid, the last ecological pyramid is the energy pyramid which describes the loss of energy when the transfer of food energy occurs at each trophic level. This energy pyramid is able to provide the most accurate picture of the flow of energy in an ecosystem.

Ecosystem Productivity

The main source of energy for life is sunlight. Energy from sunlight can enter biotic components through producers, namely photoautotrophic organisms, and then converted into chemical energy stored in organic compounds.

The chemical energy will then flow from producers to consumers as well as various trophic levels through food chain pathways or events. Chemical energy is then used by organisms for the growth and development of these living things.

The ability of organisms in an ecosystem to be able to receive and store energy is called ecosystem productivity. The productivity of the ecosystem consists of primary productivity as well as secondary productivity and final consumers.

Regarding primary and secondary productivity, the following is a further explanation.

a. Primary productivity

Primary productivity is the speed of autotrophic organisms as producers to convert energy from sunlight into chemical energy in the form of organic materials. Only a small portion of the energy from sunlight can be absorbed by producers.

Primary productivity, differs in each ecosystem, the largest ecosystem of primary productivity is in tropical rain forest ecosystems and mangrove forest ecosystems. Furthermore, primary productivity is divided into two, namely gross primary productivity or PPk and net primary productivity or PPb.

Gross primary productivity or PPk, is all of the organic matter that can be produced through photosynthesis and in photoautotrophic organisms, approximately 20 percent of PPk is used by photoautotrophic organisms to carry out respiration, grow and develop.

Meanwhile, net primary productivity or PPb is the remainder of the gross primary productivity energy that has just been stored. Biomass in autotrophic or producer organisms is estimated to reach 50 percent to 90 percent of all organic matter from photosynthesis. This shows that chemical energy stores that can be transferred to the next trophic are through the relationship of eating and being eaten in an ecosystem.

b. Secondary productivity and ecological efficiency

Secondary productivity is the speed of heterotrophic organisms in converting chemical energy which was originally organic matter eaten is converted into new chemical energy stores in the organism’s body.

Chemical energy in organic matter, which moves from producers to heterotrophic organisms or primary consumers is then used for living activities and only a part of this energy can be converted into chemical energy stored in the body of organisms as net productivity.

Likewise with the energy transfer that occurs in secondary and tertiary consumers, it will always decrease whenever this energy transfer occurs. The comparison of net productivity between one trophic and another trophic above it is called ecological efficiency. According to estimates, only about 10 percent of the energy can be transferred as biomass from the previous trophic to the next trophic.

Conclusion

Sunlight is a source of energy for every living thing, if there is no sunlight, the flow of energy cannot be established. Energy flow occurs in an ecosystem, where living organisms are in it, both terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems.

In the flow of energy that occurs in every ecosystem, one organism and another occupies certain trophics. Trophic is the level in the ecosystem. In general, the first trophic is occupied by producers which consist of organisms capable of producing their own energy, such as plants. Then the second trophic is the organism that occupies the first consumer level, usually herbivores. The third trophic is the secondary consumer and is usually filled by herbivorous animals. While the fourth trophic level is the top consumer, which is generally filled by omnivorous animals, namely plant and meat eaters.

That is an explanation of the flow of energy, as well as the productivity and trophic levels that exist in an ecosystem. If Sinaumed’s doesn’t understand the material on energy flow, or wants to know more about the material in biology for grade 10 high schools, Sinaumed’s can dig deeper by reading books.

Sinaumed’s can buy biology books with energy flow and other materials at sinaumedia.com. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides a variety of quality and original books for Sinaumed’s. So what are you waiting for? Buy and read the book right now!

The encyclopedia is – The life we ​​live cannot be separated from science. However, sometimes there are some people who do not know what science contains about any information, so it is difficult to understand this information and insight into various things is also reduced. The knowledge that exists around this consists of various fields, such as nature, technology, animals, plants, and many more.

Information in this science can not only add insight to someone, but can also increase one’s intelligence in a field. To explore a science can be done in various ways, such as through books through online media or even watching an event related to science.

In addition, this knowledge can be obtained from formal education or non-formal education. From wherever getting knowledge will not be a problem because it will increase one’s insight. In fact, it is even better if the knowledge that has been obtained can be conveyed to other people, so that more and more people have an open mind about science.

We can see things like that in a teacher who sincerely and sincerely teaches and educates his students so that one day they can become children who are useful for the homeland and the nation. Then, are you interested in becoming a teacher?

Therefore, it can be said that studying and understanding science will not bring any harm and even provide a lot of benefits, either for oneself or for others. So, from now on, never hesitate to explore a science and also give it to others.

For someone it may be difficult to know the science of a field. If just knowing it is difficult let alone to understand the science of a field. Therefore, in the world of science there is a term known as an encyclopedia.

With an encyclopedia, one can more easily understand the science of a field. Currently, there are already various kinds of encyclopedias, such as encyclopedias of animals, plants, and so on.

Then, what exactly is meant by an encyclopedia? You can find the answer in this article. Apart from that, this article will also discuss the purpose of encyclopedias and the benefits of encyclopedias. So, read this article to the end, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Encyclopedia

The word “encyclopedia” is taken from the Greek, namely egkyklios paideia ( ἐγύοςπαία ) which means a complete circle or teaching. An encyclopedia (/enciklopédia/) is a number of writings that contain explanations that store information in a comprehensive and quickly understood and understood manner regarding an entire branch of science or specifically in a particular branch of science.

Encyclopedias are arranged in sections of articles with one topic of discussion in each article arranged alphabetically, category or volume of publication. In general, it is printed in the form of a series of books depending on the amount of material included.

This is in line with the meaning in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), an encyclopedia is a reference work that contains information or descriptions of various matters in the field of science, usually arranged alphabetically.

Often encyclopedias are mixed in with dictionaries. This is because in the beginning, encyclopedias developed from dictionaries. The main difference between a dictionary and an encyclopedia is that a dictionary only gives definitions of each entry or entry from a linguistic point of view or only gives synonymous words.

Meanwhile, one encyclopedia provides more in-depth explanations than we are looking for. An encyclopedia attempts to explain each article as a phenomenon.

So, a dictionary is a list of words explained by other words. Meanwhile, an encyclopedia is a list of things that are sometimes equipped with pictures to explain something.

History Encyclopedia in Indonesia

1. The Classical Era

The oldest encyclopedia in Indonesia comes from the island of Java, that is, from the Javanese-Hindu culture and written in Old Javanese. This encyclopedia is called Cantaka Parwa and contains all kinds of science and mythological and epic stories. Most likely the Cantaka Parwa book was written in the 9th century AD.

In addition to Cantaka Parwa, the book Candra Kirana which is more or less from the same time, so it likes to be referred to as an encyclopedia as well. However, Canda Kirana actually shows more of the characteristics of a dictionary than an encyclopedia.

Then, in the post-Hindu or Javanese Islamic period, between the 16th and 18th centuries, literary works appeared which were not meant to be encyclopedias, but were encyclopedic in nature. The books in question are the Fiber Centhini and the Fiber Cabolang.

The books contain stories of students who wander and study everywhere. In every place where he stopped, there he learned something new. These books could be volumes thick, so that at first it was thought that they were indeed a collection of works on all kinds of knowledge strung together into one.

Then, in the middle of the 19th century, the Surakarta poet; Ranggawarsita wrote a literary work called Pustaka Raja Purwa (“Book of Ancient Kings”). His book was very popular with the public at that time, and contained all kinds of stories about the history of ancient kings and other things.

The stories are written chronologically by Rangga Warsita. In fact, after Rangga Warsita did not continue this book, then this book was continued by his fans.

In 1898, an encyclopedic work was written in Surakarta by ki Padmasusastra (Wira Pustaka). This work is modern in nature, because all the materials discussed and included in the book are arranged alphabetically. Currently, the manuscript is stored in the Surakarta Radyapustaka Museum.

2. Contemporary Era

Indonesians who had received a Dutch colonial education began in the late 19th and early 20th centuries to be attracted to the ideas and styles of thought of the West. Then, came the works that are encyclopedic in Indonesian. However, a complete encyclopedia in Indonesian only appeared in 1953, after Indonesia’s independence, namely the Indonesian Encyclopedia.

In the post-Independence era of Indonesia, especially today, what is famous, among others, is the Indonesian Encyclopedia which has been mentioned above. In addition, there is also the Indonesian National Encyclopedia which consists of 18 volumes.

Then, in the last decade of the 20th century, an encyclopedia based on Islam appeared and was called the Encyclopedia of Indonesian Islam. One of the authors of this latest encyclopedia is Nurcholish Madjid.

Encyclopedia on the Future

With the emergence of the digital information revolution, it also appears in the form of software where every entry or entry can be searched easily. An example of a digital form is Encarta, which is an encyclopedia released by Microsoft.

In 2001, a popular encyclopedia appeared on the internet, namely Wikipedia. Wikipedia seeks to write a complete encyclopedia in all languages ​​in the world and present it freely in cyberspace or online . This online encyclopedia  is presented in many languages, one of which is Indonesian.

Main Purpose of the Encyclopedia

Making the encyclopedia itself is not without reason, there must be a purpose. Here are the main purposes of the encyclopedia that you need to know.

1. Source of answer to fact question

Source of answer to fact question is a goal that aims to be a source of answers to questions that require facts and facts as well as data.

2. Source of background information

Source of background information is intended as a source of information that contains topics or basic knowledge that is related to a subject and is useful for further investigation.

3. Direction service

Direction service is a service of directing further materials for readers on the topics discussed. This direction service is generally highlighted in the form of a reading list/bibliography/references that are recommended to be read or studied and is found at the end of the article. That way, it will be easier for readers to find the terms they want to search for.

Benefits of the Encyclopedia

Encyclopedias have several benefits which of course will add to our knowledge of various things in a positive way. Here are some of the benefits you can get when reading an encyclopedia.

1. As a Means to Find Basic Information Regarding Various Issues

By reading the encyclopedia, you will know scientific information that has never been known. That way, it will be easier for you to find basic information without having to look for multiple sources. In fact, that basic information can make someone aware of a problem that is being searched for.

2. As a Preliminary Step to Conduct a Study on a Subject

When you read an encyclopedia, it becomes easier for you to start or make a study of a subject. With this encyclopedia, the meaning of a term or subject you are looking for will be easier to find and understand.

3. As a means to find out the truth of an information

The benefit that you can feel when reading an encyclopedia is that you will know the truth of some information. What’s more, the information obtained from the encyclopedia, can be used for research or also just to add insight.

Encyclopedia Book Recommendations at sinaumedia

Encyclopedia of Science

Science is one of the sciences that has existed for a long time, even this science will continue to experience development from time to time. With this science, we become aware of things that we did not know before. Therefore, Science has been taught since we took Elementary School (SD) education.

Science itself is very diverse, so to find out more about science, an encyclopedia is needed, one of the right books is the Encyclopedia of Science. This book introduces all fields of science, from physics, chemistry, biology, information technology, earth sciences, astronomy, to new sciences, such as genetic engineering, nanotechnology, and telecommunications.

Junior Encyclopedia: The Environment

The life we ​​live cannot be separated from nature. What’s more, without this nature, it will be difficult for humans to grow or even have to end in death. In this case, the nature in question can be trees, weather, animals or animals, and much more. With nature, all living things can grow well.

Did you know that snails lay their eggs through a hole behind their grunts? It turns out that there are trees that are up to 4,000 years old, you know ! You can also predict the weather just by observing nature. Want to know how?

Through the book Junior Encyclopedia of the Environment. you can learn about animals. trees and flowers. weather. water cycle. and mountains. Come on. discover everything about nature through this book.

Encyclopedia of the Human Body

For some people, it might be confused about how each organ of the human body works and why the organs of the human body can just walk. Moreover, if there are organs in the human body that cannot work optimally, it can inhibit other organs in the body, so that it can reduce human health itself.

Therefore, we need to understand a little about the organs in the human body so that we can take good care of them. To study the organs of the human body can be done through books that are currently widely circulated.

One of the right books to study the organs of the human body is the Encyclopedia of the Human Body. This book is also equipped with hundreds of 3D illustrations that are second to none, enabling readers to study the human body parts in
detail.

Vividly illustrated analyzes are also used to describe abnormalities that commonly occur in parts of the human body. With the bonus of an Interactive DVD containing stunning animations that allow the reader to interact with every system in the human body.

Encyclopedia of Beautiful and Amazing Places: Wonderful World 2

Many people want to travel the world, see the most beautiful places, at home and abroad. The goal can be to add insight and experience, witness the various beauties and riches of nature that exist in various places, to want to capture unforgettable moments through memorable photographs.

However, sometimes all of these things cannot be achieved, so only dreams and hopes can only be achieved. You don’t need to worry because now we can find out about a place in another country through books about beautiful places in various countries.

One of the books that can be used as a reference for knowing places in the world is the Encyclopedia of Beautiful and Amazing Places: Wonderful World 2. This book contains places with very beautiful views, from the famous to the very hidden and rarely known. .

By reading this book, you will know the beautiful places in the world that are frequently visited. The beautiful places in this book include beautiful and stunning beaches, beautiful waterfalls, charming caves, enchanting lakes, to the world’s most beautiful natural wells.

Great Kids Encyclopedia: Animals (2019)

This world consists of various kinds of animals that we can meet in zoos or even in the wild. When children are invited to go to the zoo, they must be very happy because they can meet and see various kinds of animals, ranging from very large to small ones.

In addition, at the zoo, children can also find out which animals are dangerous and which animals are not. Therefore, the zoo can be regarded as a place to increase children’s knowledge of animals. That way, children will also learn to start loving animals.

It turns out that learning about animal knowledge does not have to come to the zoo first. This is because parents can teach their children about animals in this world through the book Great Children’s Encyclopedia: Animals (2019). In this book, you will get to know all kinds of animals, from those that live on land, sea, and air.

If Sinaumed’s has an interest in knowing more about encyclopedias , you can learn about them by reading references on the internet or books that you can only get at sinaumedia.com. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Pentarina

Edutore.com – Employment is everything related to labor. In Law No. 13 of 2013 concerning employment defines it as everything related to labor before, during and after the working period. Labor is everyone who is able to do work to produce goods or services both to meet their own needs and for the community. Check out the full explanation below, Sinaumed’s:

Definition of Employment

According to Article 1 paragraph (1) of Law Number 13 of 2003 concerning Manpower it states, “Employment is all matters relating to the workforce before, during, after the working period.”

The Labor Law Package itself consists of three laws, which include Law No. 13 of 2003 concerning Manpower, Law No. 21 of 2000 concerning Trade Unions/Labor Unions, and Law no. 2 of 2004 concerning Settlement of Industrial Relations Disputes which is discussed in full in the Labor Law and Explanation booklet.

According to the provisions of Law no. 13 of 2003 concerning manpower and its implementing regulations, from government regulations, ministerial regulations, to related ministerial decisions, it can be concluded that there are several definitions of manpower, as follows Employment is everything related to manpower before, during and after the completion of the employment relationship period, Labor is an object, namely everyone who is able to do work to produce goods or services, for their own and other people’s needs, Worker or laborer is every person who works for others by receiving wages in the form of money or compensation in other forms and Employers are individuals or legal entities that employ other people by paying wages or other forms of compensation.

In addition to the definition according to the government regulation, experts also contribute their opinions on what is meant by manpower planning, including the following:

• George Milkovic and Paul C. Nystrom, who said that what is meant by workforce planning is the process of forecasting, developing, implementing and controlling which ensures the company has the appropriate number of employees, the correct placement of employees, the right time, which is automatically more useful.
• Andrew E. Sikula, who argues that workforce planning is the process of determining workforce needs and means meeting these needs so that their implementation interacts with organizational plans.
• Miner and Miner, who stated that workforce planning is a process carried out to ensure the right number and type of people occupy a position and at the right time in the future, and who are able to do the things necessary for the organization to run in order to achieve its goal.
• Dale Yoder states that in manpower planning there are important things that cannot be abandoned, namely: Effective use. Estimated needs. Development of policies and programs to meet needs. Review and supervise the entire process.

Next, we will discuss about manpower development in Indonesia which is regulated by various laws which you can read in the Book of Labor Laws of the Republic of Indonesia.

Manpower development has been mandated in our basic constitution, the 1945 Constitution, which is implemented based on integration through central and regional sectoral functional coordination. Meanwhile, manpower development in Indonesia itself has the following objectives: Empowering and utilizing manpower in an optimal and humane manner Realizing equal employment opportunities and provision of manpower in accordance with the needs of national and regional development Providing protection for manpower in realizing prosperity Improving the welfare of manpower and their families. The benefit of workforce planning is being able to manage the workforce to be able to work more efficiently and more effectively. With manpower planning, then the first effort that must be done is an inventory of labor which includes: the number of existing workers. qualifications of each worker. length of work for each worker. ability, knowledge and education of each workforce. potential and talent of each workforce. individual interests and concerns.

Labor Classification

In the implementation of manpower, business actors and workers bind themselves in a legal relationship through a bond or work agreement that has been agreed upon by both parties, which are written or oral in nature and based on the applicable labor laws and regulations. Rights and obligations between employers and workers are also a concern in order to create security and comfort when carrying out work activities. If a dispute arises between the employer and the workforce, the governing law is Law No. 2 of 2004 concerning Industrial Relations Dispute Settlement. Each form of dispute has a method or procedure that applies and must be followed by both parties, be it through negotiations, mediation, conciliation,

Labor Based on Quality

Educated Workforce

An educated workforce is someone who has knowledge and expertise in a particular field. This knowledge and expertise is generally obtained through their formal education. Examples are doctors, lawyers, notaries, and so on.

Trained Workforce

The next type of workforce is a trained workforce. Trained workers are workers who generally acquire their expertise through non-formal education such as skills training, courses, and so on. Examples of welders (welders), especially underwater welders, mechanics, cooks (chefs) and so on. Although generally through non-formal education, trained workers can also go through formal education such as surgeons, forensic experts, and autopsy experts.

Uneducated and Untrained Workforce

Where the work performed does not require a person to have certain skills or obligations. A simple example is housemaids, porters, and so on.

Not Labor

Based on the definition of employment that has been previously described. Not everyone can be defined as labor. The definition of non-workers is a person who has not yet entered working age or someone who has entered working age but does not work for certain reasons. An example is a child who is less than 15 years old and someone who is more than 64 years old, housewives, students, and so on.

Labor Based on Working Limits

Workforce

The labor force is the productive age population aged 15-64 years who already have a job but are temporarily not working, or who are actively looking for work.

Not the Labor Force

Not in the labor force are those aged 10 years and over whose activities are only going to school, taking care of the household and so on. Examples of this group are: school children and students, housewives and people with disabilities.

Labor Based on Population

Labor

Labor is the entire population that is considered able to work and is able to work if there is no demand for work. According to the Labor Law, those who are classified as workers are those aged between 15 and 64 years.

Not Labor

Non-workers are those who are considered unable and unwilling to work, even though there is a demand for work. According to Labor Law No. 13 of 2003, they are residents who are out of age, namely those who are under 15 years old and over 64 years old. Examples of this group are retirees, the elderly (elderly) and children.

Manpower Planning

Manpower planning aims to carry out manpower planning systematically which can later be used as a reference in formulating policies, strategies and other manpower development programs on an ongoing basis.

The Government of Indonesia, in terms of setting policies and preparing manpower planning programs, grouped them into two groups. Macro worker planning and micro worker planning. This was compiled based on analysis and relevant data series and compiled in employment information. Changes to regulations can also occur which are influenced by technical, economic, and legal aspects which are discussed further in the book Wages in the Perspective of Indonesian Labor Law.

Employment information itself is collected from both the government and the private sector which has important elements in manpower planning.

Macro Workforce Planning

Systematic employment planning by using manpower optimally and productively to stimulate growth. The growth in question is economic and social growth on a national, regional and sectoral scale which can open up the widest possible employment opportunities, so as to increase the productivity and welfare of workers.

Micro Manpower Planning

Unlike the macro manpower planning, micro manpower planning has a smaller scope. The scope referred to here is only limited to the scope of the agency, be it the government or private companies. In terms of understanding between macro and micro manpower planning have similarities. In the case of micro worker planning, the meaning is systematic employment planning in an agency, government or private. Aiming at the optimal and productive use of manpower to achieve higher performance in related agencies.

Employment Issues

Labor problems can arise due to several factors such as education, employment opportunities and relatively low economic growth. Therefore there are labor laws that regulate these issues which you can read in Aries Harianto’s book below.

This is experienced by many countries including Indonesia, because until now there are still many unemployed or more precisely people who cannot work because of the lack of job opportunities. Labor Issues Until now, Indonesia is still experiencing employment problems such as the low quality of the workforce, the number of workers that is not proportional to employment opportunities, and the classic problem, namely the unemployment rate in Indonesia. Right in February 2019 the number of workers according to the Central Statistics Agency was 136.18 people. This figure experienced an increase of 2.24 million people compared to 2018 in the same month. The good news is that the unemployment rate in February 2019 decreased to 5.01 percent from the previous period. There are still many things that need to be fixed in order to overcome the problems above. Development of human resources, development of creative industries and programs that support small and medium enterprises can be an option in overcoming the above problems. One of the important points from the notion of employment is the optimal and efficient use of labor. Three labor problems that often occur in Indonesia:

• Low quality of workforce – The quality of the workforce in a country can be determined by looking at the country’s educational level. Most of the workforce in Indonesia, the level of education is still low. This causes the mastery of science and technology to be low. The minimum mastery of science and technology causes low labor productivity, so this will affect the low quality of the production of goods and services.
• Number of labor force that is not proportional to employment opportunities – An increase in the number of labor force that is not matched by expansion of employment opportunities will bring a particular burden to the economy. The labor force that is not accommodated in employment will cause unemployment. Even though the government hopes that the increasing number of workforce can be a driving force for economic development.
• Unequal distribution of workforce – Most of the workforce in Indonesia is on the island of Java. While in other areas there is still a shortage of manpower, especially for the agricultural, plantation and forestry sectors. Thus, in Java Island there is a lot of unemployment, while in other areas there are still many natural resources that have not been optimally managed.
• Unemployment The occurrence of the economic crisis in Indonesia resulted in many industries in Indonesia experiencing bankruptcy. As a result, many workers also stopped working. In addition, the large number of companies that went out of business resulted in narrower job opportunities. On the other hand, the number of labor force continues to increase. Thus unemployment will increase.

Comprehensive stripping of in-depth information related to labor law in Indonesia with a focus on the rule of law. the nature of labor law, and so on, Sinaumed’s can also study in the book Labor Law in Indonesia.

 

Employment Opportunity

If we look at it from the notion of manpower in general and in the context of its development, one of the important elements of manpower planning is employment opportunities. This article will both specifically discuss employment opportunities for people with disabilities. What are the rules that support the creation of fair and equitable job opportunities in general? Come on, let’s just talk about it. Article 5 of Law No. 13 of 2003 concerning Manpower explains in general that every worker in Indonesia has the same right to get a decent job and livelihood. Regardless of gender, ethnicity, race, religion, politics, according to the ability of the workforce concerned, including persons with disabilities.

Job Opportunities for People with Disabilities

Based on the information described above. Friends who have family members or relatives who have disabilities now know their rights to obtain decent work and livelihood. It is not justified for a company to refuse people who meet the qualifications both in terms of education and ability in the world of work on the grounds that the person concerned has limitations. In providing jobs for people with disabilities, companies must provide protection according to the type and degree of disability based on the applicable laws and regulations. Development and job training conducted by companies for people with disabilities must pay attention to the type, degree of disability, and work ability of the person concerned. The elements of workforce planning include: population and workforce employment opportunities job training including work competency labor productivity industrial relations working environment conditions wages and workforce welfare; and workers’ social security.

Macro Workforce Planning

As explained above, manpower planning is divided into macro and micro manpower planning. What is meant by macro manpower planning here is systematic manpower planning by using manpower optimally and productively to stimulate growth. The growth referred to here is economic and social growth on a national, regional and sectoral scale which can open up the widest possible employment opportunities, so as to increase the productivity and welfare of workers.

Micro Manpower Planning

Unlike the macro manpower planning, micro manpower planning has a smaller scope. The scope referred to here is only limited to the scope of the agency, be it the government or private companies. In terms of understanding between macro and micro manpower planning have similarities. In the case of micro worker planning, the meaning is systematic employment planning in an agency, government or private. Aiming at the optimal and productive use of manpower to achieve higher performance in related agencies.

Source: from various sources

Electronic Seals – Electronic Seals are officially enforced. The government
then through the Republic of Indonesia Money Printing Public Company (Peruri) then launched an electronic
stamp (e-seat) which aims to support the increasing needs of Indonesian people for electronic
transactions.

The launch of this seal is then expected to be able to transform the Indonesian economy in a much better
direction in the future. Law 10 of 2020 regarding Stamp Duty then becomes the legal basis
regarding the imposition of stamp duty on certain electronic documents.

As for Law No. 11 of 2008 (UU ITE) in Article 5 paragraph (1) which stipulates that electronic
documents are valid evidence.

Electronic Stamp Security

The determination of stamp duty is based on technological developments which then encourage the use of
paperless electronic documents. Therefore electronic stamps are then used for non-physical
documents or electronic documents.

“Technological developments in such a way as well as digital transaction models that are continuously used
by parties then force us to always innovate and adapt. In order to facilitate business
transactions and make it easier for taxpayers to exercise their tax rights and obligations,” said Director
General of Taxes Suryo Utomo at an event for launching electronic stamps.

The Director General of Taxes also hopes that the existence of this electronic stamp will make it easier for the
public to reduce the stamp duty counterfeiting rate, and the most important thing is to increase domestic
revenue.

Then, how can an electronic stamp prevent counterfeiting of stamp duty which often occurs with patch stamp duty?

Electronic seals are equipped with a guaranteed security system because they are also equipped with X.509 SHA 512
digital signature technology and three additional security features, namely:

• OVERT: 70% of electronic seal design is a unique barcode on each seal.
• COVERT: The Peruri seal can only be read using a scanner or a special application from Peruri as well as a
  signature panel that can be viewed with an Adobe Acrobat Reader PDF.
• Forensic evidence was carried out by Peruri.

The Ministry of Finance also revealed that the Directorate General of Taxes (DGT) had prepared both the technical
side and the application side and worked closely with Peruri to then implement electronic stamps.

Payment and Procurement of Electronic Seals

The Minister of Finance issued two regulations related to stamp duty. First of all, the rules
for payment of stamp duty using electronic stamps.

Second, there are implementation rules for Government Regulation Number 86 of 2021 concerning the
management, procurement and sale of stamp duty. This electronic stamp payment can then be made
by affixing an electronic stamp on a document that is payable to stamp duty through an electronic stamp duty
system.

To affix electronic stamps, you can then do it through the e-Settings portal at the link
https://pos.e-meterai.co.id by creating an account on that page.

If there is a failure in the electronic stamp duty system, a payment can also be made using a Tax Payment
Slip (SSP). Meanwhile, the procurement of e-seam stamps will then be carried out by Peruri
starting from printing the stamps, to making the distribution of electronic stamps through assignments from
the government.

In distributing electronic stamps, Peruri can then cooperate with other parties through a process that is
transparent, accountable, and provides equal opportunities. Meanwhile for the sticky stamps
distributed by PT Pos Indonesia. This is regulated later in Government Regulation Number 86 of
2021.

Both of these regulations have the same objective of providing convenience when making stamp duty payments
payable on documents in electronic form as well as providing legal certainty regarding the implementation of
stamp duty printing, distribution and sale of stamp duty through the assignment and manufacture and distribution
of electronic stamps.

To find out more about the provisions for paying stamp duty with electronic stamps, you can see Minister of
Finance Regulation Number 134/PMK.03/2021 which has been in force since October 1, 2021.

Meanwhile, regulations for the procurement, sale and management of stamp duty can be seen in Minister of Finance
Regulation Number 133/PMK.03/2021 which took effect on September 29, 2021.

How to Purchase and Steps to Use
Electronic Stamps

Of course, the way to buy electronic stamps and how to use them will be different from stamp duty
documents. Referring to Government Regulation Number 86 of 2021, electronic stamps can be used
by affixing them to documents through a certain system.

How to buy your own e-sealing is very easy, just by opening the pos.e-meterai.co.id page, then clicking on the
“BUY E-STEEEE” menu. Log in by entering your email and password.

If this is your first time entering this site, click “Register here” and select the type of account owner,
then proceed with uploading your KTP and filling in your personal data. Upload the document,
enter the OTP code sent via SMS for the validation process.

After validation is done, you can buy e-stamps as needed. How to buy electronic stamps can also be done by
visiting the branch offices of BUMN Banks and private banks. This stamp duty was also
distributed by PT Telkom Indonesia (Persero) Tbk.

Meanwhile, for its use, after you log in to your account, select the Purchase and Additions menu.
Select the Attachment stage and then enter detailed document information such as date, document
number, and document type.

Upload the document in PDF format and position the stamp in accordance with the applicable provisions, then click
‘Apply stamp’, then select ‘Yes’, then a menu will appear, enter your PIN and fill in the PIN that has been
registered.

After the affixing process is complete, you can immediately download the PDF file of the document that has
been affixed with electronic stamps and send it to the email that has been registered. Process
complete.

Which Comes First, Apply
Electronic Seals or Digital Signatures?

In the current era of technological development, almost everything can then be done digitally, starting from
personal activities to activities involving various business interests.

In order to adapt to these technological developments, Peruri, as a BUMN, has received a mandate from the
government to print Rupiah money, digital security services and state-owned security documents and then provide
the best service for the Indonesian people, one of which is the launch of electronic seals (e-seals).

Serves as a tax on electronic documents which will then be used to make an electronic document usable as
legal evidence in court. However, the use of e-sealed stamps is still different from sticky
stamps.

If the physical document the signature must touch the top of the stamp duty, then on the electronic seal it is
not recommended to overlap, this is because the electronic seal is in the form of a QR Code so if it is stacked
with your signature there will be a risk of the QR Code as an unreadable validation medium and not running
optimally.

Thus, the recommended use of e-seal and digital signature should be positioned side by side or not overlapping.

Meanwhile, for the time of affixing electronic stamps, you can refer to regulations, namely Law no.
10 of 2020 Articles 3-9, especially in terms of when each type of document is payable.

However, if it is also necessary to affix a digital stamp to the document, then this affixing process must be
done at the end because it functions as a sealer for a document.

Also Get to Know Stamp Duty

Stamp Duty is a tax on documents. To find out the details of the latest form of stamp duty
itself is useful in avoiding fake stamp duty, there are several types of stamp duty that you need to know.
Following are the types of Seals based on their form and use.

1. Stamp Seal

Stamp Seal is a stamp duty in the form of a strip which is then used by attaching it to a document.

2. Electronic Seals

While Electronic Stamps are seals in the form of labels that are used by affixing them to a document through a
certain system.

3. Seals in Other Forms

Seals in Other Forms are seals made using a stamping machine. Digital stamps with computerized
systems and printing technology. While Stamps in Other Forms then consist of 3 types.

• Stamped Stamp is a seal in the form of a label which is used by affixing it to a document using a stamped
  machine or Digital Stamp.
• Computerized Stamp Duty is stamp duty in the form of a label which is used by affixing it to documents
  through a computerized system.
• A printing stamp is a stamp duty in the form of a label which is used by affixing it to a document using
  printing technology.

Differences in the Use of Electronic
Stamps in Payments

Stamp Duty In its use, both on Post Stamps, Electronic Stamps or Stamps in Other Forms which vary according to
their characteristics.

Following are the differences in the use of stamp duty for payment of stamp duty payable on documents according
to the type.

1. Stamp Seal

Affixing this Stamp Seal will be affixed in its entirety and will not be damaged at the place where the Signature
will be affixed.

Then the signature will be affixed partly on paper and partly on stamp duty which is usually accompanied by the
date, month and year the signing was carried out.

2. Electronic Seal (e-Seal)

Using Electronic Stamps is carried out by first affixing Electronic Stamps to documents that are payable for
Stamp Duty through an electronic stamp system.

The application of this electronic stamp itself is carried out via the pos.e-seal page where you made the
purchase and registered an account before.

3. Seals in Other Forms

Meanwhile, the payment of stamp duty using other forms of stamp duty is carried out by the stamp maker by
previously affixing a stamp duty in other forms on the outstanding document. This document will
usually also affix a Stamp Seal and a Computerized Stamp, and you are required to make a Deposit.

Books Related to Electronic Seals

1. Indonesian Money History & Development

Indonesian Money: History and Its Development tells the story of the development of paper and metal money that
was used by the people of the Archipelago in the past century until it became Indonesia today.

Chronologically, it is told how the name Rupiah was first used until it became the official name of the
Indonesian currency which was first designated as legal tender on October 30, 1946. Several interesting stories
about money from pre-Indonesian times, the ORI period, to the present are told in detail. light and concise in
this book.

2. Power of Money

This book presents an interesting analysis of the practice of buying and selling votes in Indonesia.
By using a variety of amazing methods and data, Muhtadi describes the mechanisms, patterns and
electoral effects of money politics in a clear and impressive way.

This book is required reading for anyone interested in Indonesian politics, especially for the campaign team to
win the Pilkada which will be held in December 2020.

3. Tax Management: Smart
Strategies for Planning and Managing Taxes

Through this book, you can plan your taxes smartly and manage your cash flow wisely. So,
planning your business budget can be more focused and accurate.

Let’s manage your business and business tax planning by carefully examining the material in this book, which
consists of understanding tax basics, tax planning strategies, avoiding tax sanctions, tax saving strategies
through choosing a form of business, income tax (PPh), PPh tax planning Article 22, Article 23/26, Final Income
Tax, and VAT tax planning.

Hopefully this book can provide benefits and add to the knowledge of taxation for academics, tax consultants,
business practitioners, SMEs, founders of startup companies, as well as ASNs who study taxation.

4. Complete Guide to International Taxes
Revised Edition

Knowledge of international taxation is urgently needed by executives and business people who partner with
multinational companies and work in the industrial, trade, logistics and transportation sectors in international
network chains.

By understanding international taxation as a whole, they can plan taxes and make the right business decisions
amidst the rise of foreign investors investing in Indonesia.

Unfortunately, literature that comprehensively examines this topic is scarce. In the midst of
this scarcity, the Complete Guide to International Taxes appears as an answer.

This book discusses, among others: Tax Subjects and Objects in International Taxation and Fiscal Domicile,
Taxation Jurisdiction, Essence, Model, and Agreement Structure for Avoiding Double Taxation, Methods for
Avoiding Double Taxation, Special Relations and Transfer Pricing, Foreign Tax Credits, Controlled Foreign
Corporation and Special Purpose Companies.

This book, written by experienced tax practitioners and academics, is not only useful for business people, tax
managers, consultants, but can also be used as a reference by diploma, undergraduate and postgraduate students
majoring in Taxation, Tax Accounting, and the Specialization of Tax Administration and Policy. and as tax
training material for Brevet C.

5. Indonesian Taxation: Revised
Edition Mechanism & Calculation

Tax collection aims to realize development through community participation. The Indonesian tax
system which adheres to a self-assessment system aims to increase public awareness to fulfill their tax
obligations, because in this system the state gives trust to the public to calculate, deposit and report
their taxes. Therefore it is necessary to have a good understanding of tax mechanisms and tax
calculations.

Indonesian taxation book: This mechanism and calculation describes the process and method of calculating the
types of central taxes which are divided into 5 main sections, covering the basics of taxation, general
provisions and procedures for taxation, general income tax (general income tax 21, 22, 23 , 24, and 25,
Permanent establishment and income tax article 26, Income tax on certain objects), Value added tax (VAT), and
sales tax on luxury goods (PPnBM), Stamp duty.

Electronic Passport – Passport is a valid proof and must be taken when traveling abroad. With a passport, one can find out the country of origin of tourists who come to a country. In this modern era, almost all activities use digital or electronic media. Likewise with passports that are present in electronic form and are known as electronic passports.

Then, what exactly is meant by an electronic passport? Check out the full explanation about the following electronic passport.

About Electronic Passport

Passport is one of the mandatory requirements that must be owned by someone to be able to go abroad. Your passport will be shown when you go abroad, be it at the airport or port or at several cross-border posts. The personal data in the passport will be shown to the immigration officer in the destination country.

Passport serves as self-identity which is then valid internationally and can be used to travel. Currently, passports are not only in book form, but also have electronic passports.

Ordinary passports can only contain personal data and a photo of the passport holder. Meanwhile, electronic passports can contain more complete data, such as fingerprint data of the passport owner and biometric data of the passport owner. All that data has been stored on a removable chip. Therefore, electronic passports are more difficult to forge. So, an electronic passport is a passport which contains complete personal data, and is already stored in a chip and can be scanned with an electronic device.

Electronic Passport Fee

In this modern era, you can make a passport using only your cellphone by downloading and installing the M-Paspor application on your smartphone . For those of you who want to make an electronic passport, but don’t know how much it will cost, here’s an explanation.

Quoted from the official website jakartajakarta.imigration.go.id , Passport is one of the mandatory requirements that must be owned by someone to be able to go abroad. When a traveler will go abroad this passport will then be examined by an immigration officer. The passport processing fee itself will later be included in the Immigration Non-Tax State Revenue (PNBP) list. Here’s a list of passport prices that you need to know:

1. Ordinary passport, charged IDR 350,000
2. Electronic passport (e-passport), charged IDR 650,000
3. Polycarbonate e-passport, charged IDR 650,000

Advantages of Electronic Passport

For those of you who are still unsure about changing your passport to an electronic passport, you don’t need to be confused. This is because electronic passports have several advantages. Here are some of the advantages of electronic passports that you need to know.

1. Complete and Accurate Data Stored on Chip

Compared to ordinary passports which then contain a blank without a chip, this electronic passport has advantages regarding the completeness and accuracy of the passport holder’s data. In this case, the intended personal data and biometric data include fingerprints and the face of the passport owner. Then, all the personal data is stored on the chip.
The chip in the electronic passport is located at the bottom of the center or in front of the electronic passport book. This biometric data also uses International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) standards recorded on a chip which is very difficult to counterfeit. This also has a positive effect on the better security of electronic passports when compared to using ordinary passports.

2. Easily Approved in Visa Submission and Visa-free to Japan

Given the good security and ease of verification, it will be easier for visa applications for electronic passport holders to be approved by the country to be visited. What’s more, the country of Japan provides free visa facilities for electronic passport holders from Indonesia.

Therefore, never hesitate to switch to an electronic passport so that Visa can be easily approved, so that when traveling it becomes smooth without having to think about complicated requirements.

3. Faster Immigration Check

Holders of electronic passports no longer need to bother queuing at immigration check booths at several airports in Indonesia, but can directly go through the auto-gate by scanning their electronic passport. This is easy to do because the chip that stores the passport holder’s biometric data can then be identified using a special scanner placed at several international airports in Indonesia that have auto-gates.

That way, electronic passport holders only need a short time in immigration checks if they want to enter or leave the country.

Those are some of the advantages of electronic passports when compared to ordinary passports. So, what are you waiting for, move to an electronic passport now!

Requirements for Managing E-Passport

Quoted from the official Immigration website , for an online passport renewal you can first download the immigration service application on your smartphone, namely Mobile Passport ( M-Paspor ). After that, you can register by fulfilling the requirements requested. The conditions themselves include:

1. Identity Card (KTP) that is still valid
2. Family Card (KK)
3. Birth certificate, marriage book, diploma, marriage certificate, baptism certificate
4. Indonesian citizenship certificate for foreigners who acquire Indonesian citizenship
5. Name change stipulation letter from the authorized official for those who have changed their name
6. Old ordinary passport for those who previously had an ordinary passport.

This service then offers the practicality of collecting files by simply uploading scans of the documents needed to the application. After registering, the applicant can choose the location of the immigration office and the schedule for the passport to be processed.

Then, the applicant must come to the immigration office to be able to conduct interviews with officers. The officer will also check the validity of the documents that have been inputted through the M-Paspor application during the interview.

However, there are a number of notes that applicants need to know to avoid long lines, including:

1. Don’t get close to passport expiration dates or traveling dates
2. Be diligent in checking the latest queue schedule in the application
3. The applicant must know the location of the immigration office selection depending on the cellphone GPS. For example, when registering you are in South Jakarta, the location of the Immigration office that appears will be in the South Jakarta area.

According to the official Immigration website , applicants who have already paid for the billing code can then change their arrival date to the Immigration office by clicking on the application information listed on the application homepage.

Difference between Electronic Passport and Ordinary Passport

Indonesia has two types of passports that are currently valid, namely ordinary passports and electronic passports. In principle, these two types of passports have the same function, namely as proof of identity which is valid for international travel. So, what’s the difference between a regular passport and an e-passport? Here’s the explanation:

1. Completeness of Data

The most distinguishing thing between ordinary passports and electronic passports is the completeness of the data. This ordinary passport contains the owner’s data such as full name, nationality, date of birth, and others.

However, in an electronic passport, the passport owner’s data is more complete because of the presence of biometric data. As for biometric data, such as fingerprints and facial shape of the passport owner. The biometric data contained in the electronic passport is then stored in a chip that is embedded in the electronic passport. In fact, this biometric data also meets the standards of the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO).

2. Higher security level

It is known that the e-passport has a chip embedded in it. With the chip on the electronic passport, then it will be difficult to misuse it. As in the act of counterfeiting by irresponsible parties, so that security becomes more guaranteed than ordinary passport holders.

3. Passport check easier and faster

Another difference is in the ease of passport control. Electronic passports will be easier and faster, because electronic passports will only be scanned without having to open them per page per. It’s different with an ordinary passport, which must be opened to the last page to then be stamped by the immigration officer.

4. E-passport users can use autogate

In addition, electronic passport holders can also use immigration auto-gates and don’t have to bother queuing at immigration booths anymore. In this autogate , e-passport holders only need to scan their e-passport. If it is successfully scanned, the gate will open automatically and the user can enter the airport waiting area. Currently, this autogate only exists at two international airports, namely Soekarno-Hatta and I Gusti Ngurah Rai.

5. It’s easy to get a visa for another country

E-passport holders will find it easier to get approval for a visit visa, especially when they want to travel to countries outside ASEAN. This convenience is due to the fact that the data in the electronic passport is accurate and can be easily verified by the embassy of the country to be visited.

6. Places for making e-passport are limited

Based on the Decree of the Director General of Immigration Number IMI-0278.GR.01.01 of 2021, there are 52 immigration offices which then provide services for making electronic passports. This is because the e-passport has an electronic chip, which is not available at all immigration offices.

Therefore, not all immigration offices can make the e-passport . Currently, immigration offices are still limited, the number of immigration offices that can issue electronic passports is only 52, compared to previously only 35 immigration offices. Although there is an increase, but this number is still lacking.

7. Differences in the cost of making passports

When viewed from the cost, making an e-passport is somewhat more expensive. This is then because electronic passports are more sophisticated than ordinary passports. One of them is the chip system that has an electronic passport in it. If the cost of making an ordinary passport (48 pages) is IDR 355 thousand, then the cost of making an electronic passport (48 pages) is IDR 655 thousand.

Closing

Nowadays, vacation can be considered as a way to relieve stress or fatigue due to daily activities. Therefore, some people will try to take time off and holidays, whether they are still in the country or abroad. If you are still confused about finding a place to travel, then you can look for traveling references through books that can be found at sinaumedia.com .

As explained above, electronic passports have many advantages, making it easier for users or passport owners. So, are you interested in owning it?

Electronic advertising – Talking about electronic media that exists today is certainly very much, in fact, almost all have electronic media, especially to communicate or seek entertainment. Therefore, the development of electronic advertising is also getting bigger. Currently, many product owners often advertise in electronic media. If Sinaumed’s wants to know more about electronic advertising, then you can see the full review below.

Definition of Electronic Advertising

As a new advertising medium today, electronic media has built its own base. There are several types of advertisements that you can use to help you promote your product. Well, electronic advertising is one of them. This type of advertisement is the most appropriate advertisement for promoting various types of products, be it goods or services.

In addition, it should also be noted that the TV, which has now become a household appliance, has become one of the best illustrations of electronic advertising. Someone is enjoying daily movies, soap operas, news, football commentators or whatever, commercials will surely appear on various TV stations. So, electronic advertising is a type of advertisement that is published through various electronic media, such as television, radio and the internet.

In an era that is all digital and fast like today, people have used various types of electronic media to fulfill their various needs, especially in terms of entertainment and information. Now, these needs can be obtained easily or more precisely through electronic media, such as radio, television, to the internet.

This also triggers many developments, one of which is how to advertise. That means, advertisements that initially used print media have started to spread to electronic media. So, electronic advertising is a type of advertisement published in various types of electronic media, from radio, television to other media that can be accessed using the internet.

Definition of Electronic Advertising According to Experts

Jerny Lucia

According to Jerny Luciana Sumilat in the journal Meaning of Slogans in English Electronic Advertising in Indonesian Language Magazine (2015), electronic advertising is advertising that uses electronic media or equipment, such as radio, television, telephone, and the internet.

Just like advertisements in general, electronic advertisements must be made as creative as possible to attract the interest and attention of potential consumers to the product.

Stikom Institute of Business and Informatics

Quoting the Stikom Institute of Business and Informatics , electronic advertising is advertising that is distributed through electronic media, such as television, radio and the internet.

Kotler

In general, advertising is any form of non-personal presentation or promotion of ideas, goods and services by a certain sponsor that requires payment, according to Kotler (2002).

Christiana Umi

Meanwhile, according to Christiana Umi in Arif Smart’s book for Grade 5 Elementary Schools , electronic advertising is advertising that uses electronic device-based media and is distributed using electronic media. Electronic advertisements are divided into three types according to the media used, namely radio advertisements, television advertisements and internet advertisements.

Characteristics of Electronic Media Advertising

The main feature of electronic advertising is the characteristics of advertisements that can be displayed, which are limited to sound (audio) or sound with images (audio visual). Electronic ads also have a duration of time to display their ads. Meanwhile, the language used in electronic advertisements must be attractive, easy to understand, and persuasive.

The use of language in electronic advertising must also be effective, so that the message can be conveyed easily. Electronic advertisements also use language that tends to be polite and precise. Polite means not to offend certain groups, while appropriate means according to the meaning of the advertisement delivered.

To find out more about electronic advertising, you need to know the characteristics of electronic advertising. The following are the characteristics of electronic advertising.

1. Usually in the form of short stories. Have a duration or time that tends to be short. For example, a noodle ad if the duration is too long is usually shortened by cutting some of the ad.
2. The choice of words is interesting, logical, and directly aimed at the target consumer.
3. The language used is interesting, easy to understand, and persuasive. In addition, the language also tends to be polite and right on target.
4. The words used are persuasive as well as informative. For example, advertisements for preventing dengue fever mosquitoes, such as ” don’t delay cleaning the bathtub so it doesn’t become a breeding ground for Aides aigepty mosquitoes”.
5. Using words that are suggestions to several people. The choice of words in electronic advertising emphasizes more important information, such as product names and features.
6. For example, there is an advertisement for an anti-mosquito lotion , of course, highlighting the advantages of this mosquito advertisement, namely for the skin, especially to keep away from mosquito bites.
7. Utilize components or advertise in the form of sound, motion, and images. For example, advertisements for headache medicine and of course there are sounds and pictures of people with headaches.
8. Use sound effects, such as speech, music, and so on.
9. The advertisements displayed can be in the form of videos, animations, sounds, and images. For example an advertisement for mosquito coils, there is sound and there are people burning mosquito coils.
10. The characteristics of the advertisement are in the form of audio or sound like advertisements on the radio. While advertisements are in the form of audio and visual such as advertisements on television.

Types and Examples of Electronic Advertising

The reason for using electronic media can be for many valid reasons, one of which is to use it to promote your expertise and anything special from business to goods, services and so on.

As a new advertising medium today, electronic media has built its own base. Electronic media is an advertiser’s economical way of connecting with one another, either by means of media tools and networks or social media resources such as television or the Internet.

Basically, there are various types of electronic advertising where each type is always related to the advertising media used. The types of electronic advertising as follows.

1. Radio Commercials

Radio advertising is a type of advertising from electronic media using radio devices. Because it is in the form of audio, you can only listen to advertisements on the radio, because the format is only in the form of audio (sound). The examples of radio advertisements are spot, Ad-lib, and Program Sponsors.

However, audio product advertisements are more difficult to create because they require the advertiser to provide as clear a description as possible of the item being offered. This is because the audience cannot see the item and can only imagine its shape.

Although its characteristics are limited only to sound or audio, radio is still loved by many people. Radio advertising is also one of the things that audiences often hear. For example advertising services such as laundry or pawnshops.

2. Marketplace Ads on Television

For those of you who like to watch television, you may have often seen marketplace advertisements such as green or orange on television. These ads usually use bright colors, short persuasive words, and lively music.

3. Ads on YouTube Videos

Electronic advertisements can also be found on YouTube, especially when we watch videos. This ad is almost the same as the one on TV, it’s just that it airs on a different platform with a slightly different format. Ads on YouTube also reach a more specific audience because they are based on algorithms.

So, if Sinaumed’s wants to advertise products on YouTube, then the answer is YouTube Ads. YouTube Ads is a service that functions to promote your business products or services via YouTube.

Currently, there are many businesses that use YouTube Ads because of the various advantages it offers. One of them, you can determine the target audience specifically based on location or interest in the product.

You also need to know the types of ads that exist in YouTube Ads, such as:

Skippable in-stream Ads

Skippable in stream is the ad type most often used for YouTube Ads. Video advertisements of this type can be skipped (skipped) by viewers. The videos you advertise in this type are a minimum of 12 seconds long and a maximum of 3 minutes.

Right after the 5th second, the skip button will appear and can be pressed by the audience. It is important to make sure that your ad is attractive so that it is not skipped by YouTube viewers. You do this by optimizing the video which we will explain in the Optimization Tips section.

Non-Skippable Ads

Unlike the skippable in-stream , this type of YouTube ad means that your video ad cannot be skipped by viewers. Thus, the advertising information received by visitors will be much more complete.

You can choose non-skippable ads as an effective promotion strategy. This is because 76% of viewers tend to skip. That is, so that advertising information can be received in its entirety, non-skippable ads can be an option.

Discovery Ads

This type of YouTube ad was formerly called In-Display Ads . This ad video will be displayed on the search results page, the YouTube homepage, and on pages related to the video being watched.

In order for the advertisements that are posted to be effective, it is very important that the advertisements can be in the top position. Because the ad will bring in a greater number of viewers. The tips, you need to do SEO optimization on your YouTube videos.

Non-Video Ads

For those of you who want to advertise on YouTube, but don’t have video ads, YouTube also provides advertising services without videos. Non-video ads will appear in

4. Product Ads on the Marketplace

In the marketplace on the internet, you can usually find lots of advertisements. The shape is almost the same as the products that are sold normally, only with the addition of promo details that make internet users interested in clicking on these ads.

If you want to know how to advertise on the marketplace, then you can see the strategy below.

Get to know the Marketplace where to sell

Find out the characteristics of the marketplace where you sell online. You can see from most of the products that are often offered on the home page.

That way, you will know the biggest market that comes to this online market . Not only can you determine superior products, you can also determine what promotions will be made later.

Prepare the Right Products

Product determination is also the right thing to do. Do not let you still sell products that are actually out of stock.

It’s better if you don’t only sell one type or product variant. Increasing product variations with the same theme will make you more trusted.

Get to know the Marketplace Algorithm

You must pay attention to the algorithm when advertising products on the marketplace .

Not infrequently there are products that are the same in terms of specifications and price, but differ in the ease of searching on the marketplace . Well, you must pay attention to the name of the goods, descriptions, and photos displayed.

Register as a Premium Seller, there are many benefits that you can get by becoming a premium seller. First, your online store will be easier to find on the marketplace . Second, you can also get promotions from the marketplace for shipping costs.

Your store will also be increasingly trusted by consumers. That way, your online store can get higher transactions.

Give Competitive Prices

Try to do a price survey at competitor stores. Then, determine the selling price that is still competitive.

Also try to make a bundling package with a special price. Maybe your profit will be a little less. However, this can be covered if your online shop transactions increase.

Product Ads on Social Media

Social media such as Instagram are often used to advertise by various products and brands. Their ads are usually marked with sponsored captions.

5. Television Ads

Television advertising is a type of electronic advertising that uses television sets. Advertising on television is not only in the form of audio, but also visual and text. The examples are animation, live action, stop action, program sponsorship, music , running text , credit title, ad-lib, promo-ad, backdrop , and superimposed . For example, an advertisement for hot medicine for children, there are sounds and pictures of children who are sick.

6. Movie Ads

Film advertising is a type of advertisement that is done when you want to watch a movie in a cinema. Advertisements for this film can be seen while watching a film in a cinema. Usually, advertisements are shown before the film is shown. The examples are endorsement and live action.

7. Digital Media Advertising

Internet advertising is a type of advertising using online or internet media that has many visitors. The examples are websites , banners & buttons , sponsorships , SEO (search engine marketing), email marketing, social media marketing, classified ads , and so on. We can see this digital media advertisement on a cellphone when entering a website.

8. Advertising via Email

The next electronic advertisement is email advertising or email marketing. Advertisements via e-mail can be regarded as advertisements in the form of electronic mail sent by service or product providers to e-mail consumers or potential customers.

Legal Rules In Making Electronic Advertisements

Provisions related to making this advertisement are actually regulated in Article 19 paragraph (2) of the Minister of Trade Regulation Number 5 of 2020, namely:

1. It is forbidden to spread false, incorrect and inappropriate information regarding the product
2. Do not lie to consumers about the quality, ingredients, quantity, product price, function, until the product is received on time
3. Do not lie to the warranty or guarantee
4. Must provide product information
5. Provides the audience with the option to exit ad serving by using the close sign, skip ad or close ad.
6. It must be clearly placed so that consumers can close the ad.
7. It is forbidden to exploit events or other people without the permission or approval of the other person concerned.
8. Those who violate the advertising rules above will be subject to administrative sanctions. These sanctions can take the form of a written warning, blacklisting, and revocation of business licenses.

This has been explained in Article 47 of the Minister of Trade Regulation Number 50 of 2020.

In an era when almost all activities can be carried out using electronic devices, it has become common for more and more electronic advertisements to use them. This is because with electronic advertising, the possibility of a product being known by many people is greater.

Thus the discussion about electronic advertising. So, which electronic media is Sinaumed’s interested in promoting?

So, to get more information about Sinaumed’s, you can read the books available at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

Also read:

Electromagnetic waves – Have you ever heard a song or broadcast sound that appears on the radio. So, do you know that live broadcasts and songs that appear on the radio that we can listen to everyday are examples of the application of electromagnetic waves, you know .

In general, waves are divided into two, namely electromagnetic waves and mechanical waves. Mechanical waves can propagate through an intermediary or medium. Mechanical waves can be transverse waves such as the process of propagating on a rope and can also propagate as longitudinal waves such as sound through the medium of air or other objects.

Meanwhile, electromagnetic waves are waves that can propagate even though there is no medium or intermediary. Electromagnetic energy can propagate in the form of waves with several measurable variables.

There are many other interesting things related to electromagnetic waves. If you are curious about electromagnetic waves. So you can really read an explanation about this only in this article.

Definition of Electromagnetic Waves

The first thing we will discuss together is the notion of electromagnetic waves, which are waves that have a charge of electric and magnetic energy and do not require a propagation medium.

That means these waves can propagate even though they are in a vacuum. Electromagnetic waves have a shape like a transverse wave in general, which has a direction of propagation that is perpendicular to the direction of vibration.

In everyday life, humans have used a lot of electromagnetic waves, such as the example mentioned at the beginning of the paragraph. As previously explained, electromagnetic waves in the form of waves have several variables that can be measured.

Some of these variables are wavelength, frequency and speed. Wavelength is the distance between the two peaks. As for the frequency itself is the number of waves that pass a point in one unit of time.
When viewed mathematically is as follows.

C = λ.f
Description:
C = speed of light
Λ = wavelength
F = frequency

It should be noted that the electromagnetic energy emitted or released by all masses in the universe has different levels. The higher the energy level possessed by an energy source, the lower the wavelength of the energy that is successfully produced as well as the higher the frequency.

A Brief History of Electromagnetic Waves

After understanding what it means. We will learn together about the brief history of the existence of electromagnetic waves.

Before the 19th century, humans could only perceive visible light. Apart from visible light, of course, humans at that time did not know any other light.

Over time, until after 1800, there was an English astronomer born in Germany named William Herschel who had a discovery that stated that there was light or light other than visible light.

This discovery made by Herschel could be the beginning of the development of electromagnetic wave matter. Of course, the discoveries made by Herschel will continue to be developed by other scientists.

In the past, Herschel conducted an experiment using a prism to diffract sunlight. At that time he managed to find a light that is invisible to the human sense of sight outside the red area which can cause the thermometer to get hot or high. Then the rays are named infrared rays or infrared.

After a year from the Herschel meeting, another discovery emerged from the German physicist named Johann Wilhelm Ritter whose discovery was a beam of light that was close to purple and remained invisible to the human sense of sight.

Experiments conducted by Ritter at that time used a prism to diffract sunlight. The light found can cause silver chloride plates to turn black. Until then the color rays are given the color of ultraviolet light.

Then at the end of the 19th century, a German physicist named Wilhelm Rontgen discovered a beam of light that could penetrate a solid object and was given the name X-rays or X-rays.

The next few years were preceded by the discovery of alpha and beta rays by Rutherford, a French physicist and chemist named Paul Ulrich Villard discovered a third beam of light from experiments conducted by Rutherford.

These rays have neutral properties and have a higher energy than X-rays. Where the discovery of these rays is named gamma rays. Among the others, gamma rays have the highest frequency in electromagnetic waves.

In 1862 to 1864, James Clerk Maxwell undertook the development of a theory closely related to electric fields and magnetic fields. He has an opinion that a change in the electric field can cause a change in the magnetic field, so that a wave can be created.

After 25 years of the experiment then proved by Heinrich Hertz. Hertz discovered a wave outside the range of infrared light, which is then called microwave and radio.

From the experiments conducted by Hertz, Maxwell’s theory was finally proven and justified. And Maxwell’s discovery was named electromagnetic waves or GEM.

Then in 1905, Albert Einstein discovered a concept of special relativity which could eventually perfect the concept of electromagnetic waves.

Properties of Electromagnetic Waves

Electromagnetic waves also have some properties in them. So that you can more easily understand electromagnetic waves. Here are some of the properties possessed by electromagnetic waves.

1. Changes in the electric field and magnetic field in electromagnetic waves will occur simultaneously.
2. Can propagate in a vacuum.
3. The magnitude of the electric field (E) is directly proportional to the magnitude of the magnetic field, with the relationship E = cb.
4. The directions of the electric and magnetic fields are perpendicular to the direction of the wave propagation.
5. This is a transverse wave.
6. Can experience polarization, reflection events (reflection), refraction (refraction), interference, and bending (diffraction).
7. Have momentum.
8. Can be divided into several types depending on the frequency or wavelength.
9. The speed of propagation of electromagnetic waves in a vacuum is a general constant (constant) c = 3 x 108 m/s. (meters/second = meters/second).

Those are some of the properties possessed by electromagnetic waves.

Source of Electromagnetic Waves

The existence of electromagnetic waves can also occur from several sources. The following are some sources that can produce electromagnetic waves.

1. Electrical Oscillation
2. Sunlight
3. Infrared lamps that can specifically produce infrared
4. Ultraviolet lamp which can specifically produce ultra violet
5. Electron shooting in a vacuum tube on a metal chip can produce X-rays or commonly referred to as X-rays.
6. Unstable atomic nuclei are capable of producing alpha, beta, and gamma radiation. And for gamma radiation is one of the electromagnetic waves.

Electromagnetic Wave Spectrum

Electromagnetic waves include light, radio waves, X-rays, gamma rays, microwaves and others. The various forms of electromagnetic waves are distinguished only by their wavelength and frequency.

Types of Electromagnetic Waves

Electromagnetic waves can also be divided into several types. If you don’t know what types of electromagnetic waves are, then the explanation below can help.

1. Radio Waves

Radio waves are a type of electromagnetic wave. Where there are electromagnetic waves is when sound or audio turns into an electrical signal by going through an oscillator wave or carrier wave.

Or simply radio waves can be generated by electric charges accelerated through a conductor wire. This charge will be generated by an electronic circuit called an oscillator. Raido waves will be emitted and received by the antenna.

Some objects that use radio waves are like television, radio, telephone and radar. Electromagnetic waves were first discovered by Heinrich Hertz and used by Marconi as a medium of communication.

2. Microwave or Microwave

Microwaves or microwaves can be generated by klystron tubes which have a function as a conductor of heat energy. The frequency of electromagnetic waves in microwaves is quite high, which is around 3 GHz (3×109 Hz).

If microwaves are absorbed by an object, molecule or atom, the object will vibrate causing a heating effect. Then if there is food that absorbs microwave radiation, then the food can heat up and cook in a relatively short time. This process is used in microwave ovens.

Microwaves can also be used in radar or Radio Detection and Ranging. Radar can be used to search for and determine traces of an object by utilizing microwaves.

3. Infrared waves or Infra Red

Infrared is an electromagnetic wave with a longer wavelength than visible light. Even so it turns out that infrared wavelengths are shorter than radio waves.

The long range of infrared wavelengths ranges from 1000 nm to 1 mm. Infrared light is produced by electrons present in vibrating molecules and will likely break up into different parts of the molecule as the object is heated. The energy released by these vibrating atoms and molecules is in the form of infrared radiation.

It should also be noted that every hot object must have emitted infrared waves. Currently, infrared waves are already widely used in objects in everyday life such as TV remotes, data transfer from cell phone to other cell phones to physical therapy.

4. Visible Light

As the name suggests, visible waves can indeed be seen directly by the human sense of sight. Visible waves consist of seven colors. Where if sorted from the greatest frequency, starting from red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and purple.

As for the wavelength of each light is as follows.

• Red has a wavelength between 620 and 780 nm.
• Orange has a wavelength between 590 and 620 nm
• Yellow has a wavelength between 570 to 590 nm
• Green has a wavelength between 490 to 570 nm
• Blue has a wavelength between 450 to 490 nm
• Indigo has a wavelength between 420 to 450 nm
• Purple has a wavelength between 380 to 420 nm

Just for information 1 nm = 1 nano meter = 10-9 meters.

As additional information, 1 nm is 1 nano meter, which ranges from 10 to 9 meters. Then for visible light waves until now it has also been used in a number of objects such as internal lasers and optics in the fields of telecommunications and medicine.

5. Ultraviolet Rays

The sun is the main source of light that can emit ultraviolet light to the earth’s surface. Ultraviolet light can also be produced by electron transitions in atomic orbits, carbon arcs and mercury lamps .

Ultraviolet light is actually part of the color spectrum. However, the human sense of sight is incapable of seeing ultraviolet light. In addition, ultraviolet light also has a very short wavelength when compared to other colors.

This is because ultraviolet light has a stronger penetrating power than other colors of light. Even ultraviolet light or ultra violet light is also able to penetrate human skin and is able to change the structure of human skin cells.

At low levels, ultraviolet rays can provide assistance in the process of forming vitamin D. However, at high levels, ultraviolet rays can cause skin cancer.

It should also be noted that ultraviolet light is at a wavelength between 3 nm and 380 nm. Currently, the existence of ultraviolet light is widely used for UV lamps and for LASIK eye surgery.

6. Shinar X

Next there are X-rays which have very high penetrating power. Even bigger than ultraviolet rays. The wavelength of X-rays is quite short, but has such a high frequency.

Because it has an ordinary wide penetrating power, X-rays can penetrate soft structures such as meat and wood, thick books to aluminum plates as thick as 1 cm. But X-rays cannot penetrate solid structures such as bone.

With the ability of X-rays to penetrate flesh, it is not surprising that X-rays are often used for X-ray technology that can reveal bone or skeletal structures on film screens. X-rays are even used to track or view the contents of passenger bags at the airport.

The wavelength of X-rays ranges from 0.3 nm to 3 nm. Then the discoverer of X-rays was Wilhelm Rontgen (1823-1923) when he conducted high-voltage electron scattering experiments.

7. Gamma Rays

Gamma-ray waves can be written as Y-rays. Where gamma-ray waves can be called the strongest electromagnetic waves among other electromagnetic waves.

The wavelength of gamma rays ranges from 0.0003 to 0.03 nm or can also be written as 0.3 pm to 30 pm. Where 1 poko meter (pm) is 10 to 12 meters.

Gamma-ray waves are produced from radioactive decay events or unstable atomic nuclei. Gamma rays can also penetrate solid structures such as atomic structures into different atoms.

Even gamma rays also occur in a nuclear reaction process so as to produce a radiation that tends to be so harmful to living things. In the medical world, the existence of gamma rays is used to sterilize medical equipment and radiotherapy processes in the treatment of cancer.

Those are some types of electromagnetic waves that still exist today.

Definition of Electric Charge – Increasingly advanced technology makes the role of
electrical energy even greater because technological advances are accompanied by developments in electronic
devices that cannot be used if there is no electricity. We can find these electronic devices at
home, at the office, at school, at the factory, to the road. In fact, for now, almost everyone
must be holding an electronic device, namely a cell phone or cell phone.

Therefore, electrical energy can be regarded as one of the needs of human life at this time.
This is because, we can hardly move at all, if there is no electricity. Thus, be it
everyone, every private or state institution definitely needs electricity and is very dependent on the
availability of electricity. We can feel this dependence when the lights go out, almost
everyone will be nervous because the activities to be carried out will be disrupted.

Electricity itself cannot just move or you could say electricity can move because it contains a charge.
The charge in electricity is known as electric charge. Basically, electric charge has
a formula, so everyone can calculate electric charge. By calculating the electric charge, we
know that electric charges can repel each other and attract each other.

This article will discuss electric charge, starting from understanding it to the formula for electric
charge. Sinaumed’s, read this article until it’s finished.

Definition of Electric Charge

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) electric charge is a charge that repels or charges that do not
attract with a force whose magnitude is determined by law. Based on the definition of electric
charge from KBBI, electric charge can be considered as a charge that is in an object and can produce a force
on other objects if it has an electric charge.

Knowledge of electric charge has been discovered by a scientist named Benjamin Franklin. He
discovered the electric charge while doing experiments using rubber rods and wool. Benjamin
Franklin did this experiment by rubbing a rubber rod on a sheep’s wool. After carrying out the
experiment, a reaction appeared from the rubber rod. It turns out that the rubber rod can tug
with the glass rod, when the two objects are close to each other.

From that experiment, Benjamin Franklin thought that a rubber rod that had been rubbed had an electric
charge in it. Every charge that exists on an object cannot be generalized because it really
depends on the excess or deficiency of electrons in that object.

In addition, Benjamin Franklin also stated that objects that have the same electric charge, when brought
closer will repel each other. However, it is different with the two objects that have different
electric charges, then the two objects will attract each other.

From the experiments that have been carried out by Benjamin Franklin, we know how to find out the electric
charge contained in an object. The easiest way to find out is to rub the two objects together.
When rubbing these two objects, electrons will move from one object to another.

When an object has lost electrons, then the object will become a positively charged object and the object
entered by electrons will turn into an object with a negative charge. From that event, the two
objects will attract each other. Benjamin Franklin stated that the transfer of charge from one
object to another is an implication of the law of conservation of charge.

He concluded that the two objects that were rubbed together did not produce new electrical energy but only
the charge moved. Also, as long as the two objects are rubbed together, the total charge is
zero.

Basically, if you want to know the charge on an object, you don’t need to do it by rubbing the two objects
together. We can just put two objects close to each other, if the two objects attract each
other, then the two objects have a different electric charge. In short, this way of rubbing
objects is just to make it easier for us to know the electric charge on an object.

Thanks to the discovery of electric charge, developments in the field of electricity have become more
advanced, so that this discovery can be considered one of the important discoveries in the world of
electricity. Therefore, many people say that Benjamin Franklin was a scientist who had a role
in the development of electricity.

Units and Symbols of Electric Charge

It turns out that electric charge has International Units (SI), namely coulombs (C). In
International Units (SI), electric charge has a symbol, namely Q. The Q symbol represents the
International Unit of electric charge. The electric charge that exists on an object can be
a positive charge or protons and can also be a negative charge or electrons.

With the existence of International Units and symbols, it can be said that electric charge has been used by
many people around the world, especially for those who do research on electricity or magnetism.
This is because electric charges can facilitate research, especially those related to atoms,
protons and electrons.

The electric charge itself is the total of the atoms in an object. If an atom has a shortage
of electrons, it produces a positive electric charge and an atom that has a shortage of protons, then
produces a negative electric charge.

Meanwhile, the quantity contained in electric charge was discovered by Robert Andrew Milikan.
He said that one electric charge is equal to 1.602×10 -19. In short, 1 electric charge
of a proton is equal to (1.602 x 10-19) and one electric charge of an electron is equal to (1.602 x
-10-19).

Benjamin Franklin

January 17, 1706 is the birthday of a scientist named Benjamin Franklin. During his lifetime
he has left a lot of various kinds of inventions that are still used today. He can be said as
someone who has a lot of work, so he has quite a lot of wealth. The works carried out by
Benjamin Franklin, such as authors, journalists, publishers, governors, scientists.

Benjamin Franklin was born on Milk Street, Boston, United States. His father married twice and
produced 17 children, Benjamin Franklin being the youngest of his father’s two marriages.

His interest in the world of diplomacy cannot be doubted because he was one of the leaders of the “American
Revolution”, and was even one of the people who signed the “American Declaration of Independence”.
Meanwhile, Benjamin Franklin had served as the 6th governor of Pennsylvania for 3 years, October
18, 1785 to November 5, 1788. Not only that, Benjamin Franklin also became the first head of the post office
in America and he was the creator of the first “public library” in the United States.

His interest in the field of electricity has made him carry out various kinds of research, he has done a
lot of research on electricity. From the research he has done, he created inventions that are
currently used by many people, such as lightning rods and electric charges.

When he found a lightning rod, he tried it with a kite, whether the kite could conduct electricity or not.
This experiment is known as the kite experiment. Meanwhile, on the discovery of
electric charge, Benjamin Franklin did his research by rubbing a rubber rod on sheep’s wool, then the rubber
rod was brought closer to the glass rod and the result was that the rubber rod and glass rod attracted each
other.

Benjamin Franklin breathed his last on April 17, 1790. Even though he had passed away a long time ago, various
kinds of inventions and knowledge in the world of diplomacy are still used today.

Types of Electric Charge

This discovery about electric charge is not only limited to understanding, units, and symbols, but also to
its types. Benjamin Franklin, who became the discoverer of electric charge, divided the two
types of electric charge, namely positive charges or protons and negative charges or electrons.

1. Positive Charge (Proton)

Benjamin Franklin said that positive electric charges (protons) are electric charges that repel each other with
objects that have a similar charge.

2. Negative Charge (Electrons)

Benjamin stated that you will emit repulsive properties if the object is brought close to the plastic (has a
charge), then it will repel.

To make it clearer, we will explain below about the electric charge that can be determined by the number of
protons and electrons.

a. If an object has more electrons, then the object will be negatively charged (Σ electrons
> Σ protons).

b. If an object has fewer electrons, then the object is categorized as a positively charged
object (Σ electrons < Σ protons).

c. If an object has more protons, then the object is a positively charged object (Σ protons
> Σ electrons).

d. If an object has fewer protons, then the object is negatively charged (Σ protons < Σ
electrons).

e. If the number of electrons and protons are the same, then the object’s charge is a neutral
charge (Σ electrons = Σ protons).

Characteristics of Electric Charge

The characteristics of the electric charge as follows:

1. Electric Charges Are Of Two Types

The first characteristic of electric charge is that electric charge is divided into two types, namely
negative electric charge (electrons) and positive electric charge (protons). The two charges
can be transferred from one material to another. In this case, the meaning of matter is objects
or goods.

A material can be said to have a positive charge, if the number of electrons in the material is more than
the number of protons. Meanwhile, a material will be said to be negatively charged, if the
number of electrons is less than the number of protons. In simple terms, the more the number of
electrons in a material, the more negative electrical charge it will produce, and this applies vice
versa.

2. Charge is Eternal

The electric charge on an object is part of the charge. According to Benjamin Franklin, the
charge that is on an object has an eternal nature. This is already part of the law of
conservation of charge. In other words, a charge (positive or negative) cannot be created and
cannot be destroyed.

We can see things like this in two different types of objects, then bringing them closer or rubbing them
can produce an electric charge. The attractive reaction of the two objects will occur if
negative electric charges (electrons) can move from one place to another. However, if the
negative electric charges (electrons) do not move to other objects, then the resulting reaction is
repulsive.

3. Electric Charges Can Repulse
or Attract each other

The third feature of electric charge is that electric charges on an object can attract each other and can
also repel each other. In this third feature, we can only prove it by bringing the two objects
closer or to make it easier to rub one object and then bring it closer to the other object.

If the two objects can attract each other, then we will know that the electric charge between the two
objects is of a different type. The same or similar electric charge on an object will make the
two objects repel each other. This is because electrons do not move to other objects.

4. Electric charge is a physical quantity

The fourth characteristic of electric charge is that it is a countable physical quantity. This
can be proven by the existence of the formula for electric charge and the existence of the International
Unit for electric charge, namely the coulomb. In fact, electric charge has a symbol, which is
Q.

In one electric charge the proton is equal to (1.602 x -10-19) and in one electric charge the electron is
equal to (1.602 x -10-19). With the introduction of electric charge into physics, we can
calculate the amount of electric charge present in a material or object.

Electric Charge Formula

Basically, the formula used to find the electric charge on an object is a formula taken or derived from the
Coulomb’s law formula. This formula was discovered by a scientist named Charles Augustin de
Coulomb. From the results of his research, he found a relationship or relationship between the
electric force and the magnitude of the charges and the distance between the two charges.

Therefore, the relationship created by Charles Augustin de Coulomb is known as “Coulomb’s law” which reads:

” The magnitude of the attractive and repulsive forces is proportional to the magnitude of the respective charges
and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between the two charges.”

Here is the formula of “Coulomb’s law”.

Information:

F = force of repulsion or force of attraction, the unit is newtons (N)

q1 = first charge, unit (C)

q2 = second charge, unit (C)

r = distance between two charged objects, units of meters (m)

k = constant comparison which has a magnitude of 9 x 109 Nm2/C2

Conclusion

Benjamin Franklin became the discoverer of the electric charge and he said that a charge has eternal
properties or cannot be created or destroyed. Thanks to the discovery of this electric charge,
we know that in an object there are negative charges (electrons) and positive charges (protons).

From Benjamin Franklin’s discovery, we know that two objects can attract and repel each other.
Two objects that are rubbed together then attract each other indicating that the electric charge is
different. Meanwhile, two objects that are rubbed together but repel each other indicate that
the electric charge on the object or material is of the same type.

Book & Article Recommendations

Source: From various sources

eHAC stands for electronic-Health Alert Card or in Indonesian means Electronic Health Alert Card. E-HAC is one of the new policies issued by the Ministry of Health of the Republic of Indonesia (Kemenkes RI).

Quoted from the Sehat Negeriku Kemkes online page , the electronic Health Alert Card or abbreviated as eHAC is an electronic health alert card intended for all domestic and international flight travelers during the Corona pandemic.

eHAC itself is expected to be one of the efforts to minimize the risk of transmission of COVID-19 by travellers, both ship and plane travelers going out of town. Later, the eHAC will become one of the things that must be shown to the verification officer upon arrival at the destination.

So, for those of you who have plans to travel by air, sea or land, then you have an obligation to fill out the eHAC first. How to fill in eHAC Indonesia? Check out the full answer below.

What is eHAC?

As previously explained, in simple terms, eHAC is a Health Alert Card. A card that is more modern than the manual cards used before. The eHAC card is one of the developments from the Ministry of Health (Kemenkes), especially the Directorate of Health Surveillance and Quarantine, Directorate General of Disease Prevention and Control.

According to the new rules that took effect on March 3, 2022, eHAC inspections are carried out when checking in at the departure airport through the latest version of the PeduliLindungi application. Previously, eHAC checks were carried out when travelers arrived at the arrival airport. However, this regulation actually creates long lines due to an increase in the number of domestic air transportation users.

After this regulation, eHAC, which used to be an independent application managed by the Ministry of Health, is now one of the features included in the PeduliLindungi application under the management of the Ministry of Communication and Information of the Republic of Indonesia (Kominfo). This will be different.

PeduliLindungi is a Covid-19 tracking application that is legally used to trace digital contacts in Indonesia. Meanwhile, eHAC is one of the features that can now be used in it. Therefore, travelers will be examined when they leave the plane and go to baggage claim. Airport officers will usually carry out checks regarding the QR Code from the eHAC application.

Thus, the best time for travelers to fill in data on the eHAC is after checking in and getting a seat number on the plane. Next, how do you fill in the eHAC through the PeduliLindungi Application?

How to Fill in eHAC in PeduliLindungi

In accordance with SE of the Minister of Health No HK.02.01/MENKES/847/2021, eHAC has been integrated with PeduliLindungi. Therefore, you can now fill out the Indonesian eHAC or Electronic Health Alert Card through the PeduliLindungi application by downloading it on the Google Playstore or Appstore.

The following is a complete guide and steps to fill in the eHAC in the PeduliLindungi application for domestic travelers, including:

• First download the PeduliLindungi application on the PlayStore or AppStore
• Create a new account or log in if you already have a PeduliLindungi account
• Click the “eHAC” feature on the main page
• Next, select “Create eHAC”
• Select “Domestic” for domestic travelers, or select “International” for those of you who come from abroad and want to go to Indonesia
• Select “By Air” for those of you who travel by air transportation, but if using sea transportation select “By Sea”, and if using land transportation select “By Land”

• Especially for air transportation users, please fill in the flight number
• If the flight number is not found, continue to fill in the flight data manually by selecting the airline name, departure airport and destination
• Make sure the information entered is correct, then click “Next”

• Fill in “Personal Details”, starting from Citizenship, Full Name, NIK, Gender, Date of Birth, and Purpose of Travel

• Data can be filled in a maximum of four people

• Click “Next” when the data filling is complete
• Next, fill in the Travel Data according to the previous transportation choice.

• For example, air travel (By Air), fill in the Airplane Name, Origin Airport, Destination Airport, Flight Number and Seat Number
• While traveling by sea, fill in the name of the ship, port of origin, port of destination, ship number, date of departure and date of landing.

• Then, fill in the Destination column, for example, such as Origin Province, Destination Province, and Address Details that you need.
• Click “Next” when you have finished filling and confirming on the last page.

Filling in the eHAC is mandatory for anyone who will travel, either via land, air or sea transportation. If the traveler gets the status of not fit to travel, manual validation can be done by showing the vaccine certificate and antigen or RT-PCR test results at PeduliLindungi. Apart from that, you can also show physical documents to local officials or the Port Health Office (KKP) at the airport.

Air Transport eHAC

Reporting from the official website kemkes.go.id , domestic eHAC with the mode of air transportation must be filled in before departure or D-1 at the earliest. This is due to inspection by airport officials at check-in. So, here’s how to fill in the domestic eHAC with an airplane in the PeduliLindungi application, including:

• Select the departure date, then fill in the number and flight information. If the flight number cannot be found, fill in the flight data manually, complete by selecting the airline name, departure airport to destination. After the information is correct, please click “Continue”.
• Next, enter Personal Data which can be filled in by a maximum of 4 people at a time.
• Then check the flightworthiness status, if the eHAC shows information that “test results not found” or “not airworthy”. You can contact the health officer or the Port Health Office (KKP) at the airport to validate the vaccine certificate and Antigen/PCR test results. If the data displays a confirmed case or black status, then eHAC creation cannot be carried out and the trip cannot be continued. If it is declared “fit to fly”, please select save the information that you filled in before.
• Fill in the health statement and travel history, then select “confirm”.
• The eHAC creation has been completed and you can show the flightworthiness status page to the staff at the departure airport.

eHAC Land and Sea Transportation

• Fill in personal information, including Citizenship, Full Name, and NIK. You can also add other passenger data for a maximum of 4 people at a time.
• Then, fill in the details of the transportation used, both the date of departure and arrival.
• Then, fill out a health statement and travel history.
• If the data entered is correct, confirm the data by clicking “confirm” and the eHAC creation is complete.
• A QR code will be displayed and can be scanned or scanned by the officer upon arrival.

Mandatory Requirements for Traveling

The following are several conditions that must be met by travelers to obtain travel eligibility status, including:

1. Travelers with the type of air transportation mode who have carried out the third or booster dose of vaccination are not required to carry out an antigen test or RT-PCR to meet flight eligibility requirements. eHAC can assess flightworthiness according to the results of these tests.
2. Travelers who have carried out the primary vaccination up to the second dose have the obligation to complete the travel requirements with a negative antigen test result for a maximum of 1 × 24 hours or a maximum of 3 × 24 hours of RT-PCR test before departure.
3. Travelers who have only been vaccinated once have the obligation to show documents of RT-PCR test results for a maximum of 3×24 hours before departure.
4. Travelers with co-morbidities or comorbidities who cannot vaccinate must include a doctor’s certificate from a government hospital and RT-PCR test results for a maximum of 3×24 hours.

Please note that the eHAC filling rules are not intended for children aged 6 and under who are exempt from vaccination requirements and are not required to carry out antigen or RT-PCR tests as a travel condition.

What eHAC Users Should Look For 

The eHAC displays information related to travel eligibility. The information also includes a black status, if the prospective traveler is confirmed to be infected with Covid-19. This black status can be interpreted that the prospective traveler is not roadworthy so they will be directed to the health worker/KKP.

For prospective travelers who require roadworthy requirements with green status, they can fulfill the following conditions:

1. If receiving vaccine dose 1, prospective travelers must have a negative PCR test result no later than 3×24 hours before travel.
2. After undergoing complete and booster vaccinations, prospective travelers need a negative antigen swab test result no later than 1×24 hours before travel.

In accordance with the eHAC filling manual released by the Ministry of Health, there are a number of things that prospective travelers must pay attention to, namely things that can and cannot be done regarding filling in the eHAC. Some things that potential travelers can do as eHAC users, as follows:

1. As a potential passenger with a destination to Indonesia, the traveler must first register before departure;
2. In order to facilitate the inspection process from the officer, please fill in the form with your personal data correctly;
3. Upon arrival in Indonesia either through the airport or seaport, please show the barcode on the E-HAC application on the smartphone to the health officer, and the data that has been previously filled in will be checked;
4. If an emergency occurs requiring immediate medical assistance, the traveler can press the panic button in the E-HAC application.

Meanwhile, the following are some things that prospective travelers should not do as E-HAC users, namely:

1. Fill out forms on the application with invalid or inappropriate data.
2. The traveler does not communicate the symptoms of health disorders experienced with the actual condition
3. The traveler pressed the panic button for no reason or experienced a health-related emergency.

Those are the various things you need to know about eHAC Indonesia, eHAC stands for electronic-Health Alert Card or can be called Electronic Health Alert Card. Starting from the definition of eHAC, how to register eHAC at PeduliLindungi to how to fill in eHAC online via PeduliLindungi for flights.

For Sinaumed’s who want to know more deeply about eHAC and others, they can read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

 

Educational Innovation – As educators, teachers and students need to motivate themselves repeatedly to grow into creative and innovative human beings. When innovation is for education it is called educational innovation. Then what is the basic concept of educational innovation? Educational innovation is an idea, product or new job that can be used as a reformer to achieve educational goals or solve problems in the world of education.

Innovation in the field of education is expected to improve and target the quality of education. This type of innovation needs to be further encouraged both in elementary, junior high, high school and tertiary institutions. Especially in this era of technological advances like today.

Definition of Educational Innovation

Innovation is etymologically derived from the Latin innovation . It means update or change. The verb innovo means to update and change. Innovation is a new change for improvement, different from previous changes, or previous changes that were intentional and planned. There are differences and similarities in changing and updating terms.

The word “new” can also mean that the recipient of the innovation has just understood, accepted, or implemented it, even though it is not new to other people. However, not all that is new is suitable for all situations, conditions and locations. Included in educational innovation. Then what is educational innovation?

Educational innovation according to Ibrahim (1988) is innovation to solve educational problems. Therefore, educational innovation is felt or observed as something new for individuals or groups of people (society) in the form of interventions (new discoveries) or discoveries ( newly found people ) used to achieve education in the form of ideas, objects and methods to complete goals. or national education issues.

Innovation is the discovery of something completely new which is the result of human creation. After that, the discovery of something (object) that did not exist before is done by creating a new form. Discovery is actually a discovery (object) that has been around for a long time, but has not been known to humans. Therefore, innovation is an attempt to find new objects by carrying out discovery activities.

When we talk about innovation (update), we remember two terms, namely invention and discovery . Invention is the discovery of something completely new from human work. In this context, Ibrahim (1989) states that innovation is an invention that can be considered new for ideas, objects, events, individuals or groups of people (society). Innovation can be the result of an invention or discovery . Innovation is done for a specific purpose or to solve a problem.

The processes and stages of change in education relate to development, dissemination, planning, recruitment, implementation and evaluation. For example, a ” top-down model ” which is an educational innovation created by a certain party as a leader or supervisor and applied to subordinates, such as educational innovations that have been implemented by the Ministry of National Education so far. The two ” bottom-up models ” are innovation models that are obtained, made and implemented from the bottom to improve the delivery and quality of education.

The Targets of Educational Innovation

In its application, educational innovation has targets or forms that are affected, as follows:

1. Teacher

The main target is the teacher. As an educator, the teacher is at the forefront in ensuring the continuity of student learning in the classroom. The teacher’s educational expertise will definitely change the knowledge and morals of students. The following are steps that change or innovation teachers can take:

• Create lesson plans
• Carry out learning
• Handle administrative tasks
• Establish good communication
• Improve educational skills
• Develop student skills

2. Students

Students are the main goal of education. Student scores can be used as a measure of the success of the learning process. However, students need to be involved in innovation, even if it is only done in the form of referrals, such as learning from innovations or communicating the knowledge gained between students.

3. Curriculum

The curriculum is a guide for teachers to learn. Therefore, all innovations implemented in schools must first be aligned with the curriculum. Without curriculum, innovation cannot achieve its goals. Curriculum innovation can be interpreted as an idea to create a new curriculum by maximizing the potential for problem solving.

Facility

Innovation in school facilities cannot be ignored. Without adequate equipment, learning will not be useful. Examples of school facility innovations include setting up reading rooms in classrooms, building basketball courts, and equipping experimental equipment.

Public

Society indirectly becomes the target of innovation. Why is that? Innovation has a direct impact on students. Now, the students are participating in the community environment directly. Therefore, society can be a factor that needs to be considered in innovation.

Forms of Educational Innovation and Examples of Educational Innovation

1.Top -down model

The top-down model is an educational innovation model made or created by superiors and addressed to subordinates. For example, the innovations created by the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology, and targeting all the educational institutions it supports. The application of this innovation can be done with a solicitation, suggestion, or even a little coercion.

2. Model from the ground up

The bottom-up model is an educational innovation model created from below to guarantee and improve the quality of education. This innovation is classified as continuous innovation and does not stop easily. One example is school and teacher innovation to support learning in schools and classrooms as follows:

a. Yell, yell

This Yel Yel usually occurs before class starts and the teacher is encouraged to say some of the chants being taught to the students. Using slang can create a fun learning environment and build strong relationships between teachers and students, and students and students.

b. Awards or Rewards

With experience in this field, younger children (PAUD, SD) are very happy when their learning achievements are evaluated and recognized by the teacher. The award itself can be interpreted as an educational tool in order to coordinate student welfare. The aim is to encourage students to learn more actively and introduce healthy competition among students to improve performance.

Obstacles to Educational Innovation

The limitations that affect success in educational innovation are as follows:

1. Inaccurate forecasts of innovation
2. Unhealthy conflicts and motives
3. Various weak supporting factors lead to the underdevelopment of the resulting innovations
4. Treasury (Finance)
5. Rejection of certain groups of innovation results
6. Social relations and lack of publications

Teachers, managers and protectors to avoid the above problems, especially to change attitudes and behavior towards changes in schools that are developing so that changes and reforms are expected to be successful. Some of the reasons why innovations are often rejected or rejected by field or school innovation implementers are as follows:

• Schools or teachers are not involved in the planning, design, or even implementation of the innovation. Make sure that new ideas and innovations are not considered to belong to the teacher or the school, and to other people who do not need to be implemented because they are not in accordance with the wishes and conditions of the school.
• The teacher has been using the system or method for years and doesn’t want to change it, so he wants to keep the existing system or method. In addition, the system they have is considered as security or satisfaction by them and according to their ideas. Teachers still maintain the existing system.
• New innovations from other parties, especially the Center (especially the Ministry of National Education), have not fully considered the needs and conditions of teachers and students. This was also expressed by Munro (1987: 36), who stated that “the gap between teacher intentions and practice is a major obstacle to the success of innovative programs”.
• Innovations introduced and implemented from the Center are all project trends determined by the Center’s Innovation Creators. These innovations can be stopped when the project is finished, or when finances and finances run out. Therefore, schools and teachers are forced to make changes at the request of the central innovator and do not have the authority to change them.
• The power and authority of the center is so great that schools and teachers can be pressured to carry out the wishes of the center, which may not necessarily match the wishes or circumstances of the school.

Factors to Consider in Educational Innovation

To avoid rejection, as mentioned above, the primary factors that need to be considered in educational findings are teachers, students, curriculum, facilities, and the community environment as explained below:

1. Teacher Or Teacher

Teachers who are the spearhead of educational applications are those who are very influential in the teaching and learning process. The expertise and authority of the teacher really determines the continuity of the teaching and learning process in the classroom as well as its effects outside the classroom. Teachers must be smart in bringing their students to the goals to be achieved.

There are several things that can build teacher authority, including domination of the material being taught, teaching methods that are synchronous using the situations and requirements of students, interaction between individuals, both using students as well as between fellow teachers and other elements involved in the educational process, for example administrators. For example the head of the school and tidy up the business and surrounding residents, the experience and skills of teaching itself.

Thus, in educational renewal, the involvement of teachers from the planning of educational discoveries to using applications and their evaluation plays a very large role for the success of an educational innovation. Without involving them, it is very likely that they will reject the invention or innovation that is introduced to them.

This is because they suspect that inventions that do not involve them are not theirs to be carried out, but instead they suspect that they will interfere with the comfort and smooth running of their tasks. Therefore, in an educational innovation, it is the teacher who is primary and first involved because the teacher has broad roles as an educator, as a parent, as a friend, as a motivator and so on.

2. Students

Students become the primary object in education, especially in the teaching and learning process. Students hold a very dominant role. In the process of teaching and learning, students can choose the success of learning through the use of intelligence, motor power, experience, will, and commitment that is in them without any coercion.

This can happen if students are also involved in the educational innovation process, even if it only introduces them to the purpose of the change from planning to using the application. As a result, what they do is a responsibility and must be carried out consistently.

The role of students in this educational innovation is no less important than the role of other elements, because students can become recipients of lessons, providers of teaching materials among their peers, guides, and even become teachers.

Therefore, in introducing educational innovations to implementing them, students need to be invited or involved so that they not only get and implement these findings, but also reduce resistance as described earlier.

3. Curriculum

The educational curriculum, more narrowly the school curriculum includes pedagogical activities and the tools are guidelines for the application of education and pedagogy to schools. Therefore, the school curriculum is believed to be an inseparable part of the teaching and learning process in schools.

As a result of the application of educational innovations, the curriculum plays the same role as other elements in education. Without a curriculum and without following the events contained therein, educational innovations will not run in sync with the goals of the invention itself.

Therefore, in education renewal, these changes should be synchronous with curriculum changes or curriculum changes followed by educational reform and it is impossible for changes according to both to go in the same direction.

4. Facilities

Facilities, including educational vehicles and infrastructure, cannot be ignored in the educational process, especially in the teaching and learning process. In educational renewal, of course facilities are things that contribute to the continuity of the innovations that will be applied. Without facilities, educational discovery applications will certainly not work properly.

Facilities, especially teaching and learning facilities are essential in making changes and renewal of education. Therefore, when implementing an educational discovery, facilities need to be considered. For example the availability of school buildings, benches, desks and so on.

5. Community Social Scope

In applying educational findings, there are things that are not directly involved in the change but can have an impact, both positive and negative, on the implementation of educational reform. Society is privately or not, involved in education. Because, what we want to do with education is actually changing society for the better, especially the people where the students come from.

Without involving the surrounding residents, educational discoveries will certainly be disrupted, it can even hinder them if they are not notified or involved. Citizen involvement in educational innovation in turn will help innovators and implementation of educational innovation.

So, the conclusion is that innovation in educational change cannot stand alone, but must involve all elements involved in it, for example innovators, organizers of inventions such as teachers and students. Besides that, the success of educational innovations is not only influenced by one or two factors, but also the residents and the completeness of the facilities.

Educational innovation in the form of top-down examples cannot always be used successfully. This was caused partly due to the refusal of implementers, for example teachers who were not fully involved in both planning and implementation.

Meanwhile, inventions that are more in the form of bottom-up examples are believed to be lasting discoveries and do not stop easily because executors and creators are both involved from planning to application. Therefore they are each responsible for the success of an invention they create.

Well, that’s an explanation of educational innovation that needs to pay attention to many things to do it. Is Sinaumed’s interested in innovating in education? This is certainly not an easy thing because the issue of education is very complex and related to many things.

To do this, Sinaumed’s can study and use references from sinaumedia books at www.sinaumedia.com for books on educational innovation. Have a good study. #Friends Without Limits.

sinaumedia Literacy – The branch of biology that studies the interactions between living things and their environment is called Ecology. Ecology comes from the Greek, namely oikos which means home and residence and logos which means science. Therefore, it can be concluded that the ecosystem is a functional unit between living things and their environment in which there are very close relationships and interactions and influence each other. Let’s learn more about Ecosystems, see a more complete explanation below, Sinaumed’s!

 

DEFINITION OF ECOSYSTEM

An ecosystem is an ecological system formed by an inseparable reciprocal relationship between living things and their environment. Ecosystem as a complete and comprehensive unitary arrangement between all elements of the environment and influence each other. Ecosystem as a combination of each biosystem unit. Involves reciprocal interactions between organisms and the physical environment so that the flow of energy leads to a certain biotic structure and material cycles occur between organisms and inorganics. The sun as the source of all energy, in the ecosystem, organisms in the community develop together with the physical environment as a system. The organism then adapts again to the physical environment, otherwise the organism also influences the physical environment for its survival.

In existing life, there will be no interaction with the environment that supports balance in life. In the book Principles of Ecology for Ecosystems and the Environment and Their Preservation, the definitions, processes, elements of ecosystems, and much more are discussed.

 

DEFINITION OF ECOSYSTEM ACCORDING TO EXPERTS

An ecosystem is an ecological system formed by an inseparable reciprocal relationship between living things and their environment. The following are some definitions of ecosystems according to Sinaumed’s experts:

A.G. TANSLEY (1935)

Ecosystem as an ecological unit in which there is structure and function. The structure in the ecosystem is related to species diversity or in English is species diversity. In an ecosystem that has a complex structure, there will be a fairly high diversity of species. While the intended function is related to the cycle of matter and the flow of energy through ecosystem components.

WOODBURY (1954)

Ecosystem according to Woodbury is a complex unitary order in an area that contains habitats, plants and animals. This condition is then considered as a whole unit, so that everything can be part of the material cycle chain and energy flow.

ODUM (1993)

A set of basic functional units in an ecology that includes organisms and the environment. The environment in this case is the biotic and abiotic environment, where both of them will then influence each other. In addition, in an ecosystem there are also components that completely have complete ecological niches and complete ecological processes, so that in these units material cycles and energy flows occur based on ecosystem conditions.

ENVIRONMENTAL LAW OF 1997

The ecosystem as a unitary structure is a very complete and comprehensive way between all elements of the environment to influence each other. These environmental elements can also be called biotic and abiotic elements, both in living things and inanimate objects in them. Everything is arranged into a single unit in an ecosystem, each of which cannot stand alone, but must interact with each other, influence each other, so that they cannot be separated.

ECOSYSTEM COMPONENTS

BIOTIC COMPONENTS

Biotic, means “Life”. The biotic components in an ecosystem are the living things themselves, because an ecosystem will never form without living things in it. The existence of living things then forms a food chain in an ecosystem. Some examples of biotic components in our environment include:

• Autotrophic or Producer organisms are referred to as producers because these organisms are able to make their own food, they even make food for other organisms living in the ecosystem. Producers will then make food by absorbing compounds and inorganic substances which will be converted into organic compounds through a process known as photosynthesis.
• Heterotrophic organisms (Consumers) have different properties from the first organism. These heterotrophic organisms obtain food from autotrophic organisms or producers and will eat other heterotrophic organisms. So it can be concluded that heterotrophic organisms are organisms that use organic materials from other organisms that are used as a source of energy and food. For example, humans and animals. The three are further divided based on their food into herbivores, carnivores and omnivores
• Decomposers or Decomposers, are the last group of biotic components in an ecosystem. These decomposers or decomposers are organisms that decompose the remains of living things (heterotrophs or autotrophs) that have died. In other words, decomposers are organisms that work to change organic matter from dead organisms into inorganic compounds through a process called decomposition. Decomposers or decomposers will occupy important positions in a food chain on earth, because their final role is the key to the sustainability of the food chain. Some examples of decomposers or decomposers around the environment where we live are algae, fungi, bacteria, worms, and so on.

ABIOTIC COMPONENTS

The second component in the ecosystem is the abiotic component or non-living component. In other words, the abiotic component is a component that consists of things that are not living things but are around us, and influence our survival. Several types of abiotic components, namely temperature, sunlight, water, wind, air, humidity, and many other inanimate objects that play a role in the ecosystem. Here are some of them:

• Temperature: A biological process that is affected by changes in temperature, for example mammals & birds as living things that can regulate their own body temperature.
• Water: An availability of water can affect the distribution of an organism. For example, organisms can adapt and survive by making use of the availability of water in the desert.
• Salt: Concentration of salt will affect the water balance in organisms through Osmosis. For example, some terrestrial organisms can adapt to their environment and their salt content is quite high.
• Sunlight: Intensity & Quality of Sunlight will affect the process of photosynthesis, because water is able to absorb light so that the process of photosynthesis can occur around the surface of the sun.

Kinds of ECOSYSTEMS

AQUATIC (WATER)

Aquatic ecosystems are ecosystems in which the abiotic component mostly consists of water. Living things (biotic components) in aquatic ecosystems are further divided into:

• Freshwater ecosystems: The characteristics of freshwater ecosystems include subtle variations in temperature, less light penetration, and are affected by climate and weather. The most common types of plants are algae, while the other are seed plants. Almost all animal phyla are found in fresh water. Organisms that live in fresh water have generally adapted.
• Seawater Ecosystems: Marine (oceanic) habitats are characterized by high salinity (salt content) with CI- ions reaching 55%, especially in tropical marine areas, due to high temperatures and large evaporation. In the tropics, the sea temperature is around 25 °C. The temperature difference at the top and bottom is high, so there is a boundary between the hot water layer at the top and the cold water at the bottom which is called the thermocline area.
• Estuary Ecosystem: Estuaries (estuaries) are places where rivers and seas join. Estuaries are often enclosed by extensive intertidal mudflats or salt marshes. Estuarine ecosystems have high productivity and are rich in nutrients. The plant communities that live in estuaries include salt marsh grasses, algae, and phytoplankton. Its animal community includes various worms, shellfish, crabs, and fish
• Beach Ecosystem: It is so named because the plant Ipomoea pes caprae grows on the sand dune which is resistant to waves and wind. The plants that live in this ecosystem are spreading and have thick leaves.
• River Ecosystem: A river is a body of water that flows in one direction. The river water is cold and clear and contains little sediment and food. The water flow and waves constantly provide oxygen to the water. The water temperature varies with altitude and latitude. The river ecosystem is inhabited by animals such as cat fish, carp, turtles, snakes and crocodiles.
• Coral reef ecosystem: Consists of corals that are near the shore. The efficiency of this ecosystem is very high. The animals that live in coral eat microscopic organisms and other organic remains. Various invertebrates, micro-organisms and fish live among corals and algae. Herbivores such as snails, sea urchins, fish, become prey for octopuses, starfish and carnivorous fish. The presence of coral reefs near the beach makes the beach has white sand.
• Deep sea ecosystems: More than 6,000m deep. Usually there are sea catfish and sea fish that can emit light. As producers there are bacteria that are symbiotic with certain corals.
• Seagrass ecosystem: Seagrasses or seagrasses are the only group of flowering plants that live in the marine environment. These plants live in shallow coastal waters. Like grasses on land, they have erect leafy shoots and creeping stalks that are effective for reproduction. Unlike other marine plants (algae and seaweed), seagrasses flower, bear fruit and produce seeds. They also have roots and an internal system for transporting gases and nutrients. As a biological resource, seagrass is widely used for various purposes.

In the marine ecosystem, there are various living things in it. As an example, we can see in the book Exploring Coral Reefs-Jailolo Bay, Mouth of the Halmahera Island Marine Ecosystem.

 

TESETERIAL (LAND)

Zoning in terrestrial ecosystems is determined by temperature and rainfall. Terrestrial ecosystems can be controlled by climate and disturbance. Climate is very important to determine why a terrestrial ecosystem is in a certain place. Ecosystem patterns can change due to disturbances such as lightning, fire, or human activities. Here are some of them terrestrial ecosystems:

• Tundra: Found in the northern hemisphere in the northern polar circle and found on high mountain peaks. Plant growth in this area is only 60 days. Examples of dominant plants are sphagnum, lichen, annual seed plants, shrubs, and reed grass. In general, the plant is able to adapt to cold conditions.
• Karst (limestone / cave): Derived from the name of the area of ​​limestone in the territory of Yugoslavia. Karst areas in Indonesia on average have almost the same characteristics, namely, the soil is less fertile for agriculture, sensitive to erosion, prone to landslides, is vulnerable with low aeration pores, slow permeability forces and is dominated by micro pores. . Karst ecosystems experience their own uniqueness, with a variety of biotic aspects that are not found in other ecosystems.
• Tropical rainforest: Found in tropical and subtropical regions. Its characteristics are 200-225 cm of rainfall per year. There are relatively many tree species, the types differ from one another depending on their geographical location. The main tree height is between 20-40 m, the tree branches are tall and have dense leaves to form a canopy. In wet forests there is a change in microclimate, namely the climate that is directly around the organisms. The hood area gets enough sunlight, temperature variations and humidity are high, the temperature throughout the day is around 25 °C. In tropical rain forests there are often typical plants, namely lianas (rattan) and orchids as epiphytes. Animals include monkeys, birds, rhinos, wild boars, tigers, owls, and many more that you can learn about in the Animal Habitats: Tropical Rainforest Series.

• Deciduous forest: Found in temperate climates that have four seasons, the characteristics of which are evenly distributed rainfall throughout the year. Few tree species (10 to 20) and not too dense. Animals found in deciduous forests include deer, bears, foxes, squirrels, woodpeckers, and raccoons (a fellow mongoose).
• Taiga: Found in the northern hemisphere and mountainous tropics, characterized by low temperatures in winter. Usually taiga is a forest composed of one species such as conifers, pines, and the like. Shrubs and wet vegetation are scarce, and the animals include moose, black bears, ajag, and birds that migrate south in the fall.
• Savanna: The savanna of the tropics is found in areas with 40 – 60 inches of rain per year, but temperature and humidity still depend on the seasons. The world’s largest savanna is in Africa. Animals that live in the savanna include insects and mammals such as zebras, lions and hyenas
• Grasslands: Found in areas that extend from the tropics to the subtropics. The characteristics of grasslands are rainfall of approximately 25-30 cm per year, irregular rainfall, high porosity (water infiltration), and fast drainage (water flow). The existing vegetation consists of herbs and grasses, both of which depend on moisture. The animals include: bison, zebras, lions, wild dogs, wolves, elephants, giraffes, kangaroos, insects, rats and snakes which Sinaumed’s can learn about in Toddlers Want to Know: Grassland Animals.

• Desert: Found in tropical areas bordering grasslands. The characteristics of the desert ecosystem are arid and low rainfall (25 cm/year). The temperature difference between day and night is huge. Annual plants found in the desert are small. In addition, in the desert there are also perennial plants with leaves such as thorns, for example, cacti, or those that are leafless and have long roots and have tissues to store water. Animals that live in the desert include rodents, ants, snakes, lizards, frogs, scorpions, and several other nocturnal animals that Sinaumed’s can see through the book Knowing Animal Habitat Series: Deserts.

 

ARTIFICIAL ECOSYSTEM

Rice fields are one example of an artificial ecosystem. Artificial ecosystems are ecosystems created by humans to meet their needs. These artificial ecosystems then get energy subsidies from outside, plants or pets that are dominated by human influence, and have low diversity. Examples of artificial ecosystems include:

• Dam
• Production forest plantations such as teak and pine
• Agroecosystem in the form of rainfed rice fields
• Irrigated fields
• Palm plantations
• Settlement ecosystems such as cities and villages
• Space ecosystem.

City ecosystems have a high metabolism so they need a lot of energy and have excessive expenses such as pollution and heat. The space ecosystem is not a closed system that can meet its own needs without depending on input from outside. All ecosystems and life have always depended on the earth.

That’s the Understanding of Ecosystems According to Experts, Components and Types! Hope this is useful Sinaumed’s, enjoy learning!

 

Examples of economic goods – In economics there are three types of goods that can be used by humans to support their survival. The three types of goods are economic goods, illith goods, and free goods.

All three have different meanings and characteristics. However, because there are items that are limited. Maybe you won’t be able to enjoy the item continuously.

Maybe of the three terms, you will hear more about economic goods. For this reason, so that you also understand more, this article will explain about economic goods, starting from the definition, examples of economic goods, the difference between economic goods and free goods and several other things.

For that, for those of you who want to know more about economic goods, please read the reviews in this article.

Definition of Economic Goods

Before discussing examples of economic goods. It would be better if you also know what economic goods are. Economic goods are goods that can meet human needs but in limited quantities.

This limited word refers to the amount of goods that is less than the amount needed by society. Due to the limited availability of these goods, humans will make sacrifices to be able to get these goods.

Sacrifices that can be made to achieve economic benefits are the obligation to spend money, time or mind. The availability of these goods is obtained in two ways, namely produced by human labor or indeed goods provided by nature and can be used free of charge.

You can get these items at markets, convenience stores or other types of retailers. Even so, business people want to strengthen their company’s position in field or market conditions. Most of these companies will use a positioning strategy .

This positioning strategy is a company’s effort to strengthen their image in order to get a special place according to their target market.

Types of Economic Goods

As previously explained, economic goods are goods that have a lower price and supply than market demand. Economic goods products also require scarce valuable resources that can provide alternative uses.

An example is the limited availability of land capable of producing rice and sugar cane. If indeed a farmer wants to produce large products. So these farmers have to sacrifice sugarcane production.

So that it can also be called economic goods which have a relationship with the problem of saving scarce resources in order to fulfill human needs or desires.

In this explanation it can be interpreted that all material goods are economic goods. Today there are several types of economic goods. If indeed you do not know the types of economic goods. Then the explanation below will more easily help you to know more about the types of economic goods.

1. Consumer Goods

Consumer goods are final goods that can directly satisfy the desires of consumers. These goods include bread, milk, clothing and medicine.

In addition, consumer goods are still divided into two groups. The two groups are disposable consumer goods and durable consumer goods.

a. Disposable Consumer Goods

Single-use consumer goods are goods that can be used up in one act of consumption. For example, food, cigarettes, matches and fuel. These goods also fall into the category of direct consumption goods.

This is because these goods are able to provide satisfaction for human desires. In addition, disposable consumer goods also apply to various types of services, such as doctors, lawyers and waiters, which are also included in disposable goods.

b. Durable Consumer Goods

Meanwhile, durable consumer goods are goods that can be used for a long time. The time period used is not so important, whether it is a short term or a long term. For example, clothes, television, pens and so on, which have a long shelf life.

2. Capital Goods or Manufacturers

Next there are types of capital goods or producers. Capital goods are goods that can help in the production process of other goods. The goal remains the same, namely to satisfy consumer satisfaction directly or indirectly.

Some examples of capital goods or producers are such as machinery, plants to agricultural and industrial raw materials and so on.

Capital goods or producers are still divided into two groups, namely disposable producer goods and production goods that can be used for a long time.

a. One-use Manufacturer’s Goods

Disposable producer goods are goods that will be used up in one act of production. This means that when used once, the manufacturer’s goods will lose their original shape. For example, paper is used to print books and coal is used for factory needs.

b. Durable Manufacturers Goods

Durable manufactured goods are goods that can be used repeatedly. When used for a long time over and over again, the item will not lose its usefulness directly.

An example is capital goods such as machinery, factories, building equipment factories and so on.

Some of the points explained above are examples of economic goods. The difference between consumer goods and capital goods is seen from their use. Some examples of goods such as electricity and coal are examples of goods that can be used as consumer goods as well as capital goods.

Then the difference between disposable goods and durable goods also has important meaning from an economic point of view. The demand for disposable goods is considered to be more regular and stable as well as predictable in advance.

Examples of Economic Goods

The next explanation is an example of economic goods. Currently there are many examples of goods or services that are classified as types of economic goods. Even these economic goods you may have found easily in the environment. Some examples of economic goods are as follows.

1. Clothing

The first example of an economic good is clothing. Clothing is one type of item that is really needed by humans. The number of these clothing products is usually limited.

Besides that, to be able to get this clothing product requires a sacrifice and also competition with other people. Because of this, clothing products are included in the class of economic goods.

Even if you have a question in your mind why clothes, which are still available, are included in the class of economic goods. Back again, as explained earlier, in economics, a lot and a little is something that is so relative.

However, for clothing products to be included in the class of economic goods, what must be emphasized is the method of production and the process of obtaining them. For the production of clothing requires limited materials.

Whereas someone who wants to get clothes also requires sacrifices such as materials, money, effort, time and even competition with other people who both want these clothing products. Therefore clothing products are included in the class of economic goods.

2. Food or Beverage

The next example is food and drink. Food and beverages are included in the category of economic goods because they are seen from the process of obtaining them. Humans need a certain effort to be able to get food and drink.

Some of the sacrifices made by humans in obtaining food and drink is to carry out the purchasing process by spending money. Then humans also have to carry out the processing and also look for raw materials for these foods and beverages.

3. Residence

The next example is housing. Habitable dwellings that have a limited number make them fall into the category of economic goods. Apart from that, the process of getting a place to live has also made it into the category of economic goods.

The reason is that humans have to make certain efforts to be able to get a place to live, such as spending money. The residence referred to here can be privately owned permanent residences or temporary residences such as boarding houses or rented houses.

To be able to get a permanent residence that is privately owned, a person must be able to spend a certain amount of money, building materials such as wood, cement, sand and others if you really have to build it from scratch. Then for temporary housing such as boarding houses or rented houses, you also need money to be able to occupy it.

Because using these costs makes a place to live into the category of economic goods.

4. Health Services

Previously, many examples of economic goods were explained in the form of physical goods or products. Then the next example is in the form of services. An example is health services or doctor services.

This can be seen from the very limited number of practicing doctors currently available. So to use their services requires certain efforts such as queuing and also paying special fees.

Then to become a doctor also requires a lot of effort and sacrifice, such as costs, time, thoughts to be able to get expertise and also a doctor’s degree.

Until now, in fact, it is not only doctors’ services that are included in economic goods. However, many other services also fall into the category of economic goods.

This is because when someone needs the help of a service. So they have to spend certain efforts or sacrifices such as spending money.

Definition of Free Goods

Not only economic goods, in economics there are also free goods which are also very much needed for human survival. When viewed from its understanding, in general economic goods are goods that can be obtained by humans without the need to use certain efforts or sacrifices.

This is because free goods have an unlimited amount and have been provided by nature in greater quantities than the amount of human needs.

The easiest example of a free good is air or oxygen. Humans need air or oxygen to survive. In the process of obtaining it, humans do not need to make certain efforts or sacrifices. However, it is possible that the category of free goods can bear status because special handling is needed for these goods.

An example is oxygen, which humans can use freely without any effort, which can result in status for people with health problems. The reason is that those who experience health problems in breathing may need special oxygen which must be treated with certain treatment before use.

The difference between economic goods and free goods

In economics, goods are divided into several types depending on the factors that are in it. Two of them are economic goods and free goods. Previously it has been explained related to what economic goods are.

At this point, the difference between economic goods and free goods will also be explained. One of the differences between economic goods and free goods lies in the completeness of the commodities.

Both free goods and economic goods, both of which are needed by humans to fulfill their needs in life. Actually these two types of goods are not always in the form of commodities, but can also be in the form of services. For more details, here are some differences between economic goods and free goods.

1. Quantity of Goods

The first difference between economic goods and free goods lies in the quantity of these goods. Economic goods have such a limited quantity. Meanwhile, free goods have an unlimited amount.

The limited number of goods can also be called the scarcity of goods. From this it can be concluded that economic goods have fewer or more limited quantities.

However, for this small amount, it is still quite relative or requires a comparison. Comparison of the limitations of goods is from the number of human needs associated with these goods.

You could say if human needs have a limited amount. Therefore, as long as the availability of goods is able to meet these unlimited human needs. Can be interpreted if the goods are free goods.

And vice versa if an item cannot meet unlimited human needs. Then these goods fall into the category of economic goods.

2. Production Process

The second difference between economic goods and free goods lies in the production process. Economic goods require a certain effort for the process of getting them or the production process.

The existence of factors requiring effort in obtaining them makes economic goods not mass-produced in unlimited quantities. In the production process, economic goods have their own limitations so that these goods have a limited quantity.

As for free goods, you can use them without the need to use economic resources. As the easiest example of free goods is the sun’s heat and air.

Not only has an unlimited number of course. However, both sunlight and air can be used by humans without the need to carry out the production process first.

3. How to Obtain

The third difference between economic goods and free goods is seen from how to obtain them. To be able to get free goods does not require a particular effort. Meanwhile, economic goods require sacrifice or competition to get them.

Having an unlimited amount is the factor that makes free items not require special effort to obtain. Conversely, for economic goods that have a limited amount, it must require a sacrifice or competition first to be able to get them.

From some of the explanations above, it can be seen how the difference between economic goods and free goods. Although both are needed for human survival, both free goods and economic goods have differences as explained above.

Garmeds can get books related to examples of economic goods at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products so you have #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Hendrik

Also read:

Definition of Economic Activity – The various work professions that we see everyday indicate the existence of economic activities carried out by our society. Some are running a business. Some work in offices. Some teach in education. There are those who go around being the spearhead of the company’s income. What is all this activity for? What do you want to achieve? Sinaumed’s, it’s time for us to discuss economic activities. Let’s see together.

Definition of Economic Activity

To achieve this, it is necessary to have activities that are able to fulfill these needs. Therefore, it is necessary to have economic activities based on economic principles so that someone has income.

In other words, economic activity is human behavior or action that aims to meet the needs of his life, which activity is based on economic principles. Whether we realize it or not, almost every human activity cannot be separated from economic activity.

An employee who works in an office serving customer inquiries also carries out economic activities . An entrepreneur who pays salaries to employees also carries out economic activities.

Economic activity has been going on since ancient times. Because human needs have existed since humans were born and exist on this earth. In prehistoric times, economic activities took the form of hunting, cutting down trees in the forest, cultivating crops, raising livestock. Along with the development of the times, economic activity varies a lot.

History of Economic Activity

1. Nomadic Period

This period is an era when humans do not stay settled in one place. At that time, humans lived in caves or around the waters by turning on a fire as a heater. Their clothes were made from animal skins. Therefore, human economic activity is still in the form of hunting and gathering food from nature.

If the natural resources in the place where they live are reduced, they are willing to walk long distances to find a new place that still has a lot of natural resources. For the division of tasks, they do it based on gender .

2. Farming and Animal Husbandry Period

After millions of years of living in a nomadic way, human civilization is growing. Gradually, humans began to recognize farming and raising livestock.

According to historical records based on prehistoric artifacts, historians agree that agriculture was first practiced in Mesopotamia (the area called the fertile crescent) around 8000 BC. The first cultivated crops were wheat, barley, chickpeas, chickpeas and flax.

While raising livestock originates from the need to raise animals according to their needs. Cows to plow the fields, dogs to prey on nuisance animals, wild horses to ride on, and so on.

In this era, human economic activities used a barter system, namely exchanging goods according to their respective levels.

3. Perundagian period

In this era, humans are more developed. To work on agriculture, humans have used tools made of metal.

Because human development is very rapid, human needs also increase. Household tools, kitchen utensils, and weapons have started to appear in this era. During the time of prostitution, people were familiar with religion and culture.

Because of the many human needs, trade has started to exist. Even trade is carried out by merchants by crossing the mainland.

Types of Economic Activity

Based on work activities, there are several types of economic activities, namely production, distribution, to consuming goods or services. Let’s discuss in more detail below, Sinaumed’s.

1. Production Economic Activities

Production is an economic action to produce goods or services. Later, the goods or services produced will be consumed by the community to meet their needs.

The results of the production process of goods there are three kinds, namely the production of raw goods, production of semi-finished goods, and production of finished goods. Meanwhile, for the type, production is divided into several types, namely:

• Extractive Production . Example: Petroleum extraction, metal extraction, natural gas drilling.
• Agricultural Production . Example: vegetables, fruits, rice, and others.
• Industrial Production . Examples: food, drink, clothing, shoes, machinery, electronic equipment, and others.
• Trade Production . Example: intermediary, trader, or broker.
• Service Production . Examples: Consultants, financial management, education, foreign language translators, health services.

In carrying out production economic activities there are several factors that affect its smoothness. These factors include nature, labor, capital, and entrepreneurial abilities.

2. Distribution Economic Activities

Distribution is one of the economic activities whose function is to distribute goods or services from producers to consumers. This distribution process is very important because it is in this activity that the product can be spread widely and can be consumed by consumers. Without a distribution process, consumers will find it difficult to get the product they need. So that it can be said that distribution activities are activities that link production economic activities and consumption economic activities.

The number of products, the area of ​​the product, the nature of the product, the cost factor, transportation facilities, market conditions, company factors, and means of communication are factors that influence distribution activities.

These distribution activities include marketing products, writing product information correctly and clearly, sorting products, transporting products, selling products at competitive prices, ensuring product stock availability in the market, storing products according to procedures from manufacturers, shopping for products from manufacturers.

Distribution activities are divided into three, namely direct distribution, indirect distribution, and semi-direct distribution. If explained in more detail, we can see below.

a. Direct Distribution

Direct distribution is a distribution activity carried out directly by the producer. From marketing, sales, to delivery. Usually direct distribution is carried out by producers who are still on a small scale because they have a simple system.

However, in this era of technological advances, companies that act as large producers also carry out direct distribution. By utilizing social media and marketplaces , large manufacturers are willing to add more complex systems in order to reach consumers directly. Usually large companies participating in this distribution are engaged in the consumer goods sector.

b. Indirect Distribution

Indirect distribution is distribution activities on a wholesale and retail scale from producers to consumers carried out by distributors only. While manufacturers focus on production only.

Usually the goods distributed indirectly are large in number and the transaction value is large. Therefore, the negotiation process between the two companies and the lengthy production, make this type of distribution requires a relatively long time.

c. Semi Direct Distribution

Semi-direct distribution is a distribution activity where the producer can control the distributor but the distribution activity is still carried out by the distributor. Usually this distribution is used to distribute expensive and luxurious goods.

3. Consumption Economic Activities

Consumption economic activity is an activity to consume goods and/or services from producers or distributors to make ends meet. The perpetrators of this activity are called consumers. If consumer needs are met, then consumers can carry out other economic activities to drive the country’s economic activities.

Examples of consumption economic activities are buying chicken, vegetables, rice, Eid clothes, kitchen equipment, health checks to doctors, and so on. Consumption activities can be recognized by the following behaviors:

1. Done directly (not for sale and redistribution) to meet the desires or needs of consumers.
2. The value of goods and/or services consumed will also run out, either sooner or later.
3. Goods or services purchased provide added value or benefits to consumers.
4. Goods or services used by consumers have transaction value and are obtained through buying and selling.

Consumption activities are very beneficial for the country’s economic activities. Consumption activities can support production activities , help adjust the minimum wage rate for workers, as a starting and ending point for economic activity, and as an effort to reduce state poverty .

However, everything that is excessive is certainly not good. Excessive consumptive nature can interfere with personal financial health, family, community and country. Therefore, it needs wisdom in carrying out this consumption activity.

Purpose of Economic Activity

Below are other objectives of economic activity, namely:

1. To get money, profit, and wealth.

To meet our daily and future needs, we need healthy financial strength. Carrying out economic activities is one of the efforts so that we can get income, profits, and wealth so that we are financially healthy.

2. Utilization of resources.

Available resources can be used in order to have value benefits. Resources can be in the form of land, vehicles, natural resources, capital, agricultural products, and so on.

3. Legally binding.

It is called an economic activity if and only if the activity carried out is legal in the eyes of the law. Actions that generate money and wealth by means of robbery, theft, corruption, smuggling, bribery, and the like cannot be called economic activities because they are against the law.

4. Use common sense

To get maximum income and profit, it is necessary to involve common sense or rationality in the utilization of resources. With the right strategy, the same business can get more optimal profits.

5. Socially acceptable

Economic activities that will run smoothly are economic activities that are in accordance with the values ​​and social norms prevailing in that society. If it is not appropriate, the surrounding community will reject the ongoing economic activity in the area.

For example, the liquor trade in a village will not be successful if the people in that area uphold religious, moral and health values. Then the liquor trade there will go bankrupt.

1. To determine which goods and services are needed to meet the needs of life.
2. To clarify the conformity of the product to the needs.
3. To find out the difference in the quality of goods and services that must be used.
4. To determine the priority scale of needs.
5. To be a consideration of the pros and cons of the specified choice.
6. To expedite the country’s economic turnover .
7. To reduce the country’s poverty rate
8. earn income.

Examples of Economic Activities

1. Producing chicken pieces, culinary dishes, soap, shoes, and others.
2. Purchasing raw materials for production.
3. Hire a truck to transport goods.
4. Pay labor wages.
5. Work in the office to market products.
6. Cooperate with factories to distribute food and beverage products in supermarkets.
7. Become a writer, teacher, and content creator for education.
8. Buying company shares so that the company can run operations because it gets capital.
9. And others.

Sectors of Economic Activity

1. Primary Sector

The main sectors of the economy are mostly engaged in the production or extraction of raw materials which include agriculture, forestry, grazing, mining, storage, quarrying, hunting, and others.

2. Secondary Sector

The economic sectors that process raw goods into finished goods include construction, manufacturing, textiles, automotive, metal smelting, pharmaceutical, chemical industries, and others. The secondary sector employs both organized and unorganized workers.

3. Tertiary Sector

This sector generally indicates a service industry whose economic activities include the sale of products from the secondary sector. This sector also provides commercial services to other sectors and the general public. Examples of the tertiary sector are wholesale and retail distributors, goods delivery services, restaurant businesses, marketing services, and brochure distribution services.

4. Quaternary Sector

This sector has close links with the tertiary sector but its activities require specific intellectual skills related to technological innovation. Examples of economic activities included in this sector are the fields of information technology, education, research, culture, and libraries.

5. The Kuinary Sector

This sector consists of professional institutions which tend to be exclusive and involved in the work of universities, government, science, health, and so on.

If Economic Activity Stalls

The country’s economic condition is influenced by its economic activities. The healthier the economic activity, the more prosperous and prosperous the people in the country. This prosperity and welfare makes the country peaceful and stable ideologically, politically, economically, socially, culturally, defense and security.

On the other hand, if economic activity stagnates or slumps due to some reason, for example a pandemic like now, then the people will be worried about their welfare and prosperity. This concern is not without reason because the result of the stagnation of economic activity has a big effect.

Starting from the many companies that are losing money, employee housing, employee layoffs, new traders appearing but no buyers, threats of riots and looting, increasing state debt, many unfinished projects, depression, suicide, and so on. Pretty terrible right?

The synergy formed between the government, corporate agencies, and educational institutions is an important key to moving the economy.

Echolocation is – The natural sonar system, or what is then more familiarly called echolocation, occurs when an animal emits sound waves which then reflect an echo when it hits an object. Then, this reflection can provide various kinds of information about the distance and size of the object.

Therefore, this ability can greatly assist the navigation of animals that have minimal vision or animals that live in conditions that do not support vision, such as living in dark environments and underwater environments. It is known that more than a thousand species of animals then carry out this natural sonar system, such as bats, all toothed whales, and also some small mammals.

In general, animals that use echolocation are nocturnal animals, diggers, and marine inhabitants who rely heavily on echolocation to be able to find food in environments with little or no use of light. Usually, animals already have several methods of echolocation, such as vibrating their throats to flapping their wings.

For this reason, certain types of nocturnal birds that live by hunting in dark cave environments can make short clicking sounds with the syrinx, the bird’s vocal organ, to perform echolocation. In addition, some other animals can also do this by clicking their tongues, as the tenrec, a rat-like animal from Madagascar, and the Vietnamese pygmy dormouse, can’t see.

On this occasion, we will discuss more about echolocation, for more details, see this article, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Echolocation

Research from the Encyclopedia of Marine Mammals (Second Edition) explains that echolocation is the process by which animals then obtain an assessment of their environment. Animals will emit sounds and hear echoes as sound waves reflect different objects into their surroundings.

Meanwhile, in a very general sense, echolocation is any animal that makes a sound then can hear an echo from a large obstacle. The term echolocation can also be interpreted as an animal that makes use of this ability on a regular basis as well as in finding prey, navigating, and avoiding predators.

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), echolocation is the ability of living things (especially animals) to make sounds and recapture sound reflections from surrounding objects, to function as a navigation tool.

A shorter definition of echolocation is biological sonar which then becomes a unique hearing tool for use by a number of animal species. This echolocation process works by emitting high-frequency sound waves and listening to where the sound bounces back (echoes). That way, animals that do echolocation can identify objects and can also navigate their surroundings even when they’re not looking.

Echolocation is also a logical strategy in the ocean, where sound travels five times faster than in air and returns echoes that then provide information about the distance and size of objects. For example, dolphins do echolocation in search of much smaller entities, so they can distinguish these objects well. Echolocation in this dolphin is believed to have occurred around 1947.

The first echolocation was performed by placing a rubber suction cup over the eye of a Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus). Still from the same research, these animals then have the ability to swim and avoid various obstacles. The ultrasonic pulse can also be detected when the blindfolded dolphin swims and avoids obstacles. In this case, the obstacles are referred to, such as vertical mazes or suspended loop pipes.

Basic Principles of Echolocation

Reported by Kidadl , this echolocation can occur due to a source that produces sound waves, which are usually experienced by animals such as bats or whales. Then sound waves propagate through the air or water which then bounces back from any object that falls in its path.

The sound-producing animal will then sense the time duration that separates the successive echoes and know the distance between each of them between nearby objects. If the target object is moving, then the echolocation organism can make a quick detection according to the sound that is reflected.

Examples of Echolocation in Animals

Echolocation or also known as biosonar is a biological sonar used by several types of animals. Animals that have this ability will then emit a sound and listen to the reflection of the sound which is also reflected by the objects around it.

By using this reflected sound, the animal can identify the presence of objects. Echolocation is also used by animals as a navigation tool to then travel or hunt.

The term echolocation was also coined by Donald Griffin who worked together with Robert Galambos who discovered the ability of echolocation in bats in 1938. Long before that, in the 18th century, the Italian scientist Lazzaro Spallanzani with a series of experiments then concluded that bats navigate not by sight but through hearing. At that time, echolocation in whales had not been explained, then only two decades later echolocation in whales was described by Schevill and McBride.

1. Bats

One of the most famous animals with their echolocation abilities is the bat. As nocturnal animals, bats use their inherent sonar to catch fast flying prey at night. Most bats, like the little Daubenton bat, tighten their laryngeal muscles to produce sounds above the human hearing range, also known as ultrasonic waves.

In fact, the sound waves produced by these bats can provide reflections back and provide bats with information about the size, texture, distance and direction of an object or their prey.

However, what needs to be underlined is that this bat echolocation method can be said to be very diverse, or to be more precise, between one species and another it is not necessarily the same. Therefore, it allows them to differentiate their sound among other bats in the environment.

For example, in European bats that “whisper” in front of moths so that their prey cannot then detect their echolocation. However, some moths have developed defenses against echolocating bats. The tiger moth has the ability to flex the tymbal organs on either side of its chest to produce a clicking sound which can interfere with the sonar of the bat and keep it away from predators.

2. Marine Animals

Echolocation is a clever strategy in the ocean, where sound can then travel five times faster than in air. Dolphins and other toothed whales, such as the beluga, have the ability to conduct their natural sonar system through special organs known as dorsal bursae, which are located on the top of their heads, near their blowholes.

Fat deposits in this area, later known as the melon, reduce the impedance, or through resistance to sound waves, between the dolphin’s body and the water, which makes the sound clearer. That way, the dolphins can detect their surroundings.

Meanwhile, other blubber deposits, which extend from the whale’s lower jaw to its ears, allow them to pick up echoes coming from prey, such as fish or squid.

Harbor porpoises, the orca’s favorite prey, will make high-frequency echolocation clicks so fast that their predators cannot hear them. That way, it can still do echolocation in disguise. In general, most marine mammal echolocation sound waves are too high for humans to hear, except in sperm whales, orcas, and a few other species of dolphin.

3. Pigeons

Pigeons have the ability to recognize their surroundings in the dark. This ability is due to the ability of pigeons to echolocation. However, the ability of pigeons to use echolocation has actually been debated among animal experts since ancient times.

This is because pigeons then have quite good five senses when compared to other echolocation animals. However, recent studies and research recorded in Live Science later revealed that pigeons have the ability to echolocate as well as be able to detect the Earth’s magnetic field at a certain level through the nerves in their noses.

That is why doves can return to their nests without having any significant obstacles. For their echolocation abilities, pigeons also generally use low-frequency sound waves to display paths on a map that they have recorded in their memory in their brains.

4. Cellulitis

Many people still equate shrews and mice, even though the two are very different. Shrews are mammals belonging to the Soricidae family and they can develop echolocation abilities because their eyesight is very poor.

Page Britannica later noted that shrew children will be born blind. Although they look weak, shrews are also survivors in the wild. Evolution from ancestors to modern shrews took place 48 million years ago. Unlike mice, shrews are not a favorite prey for predators. This is because shrews emit a very pungent odor in times of urgency.

Closing

Apart from hunting or when defending themselves, some animals use natural sonar systems to explore their habitat. For example, the great brown bats, which became widespread across the Americas, used their sonar to roam around noisy environments, such as forests bustling with the calls of other animals. During seasonal floods, dolphins in the Amazon river can also move around tree branches and other obstacles using their echolocation abilities.

It turns out that not only animals, some humans can also do this. Most humans who do echolocation then have visual impairments and use these skills to carry out their daily activities.

Some humans will make clicks, either with their tongue or with an object, such as a stick, which then navigates through the resulting echoes. The unique fact is that when scanning the human brain that performs echolocation, it is seen that the part of the brain that processes vision plays an active role during this echolocation process.

From the explanation above, it can be said that echolocation is a biological sonar which then becomes a unique hearing tool for use by a number of animal species.

Recommended Books Related to Ecolocation

1. Biology Dictionary

Biology is the science that studies the physical aspects of life. The term “biology” is borrowed from the Dutch “biologie” which is also derived from a combination of the Greek words “life” and “logos” (symbol, science). The object of study of biology today is very broad and includes all living things in various aspects of their lives. So, biology is the study of all living things. This allows us to solve problems that are still “nature’s secrets.” Biology is a pure science group (poure science), its position is the same as physics, chemistry, and mathematics.

2. Philosophy of Biology

Science is basically born and develops as a consequence of human efforts, both to understand the realities of life from the universe and to solve life’s problems faced, as well as develop and preserve the results that have been achieved by humans before. These efforts accumulate in such a way as to form a body of knowledge with a unique structure. The structure is not finished and established, because it will always change along with the times.

Science is not an eternal building, because knowledge is actually a part that is never finished. The material for the Philosophy of Biology book discusses science and scientific methods, philosophy and science, the concept of knowledge, the development of science, and the existence and role of humans.

This Biology Philosophy book is intended for biology students in particular, and philosophical observers in general. The author hopes that this Biological Philosophy book can be helpful and useful. Input, criticism, and suggestions for improving this book are very much expected so that in the next compilation it can be even better.

3. Soil Ecology and Soil Macrobiology

The green revolution, which stimulated plants to produce high yields by relying on chemicals, has now been proven to have failed in producing healthy food. Even though the yield is quite high, the production produced through this revolution contains associated toxic materials or residual fertilizers/pesticides which are carcinogenic (cancer-triggering) or nerve-damaging compounds.

This is also one of the reasons why our country’s fruit/vegetable production is not selling well in the world market. Therefore, the world of agriculture, especially in developed countries, has been redirected to the concept of modern organic farming, one of the core of which is to engineer biological bodies to play a more effective role in increasing agricultural production (Soil Biotechnology). This book presents a discussion of soil ecology, including the interaction of soil biota and microbes as producers of additive substances. Then, the discussion continues with soil biological bodies and their main functions.

4. Complete Biology Dictionary

The world of education and science is currently growing rapidly accompanied by an increasing flow of information and scientific knowledge entering Indonesia, one example is in the field of Biology. With. the increasing number of new discoveries which are also accompanied by the increasing number of new terms in Biology must be known to the public at large, especially for students, university students and the general public, as well as the scientific community.

“COMPLETE DICTIONARY OF BIOLOGY” is one of the supporting tools that can help readers to understand important terms in Biology. It contains a lot of material that is very important to know. Therefore it is not wrong if this “COMPLETE BIOLOGICAL DICTIONARY” is owned by students, university students and the general public.

5. Macro Algae (Biological, Ecological Studies)

Macro algae or often referred to as seaweed play an important role in aquatic ecology. Its main function is the main food source which is rich in protein, both for marine organisms themselves and humans. And it is not wrong to position macroalgae as a future commodity to meet human food and nutritional needs. Various types of macroalgae have been widely used as industrial raw materials, both food, chemical and pharmaceutical. In addition, the prospects for the export market are wide open.

If you want to find a book about Islamic marriage, then you can get it at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

 

Eccedentesiast Is – Many people think that the term is related to matters in the medical field, but in fact it is not. The term eccedentesiast is a popular term and can be interpreted as an attempt made by someone to hide the sadness they are experiencing behind a smile. In short , this eccedentesiast is pretending to be happy ! Has Sinaumed’s ever experienced it?

Unfortunately, if this behavior is continuously carried out it actually affects mental health, you know ! Yep, the habit of pretending to smile even though his heart is in ruins is highly discouraged by many health experts. That is why currently the love yourself campaign is being intensively carried out , one of which is to validate all the emotions and feelings that we experience. So, whatever feelings you’re experiencing right now, from sad, angry, annoyed, irritated, happy, happy, to overwhelmed, they’re all valid, right ! So, what exactly is an eccedentesiast? What is the impact of this eccedentesiast behavior on our mental health, especially teenagers? Is pretending to be happy an ego defense mechanism? Well, soSinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the following review!

What is an Eccedentesiast?

If you look at the Urban Dictionary , the term eccedentesiast means ‘a person who hides his sadness behind a smile.’ In other words, people who behave eccedentesiast do not like to show the sadness they are experiencing, so they will ‘hide’ behind the mask of their smile, as if nothing had happened. Not only that, people who behave like that tend to try many things so that they are seen as happy by others, even though there are actually many problems that occur in their life.

Don’t think that this eccedentesiast behavior is only experienced by teenagers who are facing a period of hormonal changes, because it turns out that adults also experience this, you know… What ‘s more if someone doesn’t understand how to convey their emotions, so they will tend to choose to just pretend to be happy. Like the quote about “The person who laughs the most is the person who is hiding the most sadness” . Take a look at yourself, have you ever behaved this eccedentesiast, whether you were at school, working or hanging out with other friends. Take a look at your friend who laughs the most at trivial things , is he really laughing, or is he just hiding his sadness?

A common feature of someone who is experiencing this eccedentesiast behavior is losing interest in activities or things that were previously very popular. Why so? Because inside him there is a feeling of guilt for the incident that made him sad, so that it will continue to feel worthless to despair. I was so sad, the things I liked before couldn’t make me happy anymore.

The term accedentesiast is almost the same as smiling depression , which is a mental disorder and is often experienced by many people all over the world.

Impact of Eccedentesiast Behavior on Mental Health

Unfortunately, if done continuously, this behavior can affect mental health. This is because it can actually make themselves more depressed and not free to express the emotions they feel. When in fact, whether you feel sad or happy, everything should be expressed as well as possible so that it doesn’t ‘settle’ in the brain all the time. Without Sinaumed’s realizing it, mental health can also affect physical health, you know. So, here is the impact of eccedentesiast behavior that is so influential on mental health!

1. Puts More Pressure On The Inside

Actually, affirmation, aka giving positive statements to oneself, is an important thing and must be done. This affirmation can be considered as part of self-help done by oneself to oneself. Therefore, if Sinaumed’s often experiences anxiety or nervousness, for example before making a presentation in front of the class, it would be better if you give yourself positive affirmations that state that you can make the best of your presentation.

Unfortunately, someone who is behaving eccedentesiast often realizes that these affirmations will not correspond to reality, so that his feelings will actually become negative. His subconscious seems to reject these affirmations and he will feel even more depressed.

2. Avoiding the Reality

Eccedentesiast is always concerned with fake smiles, so that it will become a pattern of avoiding the feelings that are actually experienced. It’s good if Sinaumed’s express how emotional today. It’s okay to cry, be angry, or be upset, because those are the emotions you feel.

3. Extending the Problem

This eccedentesiast behavior means that we will keep smiling (in a state of pretending) even though we are experiencing a problem. This actually makes it more difficult to solve the problem. This condition will hinder the people around who try to help you.

For this, it’s a good idea to tell the people closest to you how complicated the problem is, so that your heart, soul, and mind feel more ‘easy’ . Indeed, not all of these people will come to find a solution, but the most important thing is that you don’t have the problem alone.

4. Increases the Risk of Developing Bad Habits

Reporting from Sehatq.com , it turns out that there is a study which shows that many employees are constantly behaving eccedentesiast throughout work, so that when they come home from work they will drink large portions of alcohol to vent their sadness. If this is done continuously, it will develop into a bad habit, right ?

5. Can Be Dangerous To A Relationship He’s In The Middle Of

Do you realize that Sinaumed’s if this eccedentesiast behavior continuously will actually make your relationship with your partner on the verge of collapse? Yep, hiding the sadness we experience will actually make our partner think that they are not good enough to be trusted by us. If that’s the case, your relationship with your partner will start to crack because you don’t trust each other, even though in a relationship, trusting each other is the key to the longevity of a relationship.

It will be painful and sad which is getting worse and worse if the complicated problems that are experienced have not been resolved, coupled with the tenuousness or breakdown of our relationship. As a result, our mental health will not be fine and you can experience quite severe depression.

Ego Defense Mechanisms in the Form of Pretending to be Happy

Actually, this eccedentesiast or pretending to be happy is not only experienced by teenagers, even adults can feel it too. Unfortunately, the eccedentesiast behavior carried out by teenagers will usually be considered as ‘alay’, even though teenagers can also experience problems and anxiety that are just as complicated as adults. Not only that, many people also unconsciously ignore and harbor the feelings they experience, because they think that things like that don’t need to be remembered and it’s enough to forget them. In fact, even though ignoring painful feelings will only make us more depressed and the problem will not be resolved.

Based on a research journal entitled “Ego Defense Mechanisms in the Form of Pretending to be Happy Among Generations Z and Y” by Hillary Wixie Reandsi et al, states that generation Z (currently under 26 years old) and generation Y (currently aged between 26 -37 years), actually pretending to be happy is a defense mechanism for their ego.

In fact, harboring painful feelings is normal and a form of adjustment to the situation or reality one is facing. However, if this is often done and even becomes a daily habit, it will actually make it a neurotic behavior. A little trivia, neurotic behavior is a disorder that is based on a weak element of anxiety or psychology so that it always behaves in defense of disturbances with the aim of avoiding or reducing anxiety.

According to the research journal, the term ego defense mechanism proclaimed by Sigmund Freud is a strategy used by individuals to defend against the expression of id impulses, as well as against superego pressure. This mechanism is later needed especially when the impulses of the Id conflict with each other or when the impulses conflict with values ​​and beliefs in the superego or when there is an external threat faced by the ego, thereby alleviating anxiety.

Meanwhile, according to Clark, this ego defense mechanism is defined as an unconscious distraction from reality that aims to reduce painful effects and conflicts through automatic and habitual responses.

Ego defense mechanisms help individuals overcome anxiety and prevent ego threats. Ego defense or ego defense is normal behavior because it has adaptive value if it does not become a lifestyle in dealing with reality. The ego defense mechanism has two characteristics, the first is to deny reality and the second is to distort reality . This ego defense mechanism operates at the subconscious level and is manifested in the form of behavior.

The research journal uses descriptive research methods and is carried out by means of online surveys on several social media accounts. Since the research samples are those belonging to the Z and Y generations, the selection of online surveys on social media can be considered as a surefire way. Based on the results of the online survey , generation Y rarely realizes that they are feeling sad and rarely cry. Not only that, generation Z actually keeps more feelings of anxiety when they are experiencing problems, with a percentage of 40.50%!

The thing that proves that generations Z and Y often make eccedentesiast alias pretending to be happy as an ego defense mechanism is by answering ” It’s okay ” when they feel sad and a friend asks ” why “, is with a high percentage. For generation Z there is 71.40% while generation Y is 70%! Instead of telling the problem, they prefer to answer “It’s okay “.

The research journal also shows that as many as 51.20% of the total 84 respondents of generation Z are at the stage of sometimes realizing that they are feeling sad. Meanwhile, the respondents belonging to generation Y out of a total of 10 respondents had a balanced score between the points rarely realizing and often realizing as much as 20% each with points sometimes realizing and always realizing as much as 30% each. This can happen because there is the influence of individual development age maturity. Because at the age of adolescence until the transition to adulthood, a person tends to still be in a period of searching for his identity. So, it’s only natural that at the age of adolescence to early adulthood someone still often confuses feelings of sadness with other feelings.

From the results of several online surveys that have been conducted, it shows that the majority of respondents agree that the ego defense mechanism is something that is natural to do, because indeed it is innate from the human subconscious, it’s just that if it is done continuously, it will have an impact which is not good.

So, that’s a review of what is an eccedentesiast, aka pretending to be happy, which of course greatly affects mental health. If Sinaumed’s has a complicated problem, it’s a good idea to immediately tell it to someone closest to you . It doesn’t have to be family , it can also be with friends or partners, so that you can immediately get help to solve this problem. Even if the problem is not solved in an instant, the most important thing is that you feel relieved because you don’t keep too much burden on your mind. Don’t underestimate mental health problems , if you like, it’s a good idea to immediately consult a psychologist to get more guaranteed treatment.

Source: 

Reandsi, HW, Lewoleba, MP, Sirait, YYT, & Situmorang, DDB (2020). Ego defense mechanisms in the form of pretending to be happy among generations Z and Y.

Also Read!

• Get to Know What Judgmental Is and How to Avoid Its Mindset
• 10+ Ways to Eliminate Lazy Feelings to Get Excited Again
• What is a Toxic Relationship?
• Understanding Triggers and Things That Cause It to Happen
• Understanding What Deep Talk Is, An Art To Deepen Relationships
• Definition and Meaning of the Semicolon Sign
• Get to know Anxiety, a feeling of fear that doesn’t know the cause
• Definition and Causes of Bystander Effect
• 4 Main Personality Theories in Humans
• Feel Social Media Has Become Toxic? Get Over It With These Few Things!

How do you find main ideas and supporting ideas in paragraphs? – Hello, Sinaumed’s!
In this article, we will discuss one of the Indonesian sub- subjects .
Are you ready to explore knowledge together again in sentences and paragraphs?

Etymologically, language is defined as the form of sound that people use to interact. This
interaction or conversation is intended to convey ‘something’ so that it is easy for others to understand
and of course in delivering it we will provide additional or complementary information so that it can be
more easily captured and illustrated by others.

So, if we conclude every interaction and many sentences that we issue contain 2 important ideas or commonly
called main ideas and supporting ideas.

Definition of Main Idea / Main Idea / Main
Idea

The main idea is the main idea or thought in a paragraph. Because paragraphs are a collection
of many sentences, each paragraph must have a main idea and supporting ideas. Both main ideas
and supporting ideas are presented in the form of sentences. Sentences that contain the main
idea are called main sentences while sentences that contain supporting ideas are called explanatory
sentences. It should be noted that in 1 paragraph there is only 1 main idea.

In making a good main idea in a paragraph, it is very important to be able to focus on the message you want
to convey in that paragraph. Through this book Easy Ways to Write Scientific Papers from
Nathanael, M.pd, you will be taught how to easily write the main ideas in scientific papers.

Now let’s get to know other names that are usually used to refer to the main idea:

1. Main idea
2. Main Idea or Main Idea
3. Main Thoughts or Main Thoughts
4. Core Paragraphs or Core Problems
5. Main Topic

How to Find Main / Main Ideas

1. Read and examine each sentence in the
paragraph

To find the main idea, the first step you need to do is read and look at every sentence in a paragraph.
This is necessary because the main idea must be in the form of a sentence. In
addition, when reading a paragraph, you should read it carefully so that it is easy to find the main idea or
main idea.

2. Identify
the idea or noun or subject that dominates the paragraph

After reading each sentence in the paragraph carefully, then you can identify every object or object in the
paragraph. So to do that, you need to identify ideas, subjects, and subjects. That
way, the main paragraph can be found easily. When doing this method, do it carefully so that
the noun or subject identification results can be maximized.

3. Determine which 1
sentence is the most suitable as the main sentence

As previously explained that the main idea consists of sentences that can represent the whole when telling
a story. Therefore, if you want to find the main idea, you should find 1 sentence in the
paragraph that you feel really represents all the paragraphs. Therefore, when reading a
paragraph, don’t be too hasty. In fact, even better, if read more than once.

4. Find the main idea in the main
sentence

Now, after doing all of the methods above, we come to the last method, which is to determine the main idea.
At this step, it looks easy, but in reality it is very difficult to do, especially for someone who
is not used to determining the main idea. Even so, as long as the steps above are carried out
carefully, thoroughly, and checked several times, determining the main idea will be easy.

In a literary work, it is important to compose good paragraphs so that the message to be conveyed to the
reader will be well understood. The book entitled Fostering Paragraph Writing Skills and Their
Development by Dr. Djago Tarigan will assist Sinaumed’s in compiling a paragraph and determining
the main ideas.

Characteristics of the Main Idea

Of the many names commonly used to refer to the main idea, we also need to know what are the
characteristics of the main idea. Because by knowing the characteristics we can easily find the
main idea that we are looking for. The following are the characteristics of the main
idea:

1. Dominate the discussion in paragraphs
2. The main topic can be explained in detail through explanatory sentences
3. If it stands alone in one sentence, then the sentence still has a clear meaning
4. If it is located at the end of the paragraph (inductive paragraph), then it is usually emphasized with
   keywords such as ‘in conclusion’, ‘therefore’, ‘most importantly’, ‘so’.

Main Paragraph Types

Main ideas are divided into three types, namely inductive ideas, deductive ideas, and mixed main ideas.

1. Inductive Ideas

The inductive idea is the main sentence which is located at the beginning of the paragraph and usually starts
with something general, then the next sentence is in the form of specific things.

2. Deductive Ideas

The deductive idea is the main idea which is located at the end of the paragraph. Therefore,
in general, paragraphs on this deductive main idea will begin with specific matters first, then general
matters.

3. Mixed Ideas (Inductive and Deductive)

Mixed ideas are ideas that come from a combination of inductive and deductive ideas.
Therefore, this mixed idea is located at the beginning and end of the paragraph.

Next, we go into supporting ideas, supporting ideas are additional ideas, descriptions, or complementary
information conveyed to describe the main idea. If the main idea is only conveyed in 1 main
sentence, then supporting ideas can be conveyed in many sentences.

Definition of Supporting Ideas

In writing a good literary work, you also have to be able to develop the existing main ideas into a single
unit. Through this collection of Writing Tips by Rasibook, there are several tips that you can
use to find the right supporting ideas. Not only do main ideas have other names, supporting
ideas also have other names, such as the following:

1. Additional Ideas
2. Supporting Ideas or Additional Ideas
3. Supporting Thoughts or Additional Thoughts
4. Explanatory Paragraph
5. Topic Description

Characteristics of Supporting Ideas

Still regarding supporting ideas, what characteristics or characteristics are usually attached to sentences that
contain supporting ideas, including:

1. Be in sentences that explain the main idea
2. The sentence can be in the form of examples, data, chronology of events, or other descriptions
3. Because of its detailed and specific nature, if the supporting idea stands alone in one sentence, the
   sentence cannot reflect the entire contents of the paragraph

Examples of Main and Supporting Ideas in
Paragraphs

The Agustine Phinisi cruise ship, which was launched at Putri Duyung Ancol, North Jakarta, on March 23
2021, is expected to become a new attraction for Seribu Islands tourism. The ship, which was
completed in 2020 in Bulukumba, South Sulawesi, has a length of 30 meters and uses teak and ironwood as its
main materials.

This ship, which carries the live on board concept, has a series of cruise tour packages for 4 hours from Jakarta
Bay, the cruise can be done at brunch or sunset time . Apart from that,
there are also one day trip packages and 1 or 2 night stay on the boat.

This tour ship allows tourists to hold their tours privately .
The ship’s management also implements health protocols based on CHSE
(Cleanliness, Health, Safety and Environment Sustainability ) in accordance
with the implementation of standards and guidelines set by the Ministry of Tourism and Creative
Economy.

From the snippet of the paragraph above, can you find where the main sentence and the explanatory sentence
are located? And what is the main idea of ​​the paragraph above?

Let’s share it together, shall we!

• The main sentence is located in the first sentence and the following sentences are explanatory
  sentences. The paragraph above is a type of deductive paragraph.
• The main idea in the paragraph above is that the Agustine Phinisi Cruise Ship is a new attraction for
  Thousand Islands tourism.
• The supporting idea above is about ship details, tour packages offered by cruise ships, and the CHSE
  protocol they have.

Paragraph Development in Writing

After discussing the details of the main ideas and supporting ideas, let’s move on to a broader realm,
shall we! What’s that? Of course, paragraphs. Because to be able to
develop an idea or idea into a complex article or look for ideas or ideas in an article, we must first know
what is meant by a paragraph.

In developing an existing idea into a paragraph, you must master and understand how to write well.
The book entitled Writing is Fun – 25 Tips and Motivation for Writing for Beginners by Himam
Miladi, will teach you tips and motivation in writing so that it feels fun.

1. Know What Paragraphs Are

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a paragraph is a chapter in an essay (usually containing one
main idea and writing begins with a new line) or also known as a paragraph.

According to Nurhadi in his book entitled Handbook of Writing (Complete Writing Guide),
being able to develop paragraphs well means that we have mastered 90% of writing skills.

Why? Because if someone is able to develop a collection of words into ideas, a collection of
ideas into sentences, a collection of sentences into paragraphs and finally into a complete discourse or
article, it means that he is already at one level before becoming a full-fledged writer.

Another thing that writers need to know is that not all articles consist of many paragraphs, for example, a
humorous text may only consist of 1 paragraph.

The more writing ideas, the more paragraphs that will be produced. Of course, all paragraphs
must be related to each other so that the author’s goals are achieved.

Groups of ideas that are distinguished in many paragraphs also help readers to more easily enjoy the flow
of reading information, imagine if all the ideas were contained in just 1 paragraph? Maybe the
reader will say ‘it feels like fainting!’ .

So, the important role of paragraphs is also the main function of paragraphs, huh! That makes
it easier for the reader to understand the text or article and the ideas contained therein.
Long text compositions will be very tiring for readers if we don’t use paragraphs as a
differentiator or delimiter.

2. Recognize the criteria for a good idea/topic

In a book called Popular Writing written by Dr. H. Dalman, M.Pd., discussed the steps for
writing a good popular work, starting from finding or recognizing main ideas, writing techniques, writing
structures, and much more.

The following are the criteria for ideas or topics that we should choose in order to make paragraphs or articles
easy to read:

1. Topics should be useful for writers and readers
2. Topics are able to attract readers’ interest and attention, for example we can choose topics that are
   trending among the public
3. Topics must be in accordance with the author’s field of knowledge so that the resulting writing is of high
   quality
4. The topic must be in accordance with the purpose of writing

We can find these topics through actual events that are happening, through book reviews, through
reactions to other people’s writings, or also by request. Currently writing anthology
books is happening once among housewives. They write something
according to a topic that has been determined by their publisher or writing mentor.

After succeeding in choosing ideas or topics for writing, the next step is how do we put these ideas in a
paragraph? Sinaumed’s needs to know that it’s useless if Sinaumed’s has a good idea but can’t
place it properly in the paragraph. This can actually reduce the value of the idea because
it can not be conveyed properly to the reader.

3. Understand Deductive and Inductive Paragraphs

Main ideas can be at the beginning, in the middle, or at the end of a paragraph. If the main
idea is at the beginning of the paragraph, then the paragraph is called a deductive paragraph.

If the main idea is at the end of the paragraph, then the paragraph is called an inductive paragraph.
And if the main idea is at the beginning and end of the paragraph, then the paragraph is referred
to as a deductive-inductive paragraph or a mixed paragraph.

4. Develop ideas into sentences and
paragraphs

The next stage which is also a crucial point is how to develop ideas into more effective sentences and
paragraphs. Back to the important role of the paragraph that this paragraph will help the
writer to group idea by idea.

Like the article I wrote, before starting to write, I will write out a paragraph framework or table of content or
a list of writing ideas that I will convey, then group them and develop them into many paragraphs.

The following are the steps that can be taken to create an outline paragraph:

1. Determine the main topic of the article
2. Create the main idea that will be raised
3. Create supporting ideas that will be conveyed
4. Decide which paragraph pattern to use
5. Build cohesive paragraphs so that each paragraph is connected

Conclusion

In writing any article or text, every paragraph that we write must have relevance, so that the complete
article has a clear storyline and information for the reader. If, in a paragraph there are
sentences that are ‘disconnected’ , unrelated, or do not explain the main idea, then this
sentence is called a discordant sentence.

Sometimes the main ideas are also clarified using pictures, tables, graphs, curves, or other forms of
infographics. So, we must be able to make explanatory sentences to describe the main idea based
on the illustrations we see. Pay attention to whether there is an atmosphere, activity, or
other message that we can explore and relate to the main idea so that the paragraph has complete and
complete information.

Well, that’s an explanation of the main idea, starting from the definition and how to determine it in
paragraphs. not hard right? Hopefully this article will provide a new
understanding and increase knowledge for Sinaumed’s! To further hone your skills in
finding and developing main ideas and supporting ideas , you can take fragments of
paragraphs from books, magazines, newspapers or other printed media for further study.

If Sinaumed’s wants to be even more proficient in mastering Indonesian language lessons, then you can visit
the sinaumedia book collection at https://sinaumedia.com to get lots of references. Basically
learning Indonesian is getting used to the language and the text, so Sinaumed’s can do it slowly, aka
understanding not memorizing. Have a good study. #Friends Without Limits.

East Java Traditional Clothing – Hello Sinaumed’s, this time we will discuss East Java traditional clothing. Culturally, this province is not much different from Central Java province. So it is not surprising that the traditional clothes of the two provinces tend to have relatively similarities.

However, in terms of appearance, East Java traditional clothing seems to show more assertiveness while upholding ethical values. Like the character of the people who are firm, speak as they are, but still uphold the decency of demeanor and speech.

Types, Uniqueness, and Uses of East Java Traditional Clothing

There are many types of traditional clothing and accessories used in this province in the easternmost part of Java Island. Each type of clothing and equipment certainly has a different function and purpose. For example, clothing for shows, weddings, and festivals of different types. Not only that, the many types of traditional clothing in this province also adjust to the culture of the city, district or area where they live.

And what needs to be noted for us is that differences in traditional clothing and culture should be a means for us to respect each other, not to laugh at each other or belittle one another.

There are traditional clothes that seem luxurious, there are those that show simplicity. But one thing is for sure, East Java traditional clothing displays the pride of the people of East Java. Come on, Sinaumed’s, let’s immediately discuss the traditional clothes of East Java.

1. Madura Pesa’an clothes and Rancongan Kebaya

This East Javanese traditional dress is of course very familiar to Sinaumed’s. This shirt is often displayed as traditional clothing for the people of East Java, both for men and women. Sinaumed’s must have often seen these clothes displayed in encyclopedia books on Indonesian customs, school textbooks, news, even when googling on the internet. No doubt this makes these clothes so familiar to the people of Indonesia, even abroad.

This shirt comes from Madura Island. The pair of top and bottom clothes and accessories are very simple. Because of this simplicity, this shirt is unique and easily recognizable. This shirt is often used in everyday activities to official events such as graduations, traditional ceremonies, commemorations of Kartini Day and the Republic of Indonesia’s Independence Day.

The example that we see the most in our daily activities, we often find these clothes used by Madura satay traders. Not infrequently we meet this Madura Pesa’an dress not far from the smell of smoke from grilled Madura skewers.

For men, the attire consists of a flashy bright colored t-shirt and baggy black pants. The size is too big and doesn’t fit the body. While the women use bright kebaya and jarik as a partner for men. This implies the simplicity of this traditional dress.

Madura Pesa’an clothing is identified by the following characteristics:

a. The color of the shirt and kebaya

For men, the color is striped red and white. For brightly colored women flashy. The striking and contrasting red and white colors depict the character of the Madurese who are firm, tough, unwavering, courageous and open in conveying their thoughts to others.

Meanwhile for women, brightly colored and flashy. The colors that are often chosen are red, green, or blue with a tight fit on the body. That said, the use of this shirt usually uses a somewhat transparent kebaya cloth and women use underwear that is a contrasting color to the color of the kebaya. Often called kebaya rancongan.

The mix and match intends to show the body parts of Madurese women who diligently consume traditional herbal medicine so that they have bodies that are considered relatively good. In addition, the somewhat transparent cloth shows that Madurese women value their bodies, regardless of their shape.
However, with the development of the current era, there are many modifications to this woman’s kebaya. Moreover, the many Muslim women who choose to cover body parts make women’s kebaya no longer use transparent cloth.

b. Undergarments

The trousers worn by men in this attire are trousers that are loose-fitting and have drawstrings on their waists. In order to be worn comfortably, these pants are equipped with a belt.

The size of the waist and hem of the pants is wide, sometimes even looks like a black sarong that is stretched. While the outer part of the pants is covered by a sarong.

For women’s clothing, the bottom suit uses batik jarit. The designs and motifs are simple. Jarik batik, which has various motifs, is used as the choice for traditional Madurese women’s clothing. The motifs that are widely used for jarik batik are Tabiruan, Storjan, or Lasem.

c. Accessories

1) Belt

The belt used by this man is usually made of cowhide. This belt is called the Katemang belt. This belt is divided into two types, namely the Katemang Raja belt and the Katemang Kalep belt.

Katemang belts are characterized by plain patterns and dark colors such as brown or black. The shape is quite wide and there is a pocket that is used to store money in it.

2) Sheath

Sarongs that function as outer coatings for these trousers are worn by men. Usually the material used is Samarinda sarong material, namely silk. The motif chosen for the trouser lining is large checkered or batik. The color of the sarong is quite striking and the thread used is gold.

3) Cover Suit

This plain cover jacket is black and has long sleeves. In general, it is left open in the middle to reveal the red and white lorek shirt (sakra shirt).

4) Odheng

Odheng is a head covering after this traditional dress. It is made of cloth and is generally patterned with batik in brown-black, maroon-black, or soga red. This Odheng signifies the nobility of a man in Madura.

5) Stagen

Stagen is used by Madurese women by wrapping it around the stomach. The stagen function is to strengthen the finger coils. The stagen is about 1.5 meters long and 15 cm wide. Stagen combined with kebaya and jarik.

6) Cucuk Comb or Cucuk Dinar

Accessories in the form of hair ornaments are golden in color because they were originally made of gold. The shape is like a bow consisting of small metal pieces like coins arranged in a row in a chain. These accessories are used by women.

7) Leng Oleng

In the form of a woman’s head cover made of thick cloth.

8) Antheng or Shentar Penthol

Earrings or studs worn by women in the ear.

9) Brondong necklace

This gold necklace has a round shape the size of a corn seed and is equipped with a pendant as decoration. The pendant on this necklace is patterned with sunflowers or coins.

10) Bracelets, rings and ankle ornaments.

2. Mantenan clothes

The second East Javanese traditional dress is the Mantenan Dress. In Javanese, manten means bride. As the name implies, this shirt is worn by the bride and groom. This clothing model was often worn by ancient Javanese kings.

The Mantenan shirt for men is made of black velvet and is in the form of a beskap (official suit in the Javanese Mataraman tradition) which is unequal in length at the front and back. If you want to know what the beskap looks like, Sinaumed’s can remember the clothes that are often worn by the Indonesian legend of Campur Sari, Didi Kempot.

The beskap is dominated by gold-colored motifs made of wire. That said, the wire used to be made of gold, but over time and considering the high price of gold, the material of the wire can be modified.

For women, the kemben is the first garment to be worn. Kemben itself is a cloth that is used to wrap around a woman’s body in the chest and abdomen. After the kemben, new manten clothes are worn to cover the body parts that are still open. The Manten shirt is made from the same material as men’s clothing, but the motif chosen seems more feminine.

For Manten Dress subordinates, both men and women, use batik motifs. The selected batik motifs are uniform to reinforce the similarities as a couple.

The groom wears a necklace made of jasmine flowers. While the bride uses a chain of jasmine tied at the back of the head and let it dangle in front of the shoulders up to the stomach.

There are various types of head coverings. Some wore blangkon, odheng, peci, and sultan’s hats. Meanwhile, for women, they use a crown decorated with jasmine. In addition to head coverings, you can find several other accessories such as weapons, shoes, etc. according to the agreement between the two parties of the bride and groom.

With a set of these clothes, the bride and groom are expected to have the aura of a king and queen. Beautiful and handsome, charming and dignified.

3 Cak and Ning’s clothes

The third East Javanese traditional clothes are Cak and Ning clothes. If in Jakarta there are Abang and None festivals, then in East Java you can find a similar festival called Cak and Ning. This festival is a competition to show the achievements of young people in Surabaya. Cak is a nickname for boys and Ning is a nickname for girls.

The shirt for Cak is in the form of a long-sleeved beskap decorated with several accessories, especially in front of the right chest. Cak wears an odheng as a head covering. The lower part is wearing trousers wrapped in short batik cloth above the knee and some are wearing long batik patterned fingers up to the ankles. Thus, Cak who wears this suit is expected to look smart, handsome, modern, and intelligent.

Ning’s clothes are in the form of kebaya clothes with various colors with a blend of batik-patterned jarik cloth on the bottom. At first, Ning’s hair was in a bun. Because of that, the cloth used to cover the head (by letting some of the hair show) is like a veil, but it is different from the hijab.

But now there are some modifications such as the use of headscarves or scarves that are stretched over the shoulders. Thus, it was hoped that Ning, who wore this suit, would appear simple, beautiful, intelligent, and down-to-earth.

4. Gothil Shirt and Comprang Pants

The Ghotil shirt is a plain black shirt with long sleeves. This shirt has a loose fit when worn. Simple indeed. This shirt is often worn by Ponorogo warok men. Sinaumed’s can also find these clothes while watching the Reog Ponorogo show.

Meanwhile, Komprang Pants are a pair of Gothil Shirts. The size is large and loose when worn as if to give space to the user to enjoy the space for movement. The shape of these pants is quite unique, plus these pants are sewn with a special technique.

At the waist, the pants are given a drawstring made of lawe material with the ends hanging down. This shape can add a dashing and frightening impression to the wearer.

5. Batiks

Don’t think that bati only exists in Central Java. In East Java there are also many batik craftsmen. One of them is that Madura batik has high artistic value among foreign tourists.

6. Odheng

Odheng is a headband worn by men in East Java, and is often used as a complementary accessory to make it look more pleasing to the eye. Odheng is often used in traditional events, festivals, carnivals, ceremonies, commemorations of independence day, graduations, welcome parties, and so on.

Odheng are usually made of batik cloth and are triangular in shape. At first glance, odheng looks similar to blangkon even though the two are actually different. The cap size on the odheng can be adjusted according to the wearer’s head circumference.

The motifs that are often used in odheng are food and tapoghan. Odheng food has a storjoan or blue lake motif which has a red soga color. While the odheng tapoghan is soga red in color with flame or flower motifs. When using odheng food, your hair is covered by a head covering while when using odheng tapoghan, your hair is not covered by cloth.

7. Katemang

Katemang is a belt or belt that can be called Katemang Kalep. The shape is different from the belt in general. This belt has wider sides and has a pocket at the front for storing money. The katemang material is made of plain cow leather without designs, motifs or patterns.

8. Keris and Clurit

Keris is an additional accessory commonly used by men in East Javanese culture. Usually keris is used during formal events related to customs, for example, when getting married. The purpose of the groom carrying a keris is to appear brave, dashing and firm as the head of the household.

Meanwhile, sickle is a typical Madurese weapon used as a carok weapon. Clurit has become legendary in Madura because it is synonymous with the struggle of a figure from Madura named Sakera.

9. Tarompah

Tarompah is a footwear that is widely used by the people of East Java when wearing their traditional clothes. Generally, tarompah is made of selected quality cow leather. Tarompah are generally shaped like flip-flops, only they look sturdier and stronger because the material and use are adapted to traditional clothing.

10. Penadhon

Penadhon is an East Javanese traditional dress that is specifically used by the people of Ponorogo. At first glance, this t-shirt style is similar to the Sakera shirt on the Madura Pesa’an dress. The difference is on the front, on this shirt there is an image of reog or barong which has become an artistic icon from the city of Ponorogo.

11. Sarong Material

Sarong material is one of the other accessories that is used together with the main clothes of traditional East Java. The fabrics that are often used in its manufacture are cotton, silk, or satin which are comfortable to use because of their high quality.

The colors that are often used are striking and varied colors such as checkered green, checkered blue, or golden yellow. How to use sarong material slung over the shoulder on one shoulder. For women, sarong materials can be used specifically as a headscarf.

Sinaumed’s, that’s more or less our discussion about East Java traditional clothing. sinaumedia is always ready to become #Friends Without Borders by presenting our best books for you.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Pasak Bumi – Did Sinaumed’s know about the existence of a plant called pasak bumi? If you don’t know, that is normal because the existence of this plant is usually marketed in a state that has been processed into herbal medicine. However, if Sinaumed’s already knows how it looks, it can be an additional form of knowledge!

Pasak bumi is a type of herbal plant that grows around the Southeast Asian region, one of which is in Indonesia. The part of this plant that is most often used for herbal medicine is the root, which is a natural tonic for male vitality. When processed into an herbal medicine, it usually takes the form of energy drinks, herbs, tea, and coffee. So what exactly is this plant? What are the benefits and properties obtained from this herbal plant? How can cultivation be done so that this herbal plant does not become scarce?

So, so that Sinaumed’s understands, let’s look at the following review!

Get to Know What is Peg Bumi

Pasak Bumi or commonly known as Tongkat Ali is a plant that belongs to the Sapindales order with the Latin name Eurycoma Longifolia. This plant is usually found in the forests of the Southeast Asian region, including Indonesia and Malaysia. This plant is in the form of a tree with slow growth, generally has a height of about 15-18 meters and begins to bear fruit at the age of 2-3 after being planted. The age of this plant can even reach 25 years, but if it is used for commercial needs it will usually be harvested at the age of 4 years.

In the lowland areas of Sumatra and Kalimantan, this plant is considered a wild plant because there are so many of them. Therefore, the pasak bumi plant has various local names, namely Tongkat Ali, Lempedu Bitter, Bedara Puteh, Tongkat Baginda, Root Hides Seinang, Tungke Ali, Tung Saw (Thailand), Vomiting the Earth, and many others.

The root of this plant is the most efficacious, because it is considered to be a herbal medicine for male virility. But not only that, the root part is also often used to relieve pain in the stomach, improve appetite, cure fever, and inhibit breast cancer cells.

Based on pharmacological studies conducted by the Ministry of Forestry of the Republic of Indonesia, this pasak bumi plant contains 4 important compounds, namely:

• Canthin compounds , function to inhibit cancer cells.
• Eurycomanone derivative compound , functions as an anti-malarial.
• Quassinoid compounds , function as anti-leukemia and prospective for anti-HIV.
• Ethanol compound , as an aphrodisiac (raise passion).

Through various developing studies, it turns out that the bark and stems of this plant can be used to treat canker sores, fever, bone pain, stomach worms, and as a postpartum tonic. Then for the leaves can be used as an itchy pain medicine. Then, the flower parts can be used to treat headaches, bone pain, and stomach aches. Wow, there are so many benefits of this plant! No wonder it is called an herbal plant!

Taxonomy and Morphology of the Earth Stake

According to Susilowati (2008), the position of the classification of this pasak bumi plant is as follows:

kingdom	Plantae
Division	Magnoliophyta
Class	Magnoliopsida
Order	Sapindales
Family	Simaroubaceae
genus	Eurycoma
Species	Longifolia

The shape of this plant in general is like a tree, with a height of up to 10 meters. The compound leaf shape resembles an odd one, the stem is yellow, the bark is tough, and when consumed raw, the taste will taste bitter. Well, here is the detailed morphology of the pasak bumi plant:

Stem Section

Usually unbranched. But if there are branches, then the shape resembles an umbrella with a circular position ( rosette ). The stems are sturdy grayish brown and smooth.

Leaf Section

The shape of the leaves of this plant is pinnately compound with an odd number. Usually about 0.3-1 meter long and 20-30 pairs of leaflets. The leaf stalks are blackish brown.

Flower Section

The flowers on this plant are monoceus and dioceus , but generally they are often found as dioceus . The color is orange-red, with flowers about 0.6 cm wide. The tips of the flowers have fine hairs and glandular bumps. In this case, there are 2 groups of ferns, namely male flowers which are unable to produce fruit; and female plants capable of producing fruit.

Fruit Section

The fruits of this plant grow in clusters and are similar to date palms, but very small in size and egg-like in shape.

Root Section

The shape of the roots of this plant is the same as the roots of plants in general. It is in this section that it can usually be used as herbal medicine, either by boiling it or by processing it in a special factory.

Benefits and Efficacy of Pasak Bumi

The pasak bumi plant is a herbal plant that has various benefits and properties. The most famous benefit of the existence of this plant is as a strong medicine for men. Then, are the benefits and efficacy only limited to that? Of course not!

Come on, consider the following description of what are the benefits and efficacy of the pasak bumi plant.

1. Increase Sexual Arousal

Previously it was described that this plant contains ethanol compounds which have a function as an aphrodisiac, namely to increase libido or sexual arousal, especially for men. This plant is considered capable of stimulating the production and performance of the hormone testosterone which is the sex hormone for men.

If a man lacks the testosterone hormone, it will not only have an impact on sexual desire, but will also be a cause of erectile dysfunction to impaired fertility in men. Various studies that have been conducted state that by consuming pasak bumi extract, especially for men, it can increase the hormone testosterone and sexual arousal.

Not only that, if you consume this plant extract regularly it can also increase the volume, concentration, and movement of sperm, so that it can increase fertility for men.

2. Relieves Stress

Many studies on this plant state that this plant is able to relieve stress. Yep, this plant has certain ingredients that can reduce the hormone cortisol in the body. This hormone is usually produced when someone is experiencing stress. Not only that, consuming the extract of the pasak bumi plant is also believed to improve one’s mood.

3. Inhibiting the Growth of Cancer Cells and Curing Various Diseases

It should be noted that this plant contains 4 compounds that are good for medicine. Three of the four contents of this compound can inhibit the growth of cancer cells and cure various diseases.

Call it the content of Canthin compounds which are known to have anti-cancer effects, so they can inhibit the growth of cancer cells in the body. Then there are also compounds derived from Eurycomanone , which functions as an anti-malarial. These derivative compounds are known to be able to lower blood pressure, eradicate the plasmodium parasite that causes malaria, and kill bacteria. Then, there are also Quassinoid compounds that function as anti-leukemia and are prospective for anti-HIV.

4. Lowers Blood Sugar Levels

In several countries such as Malaysia and India, this plant is used as a traditional medicine for the treatment of diabetes. There is a research which states that consuming pasak bumi on a regular basis can lower blood sugar levels in the body while improving the performance of the insulin hormone. The hormone insulin plays a role in controlling blood sugar levels in the body.

But unfortunately, this research is still in the form of small-scale research, so further research is needed to ensure the effectiveness and safety of this plant as a treatment for diabetes.

5. Increases Muscle Mass

The benefits of this plant as an herbal medicine is to increase muscle mass and physical performance. There is a research which states that by consuming 100 mg of pasak bumi extract per day for 5 weeks, the results can increase muscle mass and strength, especially for men.

Even so, if Sinaumed’s wants to use this plant extract as a supplement to increase muscle mass, it’s better to consult with your doctor first .

Benefits of Pasak Bumi Based on its Parts

1. Root Section

When mixed with other medicinal plants, such as cinnamon, it can be used as a healthy tonic, antidote for fever, healing wounds in the gums, and intestinal worms. This tonic is also beneficial for mothers giving birth.

2. Stem Section

Especially the bark can be used for blood coagulants for mothers giving birth, treating bone pain, increasing stamina, and treating headaches.

3. Part of the Leaf

Can be used to treat stomach ache, canker sores, and increase appetite.

4. Flower and Fruit Section

Can be used for dysentery medicine.

Conditions for the Growth of Earth Stake

This plant is usually found in acidic and sandy soils that have good soil drainage. Generally, the land is located in the forest adjacent to the beach, both primary and secondary forest.

Pasak bumi can also be found in mountainous areas with bunds and sloping areas, especially those with an average temperature of 25 degrees Celsius and humidity of around 86%. During its development period, this pasak bumi plant requires a lot of sunlight, especially to assist its vegetative development and reproductive system. Pasak bumi will flower and bear fruit throughout the year, which is around June to July, while the fruit will ripen in September.

Earth Stake Rarity Factor

Unfortunately, currently many forests are being cleared by irresponsible humans, causing the existence of pegs to become scarce. Deforestation usually includes logging, transportation and road construction. In fact, the existence of the pasak bumi plant is considered very beneficial for humans, especially local residents because it can be used as herbal medicine.

Most local residents have not been able to cultivate pasak bumi because it grows very slowly, so they rely only on seeds in nature.

Utilization of Pasak Bumi as a Herbal Medicinal Material

According to research conducted by Supartini and Deddy Dwi Nur Cahyono with the title Yield of Pasak Bumi (Eurycoma Longifolia Jack) Roots, Stems and Leaves as Raw Materials for Herbal Medicine, states that the existence of pasak bumi can really be used as a raw material for making herbal medicines. From the content of useful compounds in the form of quassinoids , squalene derivatives , b- phenyl neolignans, beta-carboline alkaloids, triterpenoid tirucallane type and canthin-6-one alkaloids , with quassinoidshaving the highest number of course makes this plant included in the type of herbal plant. Especially at this time, the market demand for pegs as a raw material for medicine also encourages large-scale exploitation of this plant.

Based on this research resulted in a statement that this plant extract, from roots to flowers can be used as raw material for medicine. The bioactive ingredients contained in root and stem extracts are alkaloids, tannins, triterpenoids, carotenoids and coumarins. Then, the bioactive ingredients contained in the leaf extract are flavonoids, saponins, tannins, triterpenoids, carotenoids, and coumarins.

Then, the roots, stems and leaves have potential as antimalarials, antidiabetics, antidiarrheals, antifungals, antibacterials, antivirals, treatment of liver damage, menstrual disorders, antioxidants, and anti-inflammatories. However, it is necessary to optimize the pasak bumi plant as a raw material for medicine, to maximize processing and minimize waste from harvesting the pasak bumi plant.

Cultivation of Earth Stake Through Shoot Cuttings Technique

It should be noted that so far, the herbal medicine industry which relies on this plant as a raw material has only been obtained from nature without any cultivation efforts. This of course causes a decrease in the population of pasak bumi in nature. Not only that, even the population of this plant in Indonesia has been included in the category of rare plants because they are rarely found. So far, people have only relied on seeds in nature as a growth process, even though the growth process of this plant is very slow.

Therefore, there is research on the cultivation of the pasak bumi plant using the shoot cuttings technique, which is based on research entitled Propagation of the Pasak Bumi (Eurycoma Longifolia Jack) Plant through the Shoot Cuttings Technique by Arida Susilowati et al.

Based on this research, it is stated that the cultivation process using the shoot cuttings technique can grow and develop. Earth peg cuttings generally show roots at the age of 11 weeks. This can be seen when checking the roots. As an important organ, the presence of roots greatly determines the condition of the cuttings, therefore it is necessary to carry out microtechnical activities to determine the origin of the roots of the cuttings.

The process of forming the roots of the pasak bumi cuttings starts from meristem cells in the cambium or those that are between or outside the vascular tissue and actively divides after auxin from the shoots, rooting cofactor and carbohydrates moves to the base of the cuttings. These cells then gather to form root candidates, if there is a wound due to cutting, the cells form an aggregate cell mass called callus. The callus mass then divides again to form many collections of meristem cells called root primordia.

So, that’s an explanation of what pasak bumi is and a series of its benefits as herbal medicine. Is Sinaumed’s interested in cultivating this pasak bumi plant using shoot cuttings?

Dynamic Fluids, Static Fluids, And The Difference –  Static and dynamic fluids are an important aspect of life. Fluid is a substance that can flow. Liquids and gases are types of fluids. Because both of these substances have properties that can flow. Unlike rocks and various other hard objects, all solids are not included in fluids because solids cannot flow.

Liquids can be in the form of milk, cooking oil, and water. All liquids are included in the type of fluid. Especially with its nature that can flow from one place to another.

In addition to liquids, there are gases which also include fluids. Gas substances also have the ability to flow from one place to another.

Blowing wind is one example of air that can move from one place to another. Based on its movement, fluids are divided into static fluids and dynamic fluids.

Dynamic Fluids

Fluids are needed in everyday life. Every day, humans use fluids for drinking, washing clothes, breathing air and many other activities. This fluid can be divided into two parts, namely static fluid and dynamic fluid.

Dynamic Fluid Properties

In order to make it easier to study this dynamic fluid phenomenon, scientists have agreed to make assumptions about an ideal fluid. The ideal fluid properties include:

• Is steady flow (flow velocity at a point is constant with time). If the velocity v at a point is constant, then the fluid flow can be said to be steady. An example of steady flow is a steady stream of water (low flow rate).
• It is an incompressible flow, meaning that the flowing fluid does not change in volume or density when pressed. If the flowing fluid does not change in volume or density when pressed, then the fluid flow can be said to be incompressible.
• It is a non-viscous flow. The fluid will not experience friction between one fluid layer and another fluid layer. In fact, fluid fluids also do not experience friction with the channel walls as a result of viscosity symptoms.
• The flow has a current line and is not turbulent, meaning that each fluid particle will pass through the same path point and go in the same direction. Even though there is no absolutely ideal fluid, the fluid closest to the ideal fluid properties is water. So that research on fluids often uses water.

Fluid Flow Type

There are several types of fluid flow. The path traversed by a moving fluid is called a flow line. Here are some types of fluid flow, namely as follows:

• Straight or laminar flow is smooth fluid flow. The layers next to each other glide smoothly and seamlessly on top of each other. In this flow the fluid particles will move along a smooth trajectory. In addition, these tracks do not cross one another. Laminar flow can be found in water flowing through a hose or pipe.
• Turbulent flow is flow that is accompanied by the presence of erratic circles and resembles a vortex. Turbulent flow is often found in ditches and rivers.

General Characteristics of Dynamic Fluids

The general characteristics of fluid dynamics are as follows:

• The fluids are considered incompatible
• Even though there is motion of the material (it has no viscosity), the fluid is considered to move without friction.
• Fluid flow is stationary flow, that is, the speed and direction of motion of fluid particles passing through a certain point are always fixed
• It is independent of (steady) time, meaning it is a constant velocity at a certain point, and forms
• Leliner flow or (layered)

Magnitudes in Dynamic Fluids

Debit friend (Q)

The total volume of fluid flowing in unit time, or

Where :

Q = flow discharge (m3/s)

A = cross-sectional area (m2)

V = fluid flow rate (m/s)

Fluid flow is often expressed in terms of flow rate

Where :

Q = flow discharge (m3/s)

V = volume (m3)

t = time interval (s)

Dynamic Fluid Laws

There are 2 laws that apply in fluid dynamics, namely the Law of Continuity and also Bernoulli’s Law.

1, The Law of Continuity

For example, in the event of watering flowers, water flowing from a hose with the end pressed down will flow faster. Why is that? This is due to the phenomenon of the Law of Continuity in flowing fluids.

The Law of Continuity states that the discharge of water flowing at each point along the flow of the hose is constant or the same.

Mathematically it can be written as follows:

Debit or Q is the amount of volume of fluid flowing per unit time or written mathematically with

Volume can be calculated by multiplying the cross-sectional area of ​​the hose by the length of the hose or V = A cdot L.

So that the discharge equation becomes the length of the hose that is passed by the water can be calculated by means of the speed of the water multiplied by the time, or in other words the speed is the length of the interval divided by the time, v = frac{L}{t}.

So that the discharge equation becomes then the law of continuity can also be written as

2. Bernoulli’s law

Bernoulli’s law was discovered by Daniel Bernoulli, a scientist from Germany. From this discovery, in 1738, Bernoulli managed to publish a book entitled Hydrodynamica.

Bernoulli’s law is a law based on the law of the conservation of energy experienced by fluid flow. This law states that the amount of pressure (p), kinetic energy per unit volume, and potential energy per unit volume has the same value at every point along a flow line.

This law can be applied to any type of fluid flow as long as it satisfies the following conditions.

• The fluid is incompressible.
• The fluid has no viscosity.
• The fluid flow is steady.
• The fluid flow is laminar (fixed and does not form a vortex).
• No energy is lost as a result of friction between the fluid and the wall and turbulence.
• There is no transfer of heat energy.

In this case Bernoulli’s Law applies which states that each sum of pressure (p), kinetic energy per unit volume (½rv2) and potential energy per unit volume (rgh) has the same value at every point along the current line.

Bernoulli’s law when expressed in the equation becomes:

Information :

P1 = pressure in pipe 1 (N/m2);

P2 = pressure in pipe 2 (N/m2);

ρ1 = density of pipe 1 (kg/m3);

ρ2 = density of pipe 2 (kg/m3);

v1 = velocity of fluid in pipe 1 (m/s);

v2 = velocity of fluid in pipe 2 (m/s);

h1 = cross-sectional height of pipe 1 from the reference point (m);

h2 = cross-sectional height of pipe 2 from the reference point (m); And

g = acceleration due to gravity (m/s2).

Toricelli’s theorem (efflux rate)

The rate of water spraying from the hole is the same as water falling freely from a height. The rate at which water shoots out of this hole is called the efflux rate, while the phenomenon is called the Toricelli theorem.

If Bernoulli’s equation is applied at point 1 (surface of the container) and point 2 (surface of the hole). Because the diameter of the faucet/hole at the bottom of the container is much smaller when compared to the diameter of the container, the velocity of the liquid on the surface of the container is considered zero (v1 = 0). The surface of the container and the surface of the hole/tap is open so that the pressure equals atmospheric pressure (P1 = P2). Thus, the Bernoulli equation for this case is:

Application of Bernoulli’s Law

The principle of Bernoulli’s Law is also applied to the following objects that are often encountered in daily activities.

1. Parfum

When pressing the perfume sprayer downwards, the liquid at the bottom will move at a low speed, resulting in a higher pressure on the liquid below.

This can encourage liquid to move up through the perfume hose with a small size. When it reaches the top of the hose, the air on the suction cup will come out along with a burst of perfume.

2. Venturimeter pipe

A venturimeter pipe is a tool used to measure the flow rate of liquids. This ventirometer pipe is designed in the form of a pipe with a narrowing diameter. Based on the presence or absence of a pressure gauge, these devices can be divided into two, namely a venturimeter without a manometer and a venturimeter with a manometer.

A manometer is a device used to measure the air pressure in a closed space. When Sinaumed’s  wants to know the shape of the venturimeter pipe, look at the following picture.

The venturimeter shown in the previous figure does not have a manometer. Therefore, to determine the flow velocity of liquid entering sections 1 and 2, it can be formulated as follows.

Information :

A1 = cross-sectional area of ​​pipe 1 (m2);

A2 = pipe cross-sectional area 2 (m2);

v1 = velocity at pipe cross section 1 (m/s);

v2 = velocity at pipe cross section 2 (m/s);

h = difference in the height of the liquid in the small pipe above the venturimeter (m); And

g = acceleration due to gravity (m/s2).

3. Pitot tube

A pitot tube is a device used to measure the speed of gas in a pipe. Look at the following picture.

Mathematically, the gas flow rate in the pipe is formulated as follows.

Information:

v = gas flow velocity (m/s);

Static Fluids

Static fluid or hydrostatics can be defined as a branch of physics that deals with pressure, water balance, and other fluids. Fluids at rest create problems that are far from trivial to solve when compared to dynamic fluids.

Definition of Static Fluids

Before delving into the discussion of the static fluid formula, it’s better if we understand its meaning first.

Static fluid is a fluid that is not moving (still) or a fluid in a state of motion but there is no difference in the speed of the fluid particles. It can also be said that the fluid particles move at the same speed and do not cause shear forces. For example, water in a glass that is not subjected to a force will remain still or in a river that flows at a constant speed.

Some Static Fluid formulas are as follows:

1. Density

In physics, density or a measure of the density of a homogeneous object is called density, which is mass per unit volume. The higher the density of an object, the greater the mass of each volume. It has the function of determining the substance. Each substance has a different density. Mathematically, density can be written as follows.

ρ = m/V

Information:

m = mass (kg or g),

V = volume (m3 or cm3)

ρ = density (kg/m3 or g/cm3).

If ρ of the water is greater than ρ of the object, then the object will float. If both ρ are the same, then the object will float in the water. However, if the object’s ρ is greater than the water’s ρ then the object will sink.

2. Hydrostatic pressure

Hydrostatic pressure at any depth will not be affected by the weight of the water, the surface area of ​​the water, or the shape of the water vessel. Hydrostatic pressure will only be affected by the area of ​​the object receiving it or the measuring depth.

Hydrostatic pressure pushes in various directions, is the force exerted on a quantifiable or measurable area based on the depth of the object.

The equation for this is:

Ph= ρ.g.h

Information:

ρ = density of water (for fresh water, ρ = 1,000 kg/m3)

g = the magnitude of the acceleration due to gravity (the acceleration of gravity on the surface of the earth is g=9.8 or 10 m/s2)

h = depth point measured from the water surface (m)

The unit used is N/m2 or Pascal (Pa). There is also pressure which is referred to as absolute pressure. Absolute pressure is the total pressure experienced by objects that are in the water, the formula:

P = Ph + Patm

Patm is atmospheric pressure.(1.013 x 105 Pa)

Pascal’s law

Pressure is defined as the force exerted divided by the area of ​​the object receiving the force. In formula form, it will be written as:

P = FA

Information:

F = the magnitude of the force (Newtons)

A = cross-sectional area (m2)

Pascal’s law states that the pressure exerted on a fluid in a confined space will be transmitted equally in all directions and can be summed up as:

P in = P out

So that:

FEnterAMin= FExitAExit

F1 = (d1d2). F2

Information:

d1 = surface diameter 1

d2 = surface diameter 2

Difference between Static and Dynamic Fluids

The difference between static fluid and dynamic fluid is as follows:

1. Understanding

Static fluid is a fluid that is in a stationary phase or a fluid that is not moving. Meanwhile, a dynamic fluid is a fluid that is in a state of motion.

2. Speed

Static fluid has no difference in velocity between fluid particles. It can be said that some fluid particles have a uniform velocity movement. So that the fluid has no shear force.

While the dynamic fluid has a constant speed with respect to time. In addition, dynamic fluids do not experience volume changes and are not viscous. In addition, dynamic fluids also do not experience rotation or turbulence.

Completion in fluid dynamic calculations, generally requires the calculation of various properties. Those things are speed, density, pressure, and temperature which function as space and time.

That’s all the discussion about dynamic fluids, static fluids, and also the differences. Thank you for visiting and hopefully useful!

•  

sinaumedia Literacy – In general, sleep is the best way to restore your body’s condition so you can get back in shape, especially sleeping at night so you can do your activities again the next day. Lack of sleep will make it difficult for you to concentrate, reduce your analytical power, inhibit your creativity and trigger various dangerous diseases. Understand the ideal sleep time for adults is around 7-9 hours every day depending on age, activity, body condition and lifestyle.

Effects of Oversleeping

Did you know those who sleep too long (more than 9 hours a day) are threatened with various dangerous diseases, here are some of them, Sinaumed’s:

1. OBESITY

Overweight or obesity is also one of the effects of sleeping too long. Because during sleep there is a slowdown in the body’s metabolism, so that fat that should be wasted instead accumulates and leads to a drastic increase in body weight. It is said in research that people who have sleep duration exceeding normal limits are at risk of experiencing obesity 21% higher than those who sleep in normal duration. The same thing can also happen in conditions of lack of sleep so that it is easier for the body to store fat. 

 

2. DIABETES

Too much sleep can increase blood sugar levels. High blood sugar levels alone can increase the risk of type-2 diabetes. Experts suspect that this risk is related to the risk of gaining weight so that it has an effect on disturbances in regulating blood sugar levels. Obesity and being overweight, as we all know, can increase the risk of various diseases such as stroke, heart disease, high blood pressure and diabetes. Instead of sleeping, try to fill your time with activities that are more useful and healthy like reading books or exercising Sinaumed’s!

 

3. MENTAL DISORDERS

Depression and sleep disorders such as insomnia have a fairly close relationship. From the results of research, it is known that sleeping too long can lead to depression. It is said that about 15% of people who sleep above the average time experience depressive disorders. The study also revealed that if the habit is not stopped immediately, it is feared that the depression experienced will get worse. In addition, sleeping too long can also cause memory problems, anxiety, and fatigue.

4. HEADACHES

It seems that almost everyone who sleeps too long will feel a headache when they wake up. This is a common thing considering that the chemical compounds in the brain are disrupted due to excessive sleep duration.

5. REMEMBER DISORDERS

One of the benefits of sleep is improving brain function, especially with regard to memory abilities. But this does not apply if you sleep too long because excessive sleep actually reduces memory, because the function of brain cells will be degraded, resulting in a weakened memory.

 

6. HEART DISEASE

Based on research results from The Nurses’ Health Study, women who sleep 9-11 hours per day are 28% more likely to get coronary disease than those who sleep 8 hours per day. Because sleeping too long can weaken the immune system, this is what makes someone who sleeps too long become more susceptible to Sinaumed’s disease!

 

7. BACK ache

The danger of sleeping too long on your back can cause back pain. To reduce the pain, doctors recommend reducing excess sleep hours and starting to get used to sleeping regularly with a normal amount of sleep.

 

8. DEATH

Several studies also show that people who sleep more than 9 hours a day experience a significant increase in the risk of death, compared to those who sleep 7-8 hours per night. No specific link or reason has been found. However, there is speculation related to a person’s low socioeconomic status, which causes high mortality rates.

IDEAL SLEEP DURATION BASED ON AGE

After understanding how to overcome excessive sleeping habits. Also know how much sleep is actually enough according to your age, Sinaumed’s. According to research from experts led by the National Sleep Foundation, they categorize sleep time based on age, from newborns to adults aged 65 years and over with different durations. The results are then published in Sleep Health: Journal of the National Sleep Foundation, including the following:

• Newborns (0-3 months) : need 14-17 hours of sleep each day
• Babies (4-11 months) : need 12-15 hours of sleep every day
• Toddlers (1-2 years) : need 11-14 hours of sleep every day
• Pre-school (3-5 years) : need 10-13 hours of sleep each day
• School age (6-13 years) : need 9-11 hours of sleep every day
• Teenagers (14-17 years) : need 8-10 hours of sleep every day
• Young adults (18-25 years) : need 7-9 hours of sleep each day
• Adults (26-64 years) : need 7-9 hours of sleep each day
• Seniors (65 years and over) : need 7-8 hours of sleep every day

 

THE CAUSE SOMEONE SLEEP TOO LONG

Sleeping too long can be a sign that something is wrong with your body, whether it’s depression, hypersomnia, or obstructive sleep apnea. Please note the normal sleep time is about 8 hours every night. But under certain conditions, a person’s sleep time can be longer than that time. Here are some of the causes of excessive sleep time Sinaumed’s!

 

1. HYPERSOMNIA

According to the American Sleep Association, hypersomnia or excessive sleepiness can be identified when a person shows signs of extreme sleepiness or sleep deprivation, and can even fall asleep at certain unusual times, for example while driving. Hypersomnia is divided into two types: primary and secondary. Secondary hypersomnia, the most common type, is caused by depression, obesity, epilepsy, or multiple sclerosis. While primary hypersomnia is associated with genetic disorders such as Prader-Willi syndrome and Norrie disease. Nonetheless, it should be noted that each type of hypersomnia can be a symptom of another condition in some cases.

 

2. DRUG AND ALCOHOL ABUSE

The use of certain substances, such as alcohol and drugs can make a person feel more tired and sleepy. Research at the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism itself states that consuming alcohol close to bedtime will greatly affect most of the body’s conditions, including deviations from the body’s clock and alarm, nerves in the brain, hormone function, as well as sleep physiology which causes an increase in your hours of sleep. !

 

3. STRESS & DEPRESSION

Stress and depression are one of the main causes of oversleeping, and conversely, sleeping too long can also cause anxiety and depression. While many people experience insomnia due to depression, the remaining 15% tend to oversleep. Depression causes changes in sleeping habits as a result, the energy and mind are drained so that the body constantly feels tired.

 

4. TIRED

Fatigue can be the result of a variety of factors, such as overwork, sleep disturbances, pregnancy, or long periods of lack of rest. The National Sleep Foundation itself recommends adults sleep at least 7-9 hours a day. 

 

5. OBSTRUCTIVE SLEEP APNEA (OSA) 

According to the US National Library of Medicine, a person with obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) often does not get enough air while sleeping. Breathing that suddenly stops can make him often wake up in the middle of the night and feel sleepy during the day. As a result, the need for sleep is greater so that they sleep too long. The National Sleep Foundation adds, many people with OSA are not aware that they have this sleep disorder. Waking up briefly makes them believe they have slept through the night, even though in reality they may wake up dozens of times. Other features of OSA apart from frequent sleepiness during the day include snoring, having high blood pressure, or being overweight.

 

6. SLEEPING BEAUTY SYNDROME

Not as beautiful as its name, but this rare disease can make sufferers sleep more than 20 hours a day. A rare disorder in the medical world which is also known as Kleine-Levin Syndrome, which is a neurological disorder. In this world it is estimated that there are only about 1000 people who suffer from this disease. So why can Sleeping Beauty Syndrome make someone sleep too long? The cause of Sleeping Beauty Syndrome is the same as other rare diseases, it is not known exactly what causes it. But the symptoms in this syndrome indicate a malfunction of the hypothalamus and thalamus in the brain, the parts of the brain that regulate appetite and sleep.

 

HOW TO OVERCOME EXCESSIVE SLEEP TIME

Avoiding the effects of sleeping too long, you have to practice good sleep patterns. Experts recommend going to bed and waking up at the same time every day, avoiding caffeine and alcohol near bedtime, exercising, and creating a bedroom conducive to maintaining good sleep patterns. Quality sleep is not necessarily long. Conversely, sleep that is too long is not necessarily quality. Below are some ways you can do to improve sleep quality, so you avoid the dangers of sleeping too long Sinaumed’s!

 

1. CREATE A SLEEP SCHEDULE

Make it a habit to sleep on time and try to wake up before sunrise. Stick to the schedule, including on weekends Sinaumed’s!

 

2. ROUTINE EXERCISE

Exercise can help you improve your sleep patterns as well as improve your overall health. Because exercising will supply the brain so it doesn’t get sleepy quickly. Jogging, swimming and jumping rope (skipping) can be an option, but avoid exercising right before bedtime, Sinaumed’s!

 

3. CONSUME FRUITS AND VEGETABLES

Eat more fruit and protein. Researchers found a relationship between excess sleep and lack of intake of protein, vitamins and minerals in the body. Enough consumption of salmon and eggs which are high in protein, citrus fruits and lemons with high levels of vitamin C for the body. Finally, reduce oily food and alcoholic drinks, Sinaumed’s!

 

4. AVOID CAFFEINE AND ALCOHOL CONSUMPTION

Reduce consumption of caffeine 6 hours before bedtime. Apart from coffee, caffeine that needs to be avoided includes tea, soda, and chocolate which cause you to wake up in the middle of the night or have nightmares while sleeping. According to research, caffeine works to pump blood more and faster. If consumed in excess it can cause a heart attack, Sinaumed’s! 

 

5. CREATE A COMFORTABLE ROOM ATMOSPHERE

Comfortable room conditions greatly affect the quality of your sleep. Try to start setting the room, starting from the temperature, sound, and light sleep. To feel comfortable, make sure your bed is also comfortable to sleep on. Turn off electronic devices, such as TVs and cell phones (cell phones) at least 2 hours before going to bed. Because these electronic devices can disturb your sleep.

6. LIMIT NAP TIME

Napping habits can affect your night’s sleep, Sinaumed’s. Limiting nap hours will help you maintain the quality and time of sleep at night. Short but refreshing naps, aka power naps should be done in just 30 minutes. After a nap, we will be more alert, creative, have better memory skills, and increased learning abilities. After waking up from a nap the body also feels fresher. 

 

7. CALM YOUR MIND

In order for your sleep to be quality, try to always calm your mind. Avoid the habit of thinking about heavy things before going to bed. If you often sleep too long and start to feel disturbed by this habit, it’s better to immediately consult a doctor to find out the cause and get a solution to overcome it, so you can avoid the various dangers of sleeping too long. 

 

8. WASH YOUR FACE WITH COLD WATER

If drinking coffee feels less, wash your face with cold water. Because cold water accelerates blood circulation to the brain and makes the face fresh again so it is free from drowsiness, Sinaumed’s.

 

9. LOOKING FOR FRESH AIR

It’s the lack of oxygen that causes you to oversleep. Try to get up and get outside and get some fresh air in the morning. This is because the body lacks oxygen during sleep and causes you to want to go back to sleep.

 

10. SUFFICIENT NEEDS OF WATER

Many people pay less attention to their body’s need for fluids, even though this is very important in maintaining body functions in a normal state. Meeting daily fluid needs will also help remove toxins from your body. Sinaumed’s, add lemon juice to increase the vitamin content in water. Drink 8 glasses of water a day, and eat lots of fruit with a high water content such as watermelon, cucumber, lettuce, celery, tomatoes, strawberries, oranges and grapes.

 

11. INHAL AROMATHERAPHY 

Aromatherapy works by stimulating the nerves of the nose and brain. When we inhale essential oil vapors, the aroma will enter the nasal cavity and then stimulate the nervous system in the brain which plays a role in regulating emotions. The aroma of essential oils will stimulate the hypothalamus area in the brain to produce the hormone serotonin which can improve mood. Not only that, aromatherapy is also able to stimulate the nervous system which regulates heart rate, blood pressure, response to stress, breathing and most importantly improves sleep quality and helps relieve Sinaumed’s insomnia. The easiest way you can do, is to put a pot filled with mint leaves in your room or give an aromatherapy diffuser, guaranteed to help improve your messy sleeping patterns, Sinaumed’s! 

 

With enough sleep, health will be better and maximum. All organs that are tired of working certainly need time to rest, including the brain, skin, metabolic system, and hormones. Cells in the body will also regenerate at the maximum level. In addition, during sleep, the information that enters the brain will be neatly arranged, so that when we wake up, we often find solutions to problems the previous day. Thus, Sinaumed’s, even though sleeping is good, but enjoy sleeping wisely. 

sinaumedia Literacy – Being a country with the best education system in the world, South Korea is a destination for students from all over the world to continue their education, including students from Indonesia. To be able to study abroad, especially Korea, requires a lot of money and sometimes this is one of the factors that causes students to be reluctant to continue their studies abroad. So, for those of you who want to continue your studies in Korea, you don’t need to worry about the cost. Currently, there are many organizations, foundations, or governments that offer a number of scholarships to this country. The Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) International Student Scholarship can be Sinaumed’s’ choice.

 

Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) is the best campus that has been named the 1st ranked campus by QS Rank 2019. Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) excels in science and technology, was founded in 1971 and has the goal of developing science and technology. Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) was also named the most innovative university in the Asia-Pacific region. One of the research projects that has stood out in recent years has been for researchers developing electric transportation systems, in which vehicles get power from cables under the road via non-contact magnetic charging.

Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) itself is ranked in the top 100 in the ranking of universities in the world according to the QS Top Universities, or to be precise, ranked 40th. Providing a wide range of engineering and science subjects with a worldwide reputation. Every year, the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) has around 9,000 students who are members of the undergraduate (S1), graduate (S2, S3) and post-graduate programs. The main campus of the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) is in the city of Daejeon. The location is not that difficult to reach, which is about 2 hours from Seoul, in the city of Daejeon itself there are many government research sites, so that Daejeon is often referred to as the Silicon Valley of Korea. This supports cooperation between the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) and the Korean government. There are also other campuses in Seoul for business schools, postgraduate finance, information management and media management.

Most lectures and research activities take place at the main Daejeon campus, which is also where most students live. There are a total of 29 dormitories on the outskirts of the Daedeok campus, segregated by gender, as well as apartments for married students off campus. Extracurricular activities are a priority at the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST), although there are also clubs and societies for students, and the university hosts regular arts events including opera, drama, pop concerts, dance and classical recitals. For those of you who are interested in taking this scholarship, here are some things you need to know about Sinaumed’s:

A BRIEF ABOUT THE KAIST SCHOLARSHIP

The language used in Korean Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) classes is almost entirely English. However, of course Korean language lessons are highly recommended, bearing in mind that not many Korean people speak English in their daily lives. Specifically for the undergraduate program, the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) requires its students to have a level 2 TOPIK Korean language certification. Meanwhile, for postgraduate students, there are no special requirements but adjusted to the research location. In general, all students of the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) are sponsored by certain institutions, whether government, research institutions, or campuses. Previously to be accepted at the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST), students must pass several types of entrance tests starting from document selection, written tests for certain departments, and interviews. Then, the scholarship will be determined based on the test results. Here are some fun things to do at the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) regarding the Sinaumed’s education system:

• There is no obligation for undergraduate students to do a Final Project or what we often call a thesis.
• Students at the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) are given the freedom to do research or not at all. If you choose research, there will be several options, such as internships, final project research, or research on a particular topic; which allows students to adapt their choices to future plans.
• Students are also given the freedom to choose the desired courses each semester with only a few compulsory courses. The campus is also very supportive of student exchange programs for undergraduate students. This support is provided in the form of partnerships between schools around the world and financial assistance to interested students.
• For academic life, the lectures given are quite challenging and support a culture of high competition among students. The most notable difference is that students at the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) are very focused on studies and are cultured as individual Sinaumed’s.

KAIST SCHOLARSHIP FINANCING

The following is the scope of funding provided by this scholarship. Please pay attention to every point from Sinaumed’s:

• Full tuition fee, or tuition waiver for 8 semesters
• Living expenses: 350,000 KRW per month or around 4.5 million per month
• National Health Insurance: This scholarship does not cover rent, food and travel expenses. You can find your own costs later or try to ask the local government of Sinaumed’s for help.

KAIST SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS

Here are some of the requirements you must meet to get the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) scholarship. Please pay attention to each point, Sinaumed’s:

• Are international applicants (including from Indonesia) and do not have dual citizenship with South Korea.
• The applicant’s parents are not part of the South Korean citizen.
• Previously never attended school (elementary/junior/high school) in South Korea.
• Have graduated from SMA/SMK/equivalent or will graduate in 2020.
• Meet the English language requirement with a recommended score for TOEFL iBT of at least 83 / TOEFL PBT min. 560 (old) or minimum 63 (new) / TOEFL CBT minimum 220 / IELTS minimum 6.5 / TOEIC Listening & Reading minimum 720.
• Even Semester, Candidates have graduated or will graduate from senior high school (SMA/SMK/MA) on 28 February 2020
• Odd Semester: Candidates have graduated or will graduate from senior secondary education (SMA/SMK/MA) by 31 August 2020
• To continue getting this scholarship, you are required to maintain a GPA above 2.7 (scale 4.3) after the first year

KAIST SCHOLARSHIP APPLICATION PROCEDURE

Here are some complete procedures for those of you who are interested in registering for this scholarship, edufrieds, please note that all the documents needed are softcopies, complete these document files in scanned form:

• Registration form
• Documents or recommendation letters from schools filled out by the teacher’s guardian or academic teacher.
• SMA/SMK profiles published by the Ministry of Education and Culture. The submitted profile can be a website that can be recognized by the committee.
• Scan of value transcripts for 3 years
• English language test results with recommended scores are: TOEFL iBT minimum 83 / TOEFL PBT minimum 560 (old) or minimum 63 (new) / TOEFL CBT minimum 220 / IELTS minimum 6.5 / TOEIC Listening & Reading minimum 720. Language test results English must be taken within the last two years
• Curriculum Vitae (CV)
• Copy of KTP (Resident Identity Card) and passport
• Statement of Financial Resources – Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) Scholarship
• Statement of Financial Resources – Sponsorship
• Certificate of appreciation and achievement (optional)

All of the above documents must be scanned (softcopy) in A4 size beforehand. Ensure that documents issued by the school (grade transcripts, UAN scores, school profile) are legalized first by the school of origin. Documents that are still in Indonesian can be translated into English using the services of a Sinaumed’s translator.

PROCEDURES FOR APPLYING FOR THE KAIST SCHOLARSHIP

Simplify registration, make sure you have read the Registration Guide by clicking here . Please register online for international students at the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) on the website, click here. Applicants will then be charged a student application fee of 80,000 KRW (Rp 1,000,000) payable via bank transfer or credit card (please note that the application fee is non-refundable and you cannot modify the application form after paying the application fee). Then upload the scanned results of the document files mentioned above on the online registration form. To be considered as a scholarship recipient, applicants must tick the words “KAIST scholarship” in the Statement of Financial Resources section. If you have difficulty registering online, you can also send registration files via post to the following address:

Undergraduate Admissions Team, Office of Admissions, KAIST
#102, Yang Boon Soon Bld. (E16-1)
291 Daehak-ro, Yuseong-gu, Daejeon 34141, Republic of Korea
Tel: (+82-42) 350-4803

After registering, you can check the registration status on the apply.kaist.ac.kr website, make sure whether the submitted documents are complete or not. Submit the complete application and documents by 5:00 pm (KST) before the application deadline. Please note that dates for Announcement of Applications are subject to change, and interviews are not always required for all applicants. You will be contacted via individual email if a Sinaumed’s interview is required.

OFFICIAL INFORMATION OF KAIST SCHOLARSHIPS

Here are some links or contacts that you can access to get official information from the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) scholarship:
Website: https://bit.ly/2AeOfP8
Tel. +82-42-350-4803
Email. creative.adm@kaist.ac.kr
Address. #102, E16-1, 291 Daehak-ro, Yuseong-gu, Daejeon 34141, Republic of Korea

OTHER BEST UNIVERSITTS OF KOREA THAT YOU CAN CHOOSE

Apart from the KAIST Scholarship, South Korea is increasingly showing a good welcome for foreign students who want to study there. This is evidenced by the quality of the campus which is getting better and no less prestigious than campuses in the United States and Japan. For those of you planning to study in South Korea, here are five of the best campuses you can choose from, Sinaumed’s:

SEOUL NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Seoul National University (SNU) is a leading public university in Korea which was founded in 1946. More than 30 thousand international students study at this campus. The Seoul National University (SNU) campus itself consists of undergraduate, graduate, and professional school campuses. Seoul National University (SNU) provides this globally reputable education providing English-language lectures. Seoul National University (SNU) campus is one of the best campuses in Asia which is currently ranked 35th best in the world based on the QS World University Rankings. Its flagship programs include sports, chemical engineering, engineering and technology, social politics, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, natural sciences, pharmacy and many more.

KOREA UNIVERSITY

Korea University is a state campus under the auspices of the South Korean ministry of education. This campus was founded in 1905 and is one of the biggest and best universities in South Korea. Korea University itself consists of 81 departments, 15 colleges, and 75 research institutes. The total number of students currently studying at this campus reaches 30,000 people covering the undergraduate, masters, and doctoral programs of Sinaumed’s.

SUNGKYUNKWAN UNIVERSITY (SKKU)

The university, which was founded in 1398, has the motto “humanity, truth, decency and wisdom”. These four elements are the main virtues in humans that are carried from birth. The campus has played a role in everything from developing the Korean ninja alphabet to teaching Confucianism, the social philosophy underlying modern Korean society. The Sungkyunkwan University (SKKU) campus has 2 separate campuses: the humanities and social sciences campus in Central Seoul and the science campus in Suwon. There are approximately four schools offering degrees at the undergraduate level and twelve schools offering degrees at the master’s and doctoral levels.

YONSEI UNIVERSITY

Yonsei University is a private Christian campus located in Seoul. This campus is ranked 107th in the world and ranked 19th in Asia. The Yonsei campus is one of three prestigious campuses in South Korea after Seoul University and Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST) University. The Yonsei campus has produced distinguished graduates in the fields of politics, law, physics, engineering, literature, academics and the arts. The campus, which was founded in 1885, has around 24,000 students and 3,500 of them are international students.

HANYANG UNIVERSITY

Hanyang University is a private university founded in 1939 in Seoul. The university also has branch campuses in Ansan. Accredited and recognized by the Ministry of Education of Korea, this university also accepts international students. But international students may need to take an entrance exam. In addition to undergraduate to doctoral degree programs, the university also offers distance learning, online programs and student exchange programs. Scholarships and financial aid are also available for international students.

EDUTORE

sinaumedia developed an educational platform called Edutore. On this platform, you can access many question practice books like those in sinaumedia by subscribing. Edutore has a slogan “Everyone Can Be Smart” and that is also what Edutore aspires to be. So that Edutore can participate in educating Indonesian children. On the Edutore Youtube Channel, various topics are discussed, ranging from unique general knowledge such as “Why are the brake lights red”, learning English with Captain J, to studying with Edutore which contains discussions of questions such as synonyms, antonyms and other CPNS questions. Check the YouTube account directly, click here.

There are lots of benefits that you will get by continuing your studies at the Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST), such as world-class research, learning from great lecturers, as well as valuable networks in the future. But get it, of course, through a difficult struggle and not for a moment. That’s all the info, I hope it’s useful Sinaumed’s!

Source: from various sources

DPD: Duties, Functions, and Authorities – Every country that has been legally established and its government is recognized by the world certainly has government institutions to assist the head of government in carrying out state duties and authorities. This is done with the aim of building and developing the quality of the country. We can conclude that the state must gather a sufficient number of potentially powerful elements to build the integrity of the state. Often, it is these basic elements that underpin a country’s development. These components are the form of the state, the form of government and also the system of government.

The process of this government system has different uses and functions for the state. This system of government is very important for a country. Without a system of government, the country will be in chaos, because the state has not yet determined who will be the head of state, who will hold the highest authority, and the state does not yet know who will represent everyone, etc. The system of government consists of several government institutions which are divided into three, namely the executive, legislative and judiciary.

As a state institution, it is appropriate to carry out their respective main tasks that have been mandated by citizens properly. In Indonesia itself there are government agencies that specifically manage regions in Indonesia because there are so many provinces and districts in Indonesia. Namely there is a DPD as the name suggests, the Regional Representatives Council or DPD is an organization that represents the interests of a region or even at the provincial level. Even so, the DPD is actually still a nascent organization, having only been established in 2001. However, the functions of the DPD and the duties and powers of the DPD are regulated by the 1945 Constitution. The duties and powers of the DPD are regulated by the Constitution or the Constitution. As a representative of the people, the DPD’s mission literally is to listen to and achieve the common interests of a region.

But as Indonesian citizens, do we know what the overall duties, functions and authorities are? If you don’t know about the duties of the DPD, then in this discussion we will try to discuss the DPD and its duties, functions and authorities in the country.

Next, let’s look at the following discussion below!

Doxing is – Technological advances bring many benefits to mankind, there are many conveniences offered because of the development of technology. Starting from online shopping services, taxi ordering services or other services. In addition, social media is one of the technological developments that can be felt directly by internet users. With the development of technology, social media is also busy making the latest features.

The features on social media then become a medium for anyone to share information. Sometimes internet users or netizens unknowingly upload their personal identities on their social media accounts, such as personal website pages, ages or even addresses.

When this happens, social media can be used as a medium for other people to dismantle that person’s identity. Disclosing and distributing personal information is known as doxing. What is doxing? And how does it work? Here’s a further explanation.

Doxing Is

The word doxing comes from the English language, namely dox, an abbreviation of the word document. Doxing is an internet-based action to research, find out and publicly disseminate personal information (including personal data) on an individual or organization.

Dissemination of personal information in the form of doxing is carried out without the permission of the relevant parties or the authorities. According to the Kominfo website, the doxing method is a method used to obtain information, including searching publicly available databases, hacking, social engineering and social media sites.

Doxing is carried out for a number of reasons, including to cause harm, insult in cyberspace, harassment, coercion, extortion, risk analysis, business analysis, to help law enforcement or vigilantes version of justice.

Doxing behavior is also often related to stalking or stalking, even information spread from doxing behavior is often released in contexts that can cause people to fear.

To differentiate doxing behavior from other terms, there is the evil intention of the perpetrator in the form of publishing individual information without the consent of the relevant party and used for public consumption, with the intention behind it to cause shame, humiliation and damage that threatens the target and those around him such as people parents, family or friends.

The term doxing became known since the 1990s, when computer hackers began to enjoy collecting personal information from someone who was the target of their hacks.

The act of doxing is not a random act, but is deliberately intended with a specific target. Most of the early doxing activities were related to Internet discussion forums on Usenet. One of the first documented doxing incidents is entitled Blacklist of Net Nazis and Sandlot Bullies which lists the names, email addresses, telephone numbers and mailing addresses of individuals the authors complained about.

This doxing case is the first documented case. Then, in 2003, there was what was called Doxware, which was a cryptovirological attack discovered by Adam Young, then further developed by Moti Yung who extorted doxing through malware.

Because doxing is related to the misuse of someone’s information, there are several types of data that are usually targeted by perpetrators in carrying out their missions, including the following:

• The original name
• Phone number
• Address
• Credit card and account numbers
• Social media profiles
• Private photo
• E-mail

How Doxing Works

Source: Pexels
In general, there are four steps to doxing . Here’s the explanation:

1. Trace the victim’s username

There are many people using the same username on various social media platforms that are used. This makes it easy for doxing actors to track down the same username to get data or find out an overview of the habits and interests of the target. This information will later be used to carry out doxing attacks .

2. Perform a WHOIS search using the domain name

The personal information of the domain owner will be stored in a list which is generally accessible to the public by performing a WHOIS search. If the domain buyer does not hide personal information when purchasing, then information such as address, name, telephone number, email to work can be found easily by anyone.

3. Phishing 

Doxing actors will generally try to retrieve personal data in various ways, including by phishing. Doxing perpetrators will send emails, SMS or whatever and claim to be from certain agencies or authorities, then the perpetrators will ask the victim to enter personal information which is then misused. Therefore, Sinaumed’s must always be alert to notifications received by further confirming with the relevant parties regarding the information or notifications that Sinaumed’s has received.

4. Social media stalking

If the social media account owned by Sinaumed’s is public, then anyone can find out any information that Sinaumed’s spreads on the Sinaumed’s social media account.

Other social media users can find out their location, place of work, friends, family members, photos, interests, and places where Sinaumed’s has visited before.

By relying on information obtained from these social media accounts, perpetrators can find answers to security questions that can help perpetrators to open other social media accounts. Therefore, be careful with information that Sinaumed’s distributes on social media, because this information can be a loophole that criminals can easily exploit.

The act of doxing is indeed quite disturbing, so it’s no wonder that some of the victims of doxing feel restless and insecure after their personal information is spread on social media. There are several types of doxing that need to be watched out for as well as several ways to prevent doxing from happening to Sinaumed’s. So, keep reading this article until it’s finished, Sinaumed’s.

Types of Doxing

In general, there are three types of doxing practices, as follows:

1. Deanonymizing

The first type of doxing is the act of dismantling the identity of an anonymous account or an account that tries to hide its identity. In general, this doxing action only starts from the curiosity of netizens who want to know who owns the anonymous account.

For example, anonymous social media accounts, however, have a large number of followers and get a fair amount of attention. Netizens then felt curious about who owned the account, then carried out doxing . This type of doxing does not have blackmail and criminal motives.

2. Targeting

The second type of doxing is targeting, namely doxing that has a target. The perpetrator spreads the identity of the victim which allows the victim to be found or contacted.

In general, the data distributed by doxing targeting actors are addresses, names or telephone numbers. This type of doxing targeting can endanger the victim, because at any time the victim can receive terror or even threats from other people.

Doxing targeting is common during presidential elections, for example in the case of Ulin Yusron who once distributed a photo of the KTP of someone he considered to have made a threat to behead Jokowi.

3. Delegitimizing

The third and final type of doxing is delegitimizing, which is a type of doxing that is done so that the credibility of the victim falls. Doxing delegitimizing is commonly experienced by officials.

Usually the threat of doxing occurs to people who are hiding a secret. Each party certainly has their own reasons for keeping the confidential data, whether it’s to protect their name or something else. So if the secret is spread, of course it will result in several parties experiencing losses.

How to Prevent Doxing

1. Maintain privacy on social media

Social media is one of the loopholes that can be exploited by criminals to smooth their evil actions. Therefore, Sinaumed’s needs to be careful when sharing certain posts.
Don’t let the information that Sinaumed’s spreads is important information and can harm yourself. In addition, do not upload personal information, for example, such as a detailed home address, include account numbers and so on.

2. Use a strong password

The perpetrators of doxing generally will do various ways to smooth out their actions. Apart from phishing, there are not a few victims of doxing because their social media accounts were hacked by the perpetrators.

One way to make it more difficult for your Sinaumed’s account to be hacked is to use a strong password. Create a complex password, for example by combining numbers, capital letters and symbols.

Avoid using passwords with sentences related to personal information and easy to guess. For example the full name, or a combination with the year of birth.

3. Using a VPN

The next tip for Sinaumed’s to avoid doxing crimes is to use a Virtual Private Network or VPN. By using a VPN, Sinaumed’s can surf the internet more safely and avoid doxing crimes.

This virtual network can increase connection security and protect personal information when Sinaumed’s is active on the internet.

4. Improve privacy settings on each account

To increase security, Sinaumed’s can activate multi-factor authentication for every social media account that Sinaumed’s has. This security feature requires users to carry out a two-step verification on each application, website or on other platforms. With these two-step verification, login activity will be more controlled and maintained.

5. Be wary of phishing 

One of the actions taken by doxing actors to carry out their actions is by phishing. Usually phishing is done by sending a link claiming to be from a certain party or agency so that the user clicks on the link and the perpetrator can steal the identity or data on the victim’s cellphone or social media.

The way to avoid phishing is not to carelessly click on links distributed by other internet users, whether from private messages, emails or posts on social media.

Victims of doxing are not only harmed because their personal data is spread. Many of the victims of doxing then become targets of harassment in person or via the internet. It is not uncommon for some doxing victims to receive fake registrations or swatting, namely sending a number of armed police through tips or fake reports.

It should be noted that doxing can occur even if a person’s personal data is not used for public consumption. The perpetrator can use the personal data for extortion or to force the target to do certain actions. In addition, there are also perpetrators who choose to take photos of victims instead of taking over their social media accounts.

The perpetrator often controls the victim because the victim is afraid of the threat. As such, doxing is a standard tactic of online harassment and has been used by many individuals in the vaccine controversy, Gamergate and others.

The act of doxing is also very commonly used by cyber troops or buzzers in political campaigns in Indonesia. In general, the aim of cyber intimidation was towards activists and parties who were against the issues being raised at that time.

The practice of doxing by buzzers has become a modus operandi, although not all buzzers agree with this method of doxing . Doxing was also used to intimidate critics of the New Normal policy and the Job Creation Law.

What If Sinaumed’s Becomes a Victim of Doxing? 

Anyone can become a victim of doxing, either because it was intentional or because the perpetrator was just curious. There are five countries that have laws regarding doxing . One of them is Indonesia.

In Indonesia, there are two laws that Sinaumed’s can use if Sinaumed’s becomes a victim of doxing. The first law is Law no. 11 of 2008 concerning Information and Electronic Transactions article 28 which reads, “Every person intentionally without the right to disseminate information intended to cause hatred or hostility towards certain individuals and groups of people, based on religion, ethnicity, taste and intergroup (SARA) is a prohibited act.”

However, if the information disseminated is identity card information, it will be protected by Law NO. 24 of 2013 concerning Public Administration Article 58 which reads, “Whoever disseminates population data, will be subject to a maximum prison sentence of two years or a maximum fine of IDR 25 million.”

Because there are laws that clearly regulate doxing, Sinaumed’s doesn’t need to worry or be afraid to report doxing perpetrators. Apart from that, there are several things that Sinaumed’s can do if Sinaumed’s becomes a victim of doxing, here are the explanations.

1. Report to the authorities

After learning that Indonesia has laws governing doxing , Sinaumed’s doesn’t need to be afraid and can immediately report doxing perpetrators to Sinaumed’s.

2. Documenting evidence

To be able to report doxing, Sinaumed’s needs to have evidence showing that Sinaumed’s is a victim and that the doxing attack occurred.

Sinaumed’s can screenshot evidence relating to the doxing attack. For example information from usernames, pages or uploads that share data and personal information belonging to Sinaumed’s.

3. Protect personal accounts

To prevent doxing attacks from getting worse, Sinaumed’s must immediately protect personal social media accounts by changing passwords and protecting personal accounts.

To protect personal accounts, Sinaumed’s can contact the bank, then ask to block the account to make it safer and avoid unwanted crime.

Thus the explanation regarding doxing is the act of disseminating one’s personal information on the internet without permission. Sinaumed’s who wants to know about other cyber crimes, can get information by reading books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia.com provides various kinds of original and quality books for Sinaumed’s! Don’t hesitate to buy books at sinaumedia! Reading lots of books and articles will never hurt you, because Sinaumed’s will get #MoreWithReading information and knowledge.

Author: Khansa

Reference:

• https://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/Doksing
• https://www.dewaweb.com/blog/apa-itu-doxing/#What_itu_Doxing

 

What are the dangers of boba for health? – Bubble milk tea is a unique drink originating from Taiwan. This drink was first released in Taiwan in 1980 and began to be sold at the tavern owned by Liu Han-Chieh.

At that time, he and his partner Lin Hsiu Hui tried to add fruit, syrup and boba to the drinks they sold. Because of its unique and delicious taste, this drink became increasingly popular and became known in 1990 in Asia, and began to spread to Europe and the USA in the 2000s.

Until now, bubble milk tea is increasingly popular, especially among teenagers. Even bubble milk tea can be used as a dessert or what we are more familiar with as ‘dessert’.

The bubble contained in this drink, or now often referred to as boba, is made from boiled tapioca to produce chewy balls and added as a topping to cold or hot tea drinks.

As boba’s popularity has grown, so has its content. Created a white and black boba. Boba is black in color, made from black tapioca, cassava starch, sweet potato and brown sugar. Meanwhile, white boba is made from cassava starch, chamomile root, and caramel.

Milk tea with a very high calorie content. High bubble milk tea contains added sugars such as sucrose, fructose, galactose, melezitose. Based on research conducted by Jae Eun Min, David B. Green and Loan Kim, bubble milk tea has a sugar content of 38 grams and calories of 299 kcal for each serving. In fact, based on the opinion of the American Hearts Association, the need for added sugar should not be more than 150 kcal/day for men and 100 kcal/day for women.

Dangers of Drinking Too Much BOBA (BUBBLE TEA)

If you order bubble tea in a large size (946 ml), added with toppings such as jelly and pudding, the sugar content will be even higher, namely as much as 250% of the sugar requirement for men and > 384% for the sugar requirement for women.

According to the Dietary Guidelines Advisory Committee, a person’s need for sugar is less than 10% of total energy. However, if you drink bubble tea with the addition of jelly and pudding which contains more than 16% sugar of total energy, and contains as many as 500 kcal calories (which has reached 25% of total calorie needs).

But be careful, consuming bubble tea excessively can have a negative impact on your health, Sinaumed’s, here are some of them:

1. Obesity

Bubble tea triggers weight gain. Just imagine, a 500 ml glass of bubble tea, complete with pearls, contains around 500 calories. Even more surprising, your favorite chewy balls contribute 100-200 calories of the 500 calories. This is because pearl is made from tapioca with the basic ingredients of cassava which is a source of carbohydrates.

Consuming a glass of bubble tea already fulfills 25% of your daily calorie intake. In fact, after consuming this modern tea, you will usually still eat heavily and consume other snacks. So, it makes sense if you quickly gain weight if you drink this drink often, Sinaumed’s. Drinking bubble tea in excess can also trigger an increase in fat deposits, increased levels of triglycerides and cholesterol which can lead to obesity.

2. Disturbing Dental Health

In general, bubble tea is a mixture of tea, milk and sugar served cold. Although milk is good for dental health, other additional ingredients actually make you susceptible to dental problems, such as cavities.

This is because the sugar and other additives in bubble tea can be converted into acids by bacteria in the mouth, which can erode tooth enamel and create cavities.

Besides that boba will also make your teeth turn yellow, but based on research conducted by RJ Lee, et al, the addition of milk to tea can help reduce its bad effects. Because milk has casein which can reduce the side effects of tea in staining Sinaumed’s teeth.

3. CANCER TRIGGER

Another one of the most terrible dangers of excessive consumption of boba, namely cancer. In 2012, German researchers at University Hospital Aachen found traces of aspolychlorinated biphenyls, or PCBs, in tapioca bubble samples. These harmful substances can trigger cancer and other effects such as a decrease in the immune system, reproductive system, and nerves.

4. Trigger Diabetes

In addition, consuming too much sugar intake in a frequent time can also result in metabolic disorders and regulation of glucose (blood sugar) in the body, which can lead to an increased risk of diabetes mellitus or diabetes. This will be easier if you have a family history of diabetes as well.

Diabetes mellitus is a silent disease that sufferers generally don’t realize, because the symptoms are mild and non-specific. Early symptoms of diabetes include frequent hunger, frequent thirst, and frequent urination.

Diabetes is generally only known when the sufferer has experienced complications or has blood tests done. If not detected and treated early, diabetes mellitus can cause various disease complications.

5. Diabetes Complications

The most frequent and early complications that people with diabetes realize are wounds that don’t heal. The wound may be minor and the cause trivial, such as a blister on your foot from a shoe.

However, these wounds are very difficult to heal, until finally they become infected, expand, and can cause gangrene (wide and deep infection) which continues to spread and can increase the risk of limb amputation. Nerve damage due to sugar buildup can also contribute to the occurrence of these injuries.

Damage to the nerves of the foot can dull the pain from the foot injury, so many people don’t notice the injury until it’s too late. In addition, diabetes can also cause other complications, such as damaging the cornea and retina, causing blindness, causing kidney failure, stroke, and heart disease.

 

6. Excess Fat

Bubble tea contains a lot of trans fat in every serving. Trans fat itself is a fat contained in a dish that has gone through an industrial process and aims to improve the taste and texture of food.

Too much trans fat in the body can cause cholesterol, decrease memory, and increase the risk of heart disease and stroke. Bubble tea can cause constipation or difficulty defecating. This is because bubble tea made from tapioca flour or starch is usually difficult for the body to digest, resulting in accumulation of body fat.

 

7. Triggers Contipation

A 14-year-old teenager consulted at the Chinese Hospital complaining of constipation for five days. After being examined, the doctor found that about a hundred boba grains had accumulated in his body, causing serious digestive problems.

The doctor also diagnosed this incident as being caused by raw tapioca balls or tapioca balls that were undercooked and boiled with so much sugar that it was difficult for the digestive system to digest. In addition, the guar gum content in this drink can also trigger constipation.

Guar gum is a fiber to help hold the tapioca balls together and expand when they interact with water. Guar gum can actually treat digestive problems, but if consumed in excess it can even cause constipation. However, you may only get constipated if you consume very large amounts of bubble tea

8. Uric Acid and Heart Disease

Food sources high in sugar and calories have long been associated with an increased risk of obesity and diabetes, especially among children. In addition, the presence of high levels of sugar and calories can also increase the risk factors for heart disease and gout.

Based on research conducted by Caitlin Batt, et al, frequently consuming sweet drinks more than 2 times per day can increase the risk of developing gout by 1.78 times in men and 3.05 times in women.

This is due to the presence of high and excess levels of fructose and calories which can trigger an increase in uric acid. In addition, the presence of high sugar content, can cause insulin resistance. Insulin is a hormone that functions to regulate glucose levels in the blood. This can trigger type diabetes mellitus

 

9. High Calories Without Nutrition

Empty calories is a term for a number of types of food and drinks that have a very high number of calories but have no nutritional value at all. Bubble tea is included in the type of sweet drink with empty calories. The result of consuming excessive empty calories is that the body accumulates fat which only adds to body weight and increases the risk of other diseases.

10. Oily and Acne Skin

Boba which is made from sugar, tapioca and milk can trigger acne growth. Our skin is intolerant of lactose and the hormones in milk so it can react with testosterone in the body.

Thus, the production of sebum in the skin can cause acne. In addition, the sugar content in it has a high glycemic index, which can produce insulin spikes, increase androgen secretion, inflammation and oil production. All of these things can also trigger the development of acne.

While oily and acne-prone skin is a normal problem, it really interferes with daily activities. Acne that grows and skin color that looks dull makes us not confident. So, to avoid this problem, reduce the consumption of boba drinks. The milk and creamer contained in boba can also disrupt hormone stability, make the pores wide open and also make facial skin rougher and look dull.

11. Damage to the Liver

Another danger of drinking bubble tea is that it can cause the amount of fructose in the body to increase and can have a big effect on liver function which is slowly damaged. If you don’t immediately stop the habit of consuming bubble tea, then your body could get hepatitis, jaundice, or fatty liver in Sinaumed’s.

12. Damaging Collagen

As we know, the main ingredients for making boba drink are tapioca flour and sugar. Using sugar in excessive amounts can trigger a bad effect on your skin. As it can increase fat in the skin which can damage collagen.

Collagen is one of the proteins that make up the human body, its presence is approximately 30% of all proteins found in the body. Collagen is a substance that gives strength and flexibility to the skin and helps in replacing your dead skin cells. So, reducing the amount of boba drink consumption is the right step to prevent damage to collagen.

13. ALLERGIC TRIGGER

Just like the explanation above, the high sugar content in boba drink is indeed the main trigger for the bad effects on our skin. Excess sugar can trigger allergies, such as eczema. Eczema or eczema is inflammation of the skin layers, both in the epidermis and dermis layers. Signs of eczema include: reddish, dry, wet, thick or scaly skin. If you don’t want to get allergies like eczema or eczema, from now on, come on, reduce your consumption of boba drinks.

14. TRIGGER Constipation

Maybe, there are still many who don’t know that the danger of drinking bubble tea is that it can interfere with the digestive system. The main cause is none other than pearl balls or what is often called boba, because the addition of a substance called guar gum as a mixed ingredient in pearls is also considered to trigger constipation.

These pearl balls made from tapioca flour have a chewy texture and are very sticky, making them difficult for the digestive organs to digest and can even cause damage to the digestive tract.

This one thing has been proven from the many cases where a person has to be rushed to the hospital because the digestive tract is damaged due to frequent consumption of bubble tea. Bubble tea has also been reported to contain the chemical DEHP (di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate). These chemicals work to enhance the color and texture of the product. DEHP has been shown to reduce fertility and growth rates in animals.

Safe Tips for Drinking Boba (Bubble Tea)

For bubble tea lovers, stopping consumption of this drink completely may be difficult. Therefore, you can do the following tips to make this drink healthier, Sinaumed’s:

• Order bubble tea with reduced or no sugar. The sugars here include syrups and fruit concentrates which are often added to drinks. If possible, choose and order bubble tea that uses fresh or low-fat milk, rather than sweetened condensed milk or non-dairy creamer.
• It’s better not to add pearls to the order or ask for pearls to be reduced. Consume bubble tea in reasonable portions and frequency. For example, choose a regular (standard or small) size rather than a large (large), and don’t eat it every day.
• If you want to use boba as a ‘topping’, choose a type of drink that doesn’t use milk, for example fruit smoothies. If you want to order bubble tea that contains milk, don’t use other toppings such as boba, jelly, and pudding.
• Keep drinking sufficient amounts of water and adopt a healthy diet with balanced nutrition
• If you suffer from diabetes or have special medical conditions, you should first consult with your doctor before consuming it.

 

Be careful because just a drop of boba, damage your health. Indeed, the temptation to drink boba is often difficult to resist. You can try to overcome this by avoiding too many walks in the mall to fight the temptation when you see boba outlets.

In addition, you should not open the online food delivery application frequently so you are not tempted to order boba. If you really want to drink boba, you should not have too much and balance it with a healthy menu and regular physical activity, Sinaumed’s. Thus the info, hopefully useful!

Source: from various sources

Does Crying Invalidate Fasting? – Fasting is a series of worship that must be performed by Muslims. In one year, of course, you also know if there is a month devoted to fasting or better known as the month of Ramadan.

But apart from the obligatory fasting in Ramadan, there is also sunnah fasting. However, discussing fasting is incomplete if it is only about understanding. This article will provide a review related to what hadiths about fasting.

Then the benefits of fasting and discussing things that break the fast. An example is whether crying can invalidate a fast. All will be discussed further in this article.

You can learn about the Muslim Kids Activity Book: Ramadhan Fasting

by Lisdy Rahayu

Understanding Fasting

Previously, it was briefly explained that fasting is a form of worship for Muslims. In the method of implementing fasting, humans, especially Muslims, are required to refrain from eating and drinking.

Besides that, lust, anger and several other things that can break the fast must also be restrained. Of course, carrying out sunnah and obligatory fasting can also help us to control ourselves more from disobedient things such as anger, envy and envy.

Apart from that fasting can also make us closer to God both physically and mentally. Of course there are many benefits that can be provided by fasting. However, the benefits of fasting will be discussed at a separate point later. Just follow the reviews in this article in more detail. The fasting process will take place when the imsak sign arrives until the time for breaking the fast comes.

You can learn about the Excitement of My Fasting Activity

by IMPRINT QAFILA

Hadith About Fasting

In carrying out fasting both obligatory fasting such as during the month of Ramadan and Sunnah fasting such as fasting on Mondays, Thursdays and several other types of Sunnah. of course this has also been stated in several hadiths as explained below.

“From Abu Abdurrahman bin Umar bin Khattab Radiyallahu’anhuna said: I heard Rasulullah SAW say: “Islam is upheld on five grounds, namely: (1) testify that there is no God (worthy of worship) except Allah, and that the Prophet Muhammad SAW he is the messenger of Allah, (2) establishes five daily prayers, (3) pays zakat, (4) performs pilgrimage to Baitullah, and (5) fasts during Ramadan. (Reported by At-Tirmidhi and Muslim)

From the hadith it is explained that fasting is one of the pillars of enforcement or the foundation of Islam.

Ramadan Fasting Time

In carrying out the obligatory fasting, of course there are conditions that apply. One of them is about the execution time. In general, of course, you also know that the time of fasting starts from sunrise to sunset during the month of Ramadan.

According to Al Mawardi, in the book Iqna, there are two distributions of dawn during the fasting month of Ramadan, namely Fajar Kadzib and Fajar Sadiq.

This is also reinforced by the words of Rasulullah SAW (from Ibn Abbas RA) “There are two dawns, the first is not forbidden to eat (for those who are fasting), it is not lawful to pray at that time. The second is that it is forbidden to eat and it is permissible to pray when the dawn rises.”

Judging from these words, it can be concluded that when Fajar Kadzib appears and we want to fast. So we are not allowed to pray at dawn, but we are still allowed to eat and drink.

Meanwhile, when Fajar Sadiq appears, we are not allowed to eat and drink. But we are still allowed to carry out the Subuh Prayer service.

So what if we are in a state of eating but hear the sound of the call to prayer or as a sign that Fajar Sadiq has appeared? According to the words of the Prophet which reads “If one of you hears the call to prayer even though the glass is in his hand, do not put it down until it fulfills his need.”

So it can be concluded that if we are in the pre-dawn position or eating and drinking when listening to the call to prayer as one of the signs that Fajar Sadiq has appeared. Then we are still allowed to continue drinking and eating until everything is finished.

 

You can learn about the Ramadan Fasting activity book

by Mickey Nomala

Terms of Running Fast Worship

In addition to knowing the time to run fasting. You can also read explanations related to the conditions for people who are allowed to fast. Before that, we will first explain who is not allowed to fast, including the following.

1. Period
2. Postpartum
3. Conditions of pregnancy and breastfeeding
4. People who are sick
5. People who are traveling far

Then for the obligatory conditions of fasting are as follows.

1. Muslims

The command to fast in the month of Ramadan is only intended for Muslims. Those who do not embrace Islam are not required to fast during Ramadan.

2. Already Baligh

Those who have reached puberty are obliged to fast. Therefore, young children are not required to fast during the month of Ramadan because they are not yet mature.

In general, for a man who has had a wet dream, it can be interpreted as if he has reached puberty. As for women, it can be characterized by the condition of menstrual bleeding.

3. Have Reason

People who are intelligent and have full awareness of the law are obliged to carry out fasting. Whereas for people with mental disorders, people with epilepsy and people who are drunk all day long do not have the obligation to fast.

4. Residents

Those who travel long distances cannot fast or fast only for those who are staying.

5. Healthy

Those who are in full health or are not in a sick condition can continue to fast during Ramadan. For those who are sick or aged are not obliged to fast. But they still need to pay a fidyah instead.

 

You can learn about Fadhilah ‘Amal: The Virtue of Prayer, Ramadan Fasting, and the Quran

by MAULANA MUHAMMAD ZAKARIYA AL-KANDAHLAWI

Things That Invalidate Fasting

In carrying out fasting there are several restrictions that should be avoided. Because this prohibition will make a person break his fast when he does it. Although it has been explained since elementary school.

But some people ignore some of these prohibitions. So until now there are some people who do have the intention to break the fast. So what exactly are the prohibitions that can break the fast? Here’s the full explanation.

1. Intentionally inserting something into an orifice of the body

Not only in the mouth, but if someone deliberately inserts an object into several holes which eventually stems from the internal organs, it will still be considered as one of the things that can cancel fasting.

The hole that starts with the internal organs here is like the mouth, ears and nose. At the mouth the initial boundary is the throat. As for the nose, the initial part is the base of the areca nut.

And for the ear the initial limit is on the part that is visible to the eye. Of course, if you are fasting and intentionally insert an object into the hole described above. Then the fasting that you do will be null and void.

2. Insert the object into one of the paths

The path here is the genitals as well as the anus. This means if you put objects in the two ways in a state of fasting. Then your fast will be invalidated.

An example is when you are fasting and inserting hemorrhoid medication into the rectum. Then the fast that you are doing will be invalidated.

3. Vomiting on purpose

Vomiting on purpose can also be one of the things that cancels your fast. An example is when you put something in your throat and it causes vomiting.

Then this incident can be called intentional and of course the fasting that you are doing will be invalidated. However, if you are fasting and you vomit unintentionally. Then the condition of your fast is still valid or it is not considered null and void.

4. Husband and wife intercourse

Having sex while fasting or during the day on purpose will also invalidate your fast. There are several provisions that apply when the incident occurs.

Where people who break the fast because of this fourth point must make a fast replacement. In addition, there are also fines that must be carried out, such as freeing female slaves who believe.

If you can’t, you can also fast for 2 consecutive months or 60 days. If you are still unable to afford it, it is permissible to feed 60 poor people or about one mud/one-third liter for each poor person.

5. Out of sperm on purpose

Sperm discharge, such as having sex or masturbation, is also one of the things that can make a person break his fast. However, if sperm comes out by means of a wet dream. So the condition of the fast that he does is still valid or not canceled.

6. Menstruation or menstruation

Menstruation or menstruation is a condition of bleeding due to hormonal work that will occur in women. If a woman experiences this menstrual condition. Then the fast he is undergoing will not be considered valid or the fast he is undergoing will be invalidated.

7. Childbirth

Puerperal is a condition where blood will come out after the birth process takes place. However, this puerperium generally occurs after 40 days of delivery.

8. Crazy

Those who experience crazy conditions and run fasting. So the fast he is living is considered invalid.

9. Apostates

Apostasy is a condition when someone leaves Islam. Those who undergo fasting then suddenly experience apostasy. Then the fast that he lives is considered invalid or cancelled.

So what if crying, does it invalidate a fast? Quoted from the official Nahdlatul Ulama website, crying will not invalidate one’s fast. One of the reasons that underlies this is because the eye is not a part of the jauf.

Where the eye has no channel leading to the throat. Therefore when someone cries it means that nothing will enter the throat. And it also makes fasting will not be considered invalid.

Benefits of Fasting for Health

Undergoing fasting can not only be a method of training oneself to avoid some immoral things. But it can also be a way to nourish the body, you know. It turns out that if you look deeper there are several benefits that a person will get when fasting in his life.

The following is an explanation of some of the benefits that will be obtained when someone is fasting.

1. Lose weight

Did you know fasting can actually help you lose weight? Even fasting activities can also be used to maintain body weight so that it remains in ideal condition.

A study shows that fasting can increase metabolism in the human body. This of course will increase the burning of calories and fat in the body. Now because of this burning, you will avoid a condition of obesity.

2. The heart is more awake

A research shows that if someone does fasting for one month, it can prevent the possibility of heart disease. Not only that, high blood pressure and high cholesterol will be lower than those who do not fast.

This is because when someone does fasting activities. The food he consumes will be more healthy. In addition, excessive cholesterol and calorie intake will also be more easily controlled.

3. The risk of diabetes decreases

One of the benefits that can be obtained by doing fasting activities is a reduced risk of developing diabetes. This is because fasting will stimulate the body associated with a better metabolism.

In addition, the insulin hormone will also increase its performance as a hormone that regulates blood sugar levels. In fact, a study also shows that fasting will make sugar levels more stable while preventing insulin resistance.

4. Reducing the risk of getting cancer

A study shows the results if someone does fasting activities will have a decrease in cancer. This is because when a person is fasting, cell division, such as cancer cells, will decrease due to increased nutritional intake.

Besides that, you also need to know if a good metabolic process can reduce the growth rate of cancer cells in the body. However, related to this point, further research is still being carried out.

5. Mental health is more awake

Fasting does not only play an important role for the health of the body. But for mental health it will also have a better effect. Fasting activities were able to reduce levels of stress hormones experienced by humans.

Conclusion

From the explanation above, it can be concluded that someone who fasts will have a healthier body, get closer to God and have positive thoughts. In carrying out fasting worship activities there are several things that can cancel it.

But to cry will not be one of the things that cancel fasting activities. This has been explained in more detail in the points above. But so that you understand more about other explanations related to fasting.

You can buy a book entitled “The Secret Of Fasting” by Abdul Wahid, M.Ud only at the nearest sinaumedia bookstore or online on the official sinaumedia.com website.

The price offered by the book “The Secret Of Fasting” is quite affordable, only Rp. 31,500. This book was first published in 2021 last April by publisher Mueeza.

Related article:

• Intentions of Fasting Monday Thursday
• Procedure for Ablution
• Names of Angels and Their Duties
• Definition of Al-Quran and Hadith
• Definition of Morals
• Noble Qualities
• Honest Behavior in Islam
• Definition of Zakat
• Pillars of Hajj
• Understanding Faith In Angels
• Understanding Aurat
• List of 99 Asmaul Husna
• Zakat Fitrah and Zakat Mal
• Meaning of Tablighi
• Definition of Zakat Mal
• The Meaning of the Title Al-Amin Rasulullah SAW
• Definition of Faith in Language and Terms

The division of the Americas – Hello friends, Sinaumed’s , if we talk about the area, the Americas are the 2nd largest continent in the world after the continent of Asia. If calculated, the total area of ​​this continent is about 42.5 million square kilometers.

The Americas is one of the continents in the world which refers to the land area between the Pacific Ocean and the Atlantic Ocean. The Americas is the second largest continent in the world after Asia, with an area of ​​± 42,292,000 km². This continent is usually divided into 3 namely North America, Central America and South America.

The term also refers to the Caribbean region, the islands that surround the Caribbean Sea and Greenland (but not Iceland). Central America is a narrow strip of land that connects North and South America. Astronomically, the Americas are located between 83° North – 55° South and 170° East – 35° West.

Geographically, the Americas are bordered on the west by the Pacific Ocean and the Bering Sea, on the east by the Atlantic Ocean and the Caribbean Sea, on the north by the Ice Sea and Davis Strait, and on the south by the Antarctic Sea. The name America is taken from the name of the European who discovered this continent, namely “Amerigo Vespucci”. Johannes Adrian is the discoverer of the Americas.

History of the Americas

According to the book “History of the Americas” by Umi Habibah and Bagus Muslih Aa’arif, Christopher Columbus set sail from Spain in 1492.

This sailor who was born in Genoa, Northern Italy, in 1451 finally landed on a continent that is now known as the Americas. Columbus discovered the Americas in South America on August 14, 1498.

But then the continent got its name America because it comes from one of the crew members of Columbus’s ship, Amerigo Vespucci. Amerigo Vespucci secretly wrote a more detailed account of America’s discovery. Then Amerigo moved two years ahead of the actual date given in Christopher Columbus’s voyage report to the King of Spain. Thus, Amerigo Vespucci is the recipient of the award for discovering the Americas. The name “Amerigo” itself was later enshrined in the name of the “America” ​​continent.

Before Christopher Columbus, it turned out that the Europeans were the first to set foot on the mainland of the Americas. This can be shown by the existence of the Norse (Norway).

History records that the Norse sailed west from Greenland, where Red Eric founded a colony around 985. In 1001, Eric’s son, Leif Ericson, is said to have ventured to the northeastern coast of present-day Canada and spent a season there.

Leif Erikson was a Viking sailor who, centuries before Columbus, set foot in America. Evidence of this led to the belief that there were also several other Europeans who crossed the Atlantic Ocean in the period between Leif Ericson and Columbus.

In terms of history, Leif Ericson is not an important figure. Questions about his invention were never popular and were left unattended in America or Europe. On the other hand, the news of the discovery of the Americas by Christopher Columbus spread like lightning throughout Europe.

Just a few years after Columbus returned, many other expeditions arrived in the new world and the conquest and colonization began. This is a direct result of his discovery.

Columbus in his quest to find a way from Europe to the East, stumbled on America which had a further impact on world history.

This discovery was the culmination of the discovery and colonization of a new world and a significant milestone in history. Columbus opened the door for Europeans on two continents to new colonies. The distribution of population and the provision of mineral resources and soil content, thereby changing the face of Europe.

At the same time, his discoveries also led to the destruction of Indian culture. In the long run, these discoveries created a new nation on the continent of the Western Hemisphere, which quickly distinguished itself from its native Indian peoples. In opening the door to a wider world on the American continent, Christopher Columbus was then known to have brought big changes to the nations of the old world.

Division of the Americas

The Continental Divide of the Americas (also known as the Continental Gulf of Division, Great Divide, or Continental Divide)  is a mostly hilly, hydrographic divide of the Americas.

The continental divide extends from the Bering Strait to the Strait of Magellan and separates the watersheds that flow into the Pacific Ocean.

(1) Of the river systems flowing into the Atlantic Ocean (including those flowing into the Gulf of Mexico) namely the Caribbean Sea

(2) The river system that flows into the Atlantic Ocean terminates in the Arctic Ocean along the northern part of the Continental Divide.

Although there are many continental divisions in the Americas, the Greater Division is the most important because it follows the path of high peaks along the main mountains of the Rocky and Andes and is higher than any other literary hydrographic division.

Geographical Division of the Americas

The division of the Americas begins at Cape Prince of Wales, Alaska, the westernmost point of the Americas. The Divide then passes north of Alaska into the Yukon, then zigzags south into British Columbia through the Cassiar and Omineca Mountains and the Nechako Plateau in the north to Peak Lake north of Prince George and south of the settlement of Lake McLeod.

From there, the divider crosses the McGregor Plateau to the crest of the Rocky Mountains, follows the crest of the Canadian Rockies southeast to the 120th meridian west, then forms the boundary between southern British Columbia and south of Alberta.

This continental divide passes through the United States in northwestern Montana, on the border between Lake Waterton National Park and Glacier National Park. In Canada, the Separation Line forms the western boundary of Waterton Lakes National Park, and in the United States it divides Glacier National Park further south.

The Divide forms a backbone of the Rocky Mountain Front (Range Front) in the Bob Marshall Wilderness and continues south to Helena and Butte, then west through the settlements of Montana to cross the Anaconda-Pintler Wilderness to Bitterroot. The later reaches make up one-third of the eastern boundary of the states of Idaho and Montana.

The dividing line runs into Wyoming through Yellowstone National Park and continues southeast into Colorado to Grays Peak, the highest point in North America at 4,352 m (14,278 ft). The median then crosses US 160 south of Colorado at Wolf Creek Pass and is marked with a line. This divide continues south and west of New Mexico. Although the dividing line represents the ground elevation between watersheds, it does not necessarily follow the order or highest peak for each state or province.

Within Mexico the divide passes through Chihuahua, Durango, Zacatecas, Aguascalientes, Jalisco, Guanajuato, Queretaro, Mexico, Distrito Federal, Morelos, Puebla, Oaxaca, and Chiapas. In Central America, the divide runs through southern Guatemala, southwestern Honduras, western Nicaragua, west/southwest Costa Rica, and southern Panama.

The split then goes into South America, following the peaks of the Andes, passing through western Colombia, central Ecuador, western and southwestern Peru, and east from Chile (following the Chile-Bolivia and Chile-Argentina borders) to the south and south to Cape Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego.

In North America the Laurentian divide (or Northern Divide) is a less hilly dividing line, separating the Hudson Bay and the Arctic Ocean basin from the Atlantic basin.

The divide then separates the watersheds that flow into the Great Lakes and St. The Lawrence River (flows into the Atlantic) with its watershed flows into the Atlantic through the Missouri-Mississippi complex. Another secondary divide that runs along the Appalachian Mountains separates rivers that flow directly into the Atlantic Ocean from rivers that flow into the Mississippi River. The following is an explanation of each region based on the division of the Americas.

1. North America Region

North America is a continent in the Northern Hemisphere. It is bordered by the Arctic Ocean to the north, the North Atlantic Ocean to the east, the Caribbean Sea to the south, and the North Pacific Ocean to the west. This continent covers an area of ​​24,500,000 km² or about 4.8% of the earth’s surface.

As of 2016, its population is estimated at over 579 million people. It is the third largest continent in terms of area, after Asia and Africa, and fourth in terms of population, after Asia, Africa and Europe. Both North America and South America are named after Amerigo Vespucci, the European who first proposed the idea that America was not the same as the East Indies. He was the first European to discover the “New World”.

The only land link between North America and South America is the Isthmus of Panama. (For geopolitical reasons, all of Panama, including the eastern part of the Panama Canal, is also often considered part of North America.) According to some researchers, however, North America did not start from the Isthmus of Panama but from the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, a containment area considered Central America and is located on the Caribbean Plate.

Most people tend to call Central America North America because they consider it too small to be a continent in its own right. Greenland, although geographically part of North America and located on the same tectonic plate (the North American plate), is not considered politically part of the continent.

Below is a North American regional unit and consists of countries and their capitals, along with an explanation:

• Canada: Ottawa
• United States of America: New York
• Mexico: Mexico City

2. Central America Region

The second division of the Americas is the area of ​​Central America. This area is a link between the northern and southern regions. Some claim that part of Mexico is part of this region but actually most of it belongs to North America.

Central American countries are usually located between Mexico and Colombia to the south. Some of the countries in this region include:

• Panama : Panama City (capital)
• Costa Rica : San Jose
• Honduran : Tegucigalpa
• Guatemala : Guatemala City
• El Salvador: San Salvador
• Suriname : Paramaribo

3. South America region

South America is a continent located between the Pacific and Atlantic oceans that is connected to North America by the Isthmus of Panama. The continent has an area of ​​17,840,000 km², is cut by the equator, and most of the continent’s landmass is located in the southern hemisphere.

The western part of the South American continent consists of the Andes mountains from north to south, while the eastern part of the continent is plains, mainly the Amazon basin, with dense tropical forests.

It is thought that South America was first settled by people who migrated from Asia across the Isthmus of Bering (now the Bering Strait) to North America and south to South America. Another allegation regarding migration to South America came from the southern part of the Pacific Ocean via the Oceania archipelago. South America has the fourth largest land area after Asia, Africa and North America, and the fifth largest population after Asia, Africa, Europe and North America.

In 2002 the unemployment rate in South America was 10.8%. Due to high inflation in most of South America, interest rates have also increased and investment has decreased. Interest rates are usually twice as high as in the United States. For example, interest rates in Venezuela are around 22-23% in Suriname. Except for Chile, which started in 1973 under Augusto Pinochet.

The South American Community of Nations is a planned free trade area on the continent to bring together the two existing free trade organizations; Mercosur and Andean Community.

In South America the gap between rich and poor is huge. In Venezuela, Paraguay, Brazil and many other South American countries, the richest 20% of people may own more than 60% of the nation’s wealth, while the poorest 20% of people own less than 5%. This difference is evident in many large cities in South America, where there are slums and shacks near skyscrapers and high-rise apartments.

• Brazil : Brasilia
• Argentina: Buenos Aires
• Chile : Santiago, Valparaiso
• Colombia: Bogata
• Paraguay: Asuncion
• Peruvian: Five
• Bolivia: La Paz
• Ecuador : Quito

America’s climate

In the Americas, in early summer, hot and dry winds blow north from the Gulf of Mexico. Then in winter, moist winds blow from the north with blizzards. Westerly winds blow across the west coast of the United States and southern Chile.

The westerly wind blows over the Andes and down into Patagonia. This wind is a dry wind that blows spears and meadows or savannas – steppes. In addition, the west coast region has a subtropical climate. The Southeastern and Northeastern Atlantic trade winds reduce rainfall throughout the year.

Meanwhile, the Amazon has a humid tropical climate. North America and Canada have an arctic climate. After that, Argentina has a temperate but dry climate. This is due to Argentina’s location in the rain shadow.

Furthermore, the climate of the American continent can be described by several climate zones. These climates are:

• The arctic or cold climate affects most of the northernmost part of the American continent.
• The temperate or subtropical climate mainly affects the southern regions of the arctic climate. In addition, it is also found at the mouth of the Mississippi River and around Cape Kennedy which is located in Florida. Tropical climates are found in Central America and parts of South America.
• Semi-desert and desert climates can be found in areas with rain or areas behind mountains.
• Continental or terrestrial climate around major lakes. Precisely east of the United States to the Canadian border.
• Marine climate along the north coast of the Pacific Ocean, west coast of Canada, United States and Chile. The steppe climate is a climate found as far east as the Rocky Mountains of Kanasa and on the Brazilian plateau located in South America.
• Dry climates are found in the western United States, especially in the Mojave Desert and the coast of Chile which is located in South America. In addition, these two areas are also found in the Western Rocky Mountains.

Closing

So here are the regions based on the division of the American continent with history and some examples of countries and their capitals. After reading and understanding the discussion above, we hope that your understanding and knowledge of the world’s continents will increase. If you still want to understand more about the Division of the Americas, you can read and buy the book at sinaumedia.com .

Apart from the Division of the Americas, there are also several articles related to the division of continents or articles about the continents of the earth. Don’t forget to read articles on sinaumedia Literacy. Maybe that’s all, more or less we apologize. That’s it and thank you.

Diving Is – Does Sinaumed’s like sports? If so, what sports have Sinaumed’s done so far? Is it limited to badminton, football, basketball, volleyball, futsal and cycling? Well, most sports are done on land. However, has it ever occurred to Sinaumed’s to do sports activities under the sea, for example diving or snorkeling? Moreover, coupled with the beauty of the natural panorama that is under the Indonesian sea, it will definitely increase our enthusiasm to explore it. Not only will you meet various types of colorful fish, but there are also coral reefs and sea plants that are snaking. Just a little trivia here, Indonesia’s seas are already known for their beauty which is famous to foreign countries, for example in Raja Ampat, the Banda Islands, Bunaken, to Komodo Island.

Unfortunately, not everyone can do this underwater sport because they have to get a license first. However, if Sinaumed’s has not yet obtained a license but still wants to dive to the bottom of the sea, a professional can also accompany him. Until now, diving is still very popular among young people. So, what is the sport of diving? What are the types of sports diving? What equipment should be used when you want to do diving? What is the difference between diving and snorkeling, which are both under the sea? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the following review!

What is Diving?

Basically, diving is a sporting activity in the form of diving under water for a long time with certain equipment and the objectives are varied. Diving is often also called scuba diving which is done by many people for various purposes, ranging from sports, just recreation to enjoy the beauty of the underwater, to conducting research. The main thing needed for this sport of diving is the ability to swim and a diving certificate.

So what if our swimming ability is mediocre? Reporting from detik.com , it turns out that to explore underwater panoramas by diving, you don’t have to be able to swim , you know , as long as you are good at diving. Later, we will still be accompanied by a professional and teach them to stay calm, especially when getting into the water. So, if Sinaumed’s is very interested in getting this diving certificate, don’t worry, because currently there are many diving training course institutions spread across major cities in Indonesia.

In addition, diving must also be done with a variety of special equipment and equipment. Starting from swimsuits, swimming goggles, oxygen cylinders, frog legs, to special vests. Well, even though this diving activity is done by diving, our body position doesn’t have to be prone as if we were swimming. When we reach the seabed, we can walk or even use marine propulsion vehicles.

A Brief History of Diving

When talking about the history of diving, aka diving, until it finally developed into a popular sport, surely no one can say for sure. But apparently, diving as a profession has existed since human civilization was formed. Yep, primitive humans have indeed carried out this diving activity with the simplest technique and without the aid of any tools. The more their mindset develops, the more they think about the simple tools used for this diving activity. For example, to clarify their vision while in the water, they will make simple swimming goggles where the frames are made of bamboo, walnut kernels, or wood.

Well, in Indonesia, especially in the world of wayang, this diving activity has also been mentioned. Through the character Raden Jayakatwang, for example, who is one of the sons of Aria Bima, has expertise in the form of diving in the sea. Apart from that, there are also Pearl Diving activities that have been carried out by the people of Maluku for centuries.

Basic Diving Techniques

Based on the research journal article Review of Diving , there are 3 basic techniques in this sport of diving, namely Breath Hold Diving, SCUBA Diving, and SSBA Diving. Well, here’s the description!

1. Breath Hold Diving / Skin Diving

This basic technique has two kinds, namely in the form of Googling and Snorkeling.

a) Googling

This technique is called so because the diving uses goggles. Usually, it is used by nature divers and fishermen to find pearls, sea cucumbers, shoot fish, and others. Unfortunately, this technique actually makes it difficult for divers to equalize, so they are prone to eye squeeze and baro-trauma to the ears.

b) Snorkeling

Namely a diving technique that uses a tool in the form of a glass mask (face mask) to cover the eyes and nose, as well as a snorkel. How to dive is almost the same as googling, only this one is even easier. This is because the presence of a glass mask will make it easier for divers to equalize and swim on the surface without having to raise their heads first to take a breath.

2. SCUBA Diving

This technique is carried out at sea depths of around 18-39 m or less, depending on the needs and speed of the ocean currents. It is usually carried out for the purpose of searching for objects under the sea, research, observing the growth of marine life, and light ship repairs. Not infrequently, this technique is also used in underwater tourism objects, especially in an effort to attract visitors.

All SCUBA divers must first master the ESA (Emergency Swimming Ascent) technique, which is free swimming to the surface quickly while exhaling. In addition, to carry out this technique must also be accompanied by a professional.

3. SSBA (Surface Supply Breathing Apparatus Diving) Diving

This SSBA dive must use more sophisticated and complex equipment, right… Apart from that, the dive motion is also difficult to do. Usually, it is done to conduct research under the sea with a depth of 60 meters which takes about 40 minutes.

Types of Diving

In fact, this diving alias diving activity has many types. Some are for sports, research, to national defense and security purposes. So here is a description of the types of diving.

Based on the Use of the Tool and the Place

1. Free Diving

As the name implies, this type of diving is done freely without using any special breathing apparatus. For the use of the tool, it is only limited to frog legs and masks. However, even though it is called freediving, that doesn’t mean that everyone can do it, right… Only those who already have a certificate. If Sinaumed’s doesn’t have any diving certificate yet, but still wants to try the sensation of free diving , it’s okay to do it as long as it’s accompanied by a special instructor to keep it safe.

2. Night Diving

As the name implies, this type of diving is only done at night. Some people really like underwater views, especially at night. It will indeed look darker, but instead glowing animals will come out at this time, for example, there are jellyfish, anthias fish, and firefly squid.

Of course, the equipment must be complete , starting from masks, frog legs, breathing tubes, to water flashlights.

3.Drift Diving

This third type of diving is diving by following the flowing ocean currents, so that a little body energy is expended because it will let the body be carried away by the currents of sea water. The sensation is almost the same as if you are flying in the air!

There is one thing that needs to be done before doing this drift diving, namely checking the ocean currents and waves around it.

4. Cave Diving

As the name implies, this type of diving will be carried out in a cave. Yep, under the sea it doesn’t only contain marine life, but there is also a cave that turns out to attract the attention of many tourists. However, to do this cave diving, special skills are needed. This is because caves have limited space to move, compared to the open ocean. Plus, on our right and left sides there will be stalactites, new ones, and sharp corals.

5. Ice Diving

The next type of diving is ice diving which of course is done in ice. So, for this type of ice diving, it has procedures and methods that are slightly different from other types of diving. The ice in question is a lake or part of the sea that freezes into ice. Before diving into the ice (usually done in winter), we must first make a hole in the ice with a chainsaw as a way to enter. Well, after being perforated, it doesn’t mean that we can just go in. It is necessary to check the temperature of the water, then attach a special harness kit for diving.

This type of diving includes those that have a high risk, because the part of the water that is covered by ice is of course very cold and can make the body experience hypothermia.

Based on Purpose

1. For the Interests of State Defense and Security

• Tactical (Combat) Diving, namely diving that is carried out for combat tasks.
• Submarine Rescue, diving using a submarine for rescue purposes.
• Search & Rescue (SAR)
• Inspection & Repair
• Ship Salvage

2. For Commercial Purposes

Namely the type of diving that is carried out professionally for the benefit of underwater construction. For example: offshore mining (Offshore Driving).

3. For Scientific Interests ( Scientific Driving )

Namely the type of dives carried out for scientific purposes. For example: biology, geology, archeology, and marine research.

4. For Sports

That is the type of diving that is done for the sake of sports or to improve the condition of health and fitness of mind and body. Diving for the purpose of this sport must use adequate equipment.

• Skin Diving : diving that is carried out using basic diving equipment, such as masks, snorkels and fins.
• Scuba Diving : diving that is done with scuba equipment.

Diving Basic Equipment

Previously, it has been explained several times briefly that this diving activity requires adequate equipment to support safety, especially for beginners. Well, some of the basic equipment can be:

1. Masks

This mask, aka mask, is basic equipment in diving which is useful for covering part of the face, especially the eyes and nose. It should also be understood that the size of the mask must fit and be comfortable to wear. Other functions namely:

• To create an air pocket between the diver’s eyes and the water, thus allowing the diver to see well underwater.
• Prevent water from entering the nose and eyes, as well as anticipating irritation.

2. Snorkels

That is a diving tool that is usually used by skin or scuba divers. Functions can be:

• Help divers swim without having to use air from a scuba tube.
• Help the diver breathe without having to lift his head.
• Allows divers to see underwater scenery properly.

3. Fins

In Indonesia, this diving equipment is called frog legs, which are indeed created to provide strength to the legs as propulsion. These fins are indeed not made to increase speed, but only increase pedaling power on the legs. There are 3 types of fins, namely:

• Foot Pocket , which is usually used for skin diving activities. The shape is more flexible with the location of the plates more angled so that the feet don’t get tired easily.
• Open Heel , usually used for scuba diving activities. The shape is straight and semi-rigid. Even so, it can actually provide greater strength, but still requires adjustment time for the leg muscles.
• Adjustable Open Heel , usually used for scuba diving with large pockets for feet wearing boots. There are larger plates, so the power is also greater.

4. Boots

Namely equipment in the form of foot protectors. This tool is mandatory for use, especially in rocky areas so that it will minimize leg cramps due to cold or foot blisters. Boots must also fit properly on the feet so that diving activities continue to run safely.

5. Wet Suits

Namely diver’s protective clothing made of neoprene rubber and aerated foam bubbles. This suit of course will not absorb water and serves to protect divers from coral scratches and body heat under the surface of the water.

6. Weight belts

Apart from clothing, there are also special belts used in diving activities to regulate buoyancy. There are specific guidelines to make it easier for divers to determine the weight of the belt against body weight.

The Difference Between Diving and Snorkeling

Many people think that diving is the same as snorkeling. Even though the two are different , you know , even though they are both underwater. So, what are the differences? Come on, see the following reviews!

diving	Snorkeling
Performed in water depths of up to 300 meters, requiring oxygen cylinders for breathing apparatus.	Done at a depth of 1-3 meters, so it does not require oxygen cylinders. If you want to breathe, immediately raise your head to inhale oxygen from the surface of the water.
Using special techniques, even have to have a special certificate.	It doesn’t require any special technique, the most important thing is being able to swim well.
In his breathing exercises, including breathing in oxygen from a tube.	In practice, breathe through your mouth, not your nose.
More tools are used, ranging from masks, snorkels, oxygen cylinders, fins, boots, to clothes and special belts.	The tools used are only 3 namely mask, snorkel, and frog legs.
It has various goals, ranging from scientific goals, rescue goals, work goals (profession), to recreation.	The goal is for recreation and exploring underwater life.

So, that’s a review of what diving is and its basic techniques, types, and differences from snorkeling. Is Sinaumed’s interested in doing this diving activity and enjoying the underwater panorama full of marine life?

Source:

Hadi, Nurachmad. (1991). Overview of Diving. Oceana, Vol XVI (4). 

Also Read!

• Why does seawater taste salty?

• 10 Benefits of Coral Reefs for Marine Life and Humans

• What is the process of making salt until it’s ready to eat?

• 16 Impacts of Climate Change to Watch Out For

• 5 Facts about the Mariana Trench and its inhabitants

• How Do Fish Sleep?

The division of time in Indonesia is divided into 3. However, before getting there we must first know how the process is. This article will discuss how time is divided in Indonesia. It will also discuss the history of time division in Indonesia.

How is the division of time in Indonesia?

In one day, the sun will rotate for 23 hours 56 minutes. As we know, the sun will rotate on its axis. The 23 hours 56 minutes is then rounded up to 24 hours.

That rotation will cause the sun to be different in the position of the celestial sphere. The sun will form a complete circle. One complete circle equals 360 degrees.

The circle will be traveled for 24 hours by the sun. If you look at the time for 1 hour, it is equal to 15 degrees. Then, each length of longitude is 15 degrees.

It is then assigned a separate time zone. The time zone is determined by the formula GMT + time in that area. To find out how time is divided in Indonesia, you need to look at its astronomical location.

Based on its astronomical location, the territory of Indonesia is located between coordinates 95 degrees to 141 degrees east longitude. Indonesia is located at 6 degrees north latitude to 11 degrees south latitude. Looking at the location of longitude, the length of Indonesia’s longitude is 46 degrees.

In one hour, the sun rotates on its axis by 15 degrees. Therefore, the territory of Indonesia as seen from the tip or Sabang to the east or Merauke has a time difference of about 3 hours. In addition, because Indonesia is to the east of the city of Greenwich.

This means that the sun will rise first. Therefore, the territory of Indonesia will be earlier than the city of Greenwich. Longitude is one of the factors that becomes the reason for calculating the time division in Indonesia.

For the easternmost country of Indonesia, the time calculation will be based on 135 degrees longitude. That makes the time difference about 9 hours earlier than the city of Greenwich. In the central part of Indonesia, the time calculation will be based on 120 degrees longitude.

Central Indonesia has a time difference of about 8 hours earlier than the city of Greenwich. For western Indonesia, the time calculation will be based on 105 degrees longitude. This makes western Indonesia have a time difference of about 7 hours earlier than the city of Greenwich.

In addition to its astronomical location, the influence of time division is also due to climatic conditions. Given that the country of Indonesia is at a latitude of 23.5 degrees North Latitude and South Latitude. Therefore, the territory of Indonesia is influenced by a tropical climate.

The tropical climate in the territory of Indonesia certainly has consequences or consequences. One of them is on the reception of sunlight throughout the year. Indonesia will receive sunlight with a relatively maximum heat intensity.

Therefore, in dividing the time, the Indonesian state is divided into 3 periods. These times are WIT, WITA and WIB. Here is the explanation:

1. WIT (East Indonesia Time)

The time in eastern Indonesia is called WIT (eastern Indonesia time). The time zone in this region extends along the east longitude of about 135 degrees. This stretch of longitude covers some of the easternmost parts of Indonesia.

The area includes the islands of Maluku and Papua. The time zone for this eastern part of Indonesia can be determined through a formula. The formula is UTC + 9 or GMT + 9.

The provinces on the islands of Maluku and Papua which follow eastern Indonesian time are as follows:

a. Maluku Island

•   Maluku
•   North Maluku

b. Papuan

•   Papuan
•   West Papua

2. WITA (Central Indonesian Time)

The time in the central part of Indonesia is called WITA. The region’s time zone extends along the east longitude of 120 degrees. The time division in central Indonesia is the same as the international time division.

The time zone for this central part of Indonesia can be determined through a formula. The formula is UTC + 8 or GMT + 8. The stretch of longitude in this region includes several areas in Indonesia.

The area is the entire island of Bali, Nusa Tenggara, Sulawesi and Kalimantan Island. Provinces included in Central Indonesian Time are as follows:

a. Kalimantan island

•   North Kalimantan
•   East Kalimantan
•   South Kalimantan

b. Bali Island

•   Bali
•   East Nusa Tenggara
•   West Nusa Tenggara

c. Sulawesi island

•   West Sulawesi
•   Central Sulawesi
•   South Sulawesi
•   North Sulawesi
•   Gorontalo

3. WIB (Western Indonesian Time)

The time in western Indonesia is called WIB. The time zone of this western region extends along the east longitude of 105 degrees. The time zone for the western part of Indonesia can be determined through a formula.

The formula is UTC + 7 or GMT + 7. The stretch of longitude in this region includes several areas in Indonesia. Like all areas on the islands of Java, Madura, Sumatra and Kalimantan (west and center). Provinces included in western Indonesian time are as follows:

a. Sumatera island

•   aceh
•   North Sumatra
•   West Sumatra
•   South Sumatra
•   Jambi
•   Riau Archipelago (Kepri)
•   Riau
•   Bengkulu
•   Bangka Belitung
•   Lampung

b. Java Island

•   East Java
•   Central Java
•   West Java
•   Banten
•   In Yogyakarta
•   DKI Jakarta

c. Kalimantan island

•   West Kalimantan
•   Central Kalimantan

History of Time Division in Indonesia

The Governments Besluit rules came into force on May 1, 1908. At that time, the Central Java region was designated as a zodiac or time zone. Central Java Region with GMT + 7:12.

Then a change occurred in 1918, in February to be precise. At that time, the Dutch determined that the Padang region had a time difference from Central Java. The Netherlands set the Padang area less than 39 minutes from the time in the Central Java region.

The Netherlands also decided the time in the Balikpapan area. In the city of Balikpapan, the time is earlier than GMT, which is + 8:20. It didn’t end there, the rules regarding this time were again changed.

The change occurred in 1924. The time change was made by Hoofden van Gewestelijk Bestuur in de Buitengewesten. He is a regional ruler.

In this change, it is determined that the time in the Central Java region has changed. It changes to GMT+7:20. Meanwhile, the Bali and Lombok Residency areas are around + 22 minutes from the time in the Central Java region.

The time in the Makassar region also has +38 minutes from the time in the Central Java region. Meanwhile, the time in the Tapanuli area is less than 45 minutes from the time in the Central Java region. The time in the Padang area is also set at 7 minutes less than the time in the Central Java region.

The Netherlands then again changed the time zone in Indonesia. Changes occurred in 1932. The Dutch divided Indonesia’s time into 6 regions. The six regions have a time difference of about 30 minutes.

For the sake of the military interests of the Japanese government, the time in Indonesia was changed again. This happened in 1942. The changes made were adjusted to the time in Tokyo. It is known that the time in Tokyo is GMT + 9. Therefore, the time zone in the Java region is advanced to GMT + 7:30 or 1:30.

Since the Dutch state came to power again in Indonesia, the time zone has been changed again. Changes occur for reasons of military operations. The change was made on December 10, 1947.

At that time, the time zone in Indonesia was divided into 3 time zones. Those times are +7 at 105 degrees longitude, +8 at 120 degrees longitude, and +9 at 135 degrees longitude. It doesn’t end there, the time zone is changed again.

Changes occur at the time of transfer of sovereignty. This change was made by the Indonesian government. At that time, the time zone in Indonesia was officially divided into 6 time zones.

This division is based on the governor general’s decision. This decision occurred in 1932. When the Dutch succeeded in recapturing Irian Jaya, the Indonesian government again changed its time division.

In 1963, the Indonesian government formalized the Decree of the President of the Republic of Indonesia No. 243 of 1963. The core content of the decision was that the president again divided the territory of Indonesia into three times.

The last change regarding the time zone occurred after the Presidential Decree or Presidential Decree No. 41 of 1987 came into effect. The core content of the presidential decree is that the territory of Indonesia is divided into 3 time zones.

The three time zones are WIT (East Indonesia Time), WITA (Central Indonesia Time) and WIB (Western Indonesia Time).

The State of Indonesia also sets time based on GMT or Green Mean Time. Based on the GMT rules, the time zone in Indonesia is divided into 3 parts. This decision is in effect to date.

That is an explanation of the division of time in Indonesia. Find other interesting information at www.sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits always presents interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s,

Author: Wida Kurniasih

Source: from various sources

• Definition of Geography, Aspects, & Objects of Study of Geography
• The Solar System: Definition, Theory, and the Composing System
• 10 Geography Concepts You Need to Learn
• 4 Principles of Geography, Examples, Objects, & Approaches
• 5 Reasons Indonesia is Called a Maritime Country

Distribution of Inheritance in Islam – The religion of Islam is a perfect religion because every matter both concerning worldly affairs and the hereafter has been arranged in such a good way. And, in the Islamic religion upholds the value of justice so that unnecessary disputes and jealousy do not occur, especially towards fellow family members. There is no exception for matters of inheritance in Islam which have been arranged as well as possible so that everyone gets their share equally and fairly.

Wills and inheritance are quite sensitive matters discussed. Because this is related to matters of money and inheritance, which each feels entitled to get. Recently, however, every household has no longer hesitated to apply for inheritance distribution according to Indonesian Islamic law.

More and more people are implementing Islamic Heritage Law in Indonesia. Most of Indonesia’s population is Muslim. In addition, the application of Islamic inheritance law in Indonesia is based on Islamic law, namely the Hadith and Al-Quran, so that people can easily understand it. May humans have faith in Islamic laws that govern their lives to achieve happiness in the world and the hereafter.

For this reason, for Sinaumed’s friends who are Muslim and want to understand more about the science of Islamic inheritance distribution, in this discussion, we have summarized various information related to Islamic inheritance distribution that Sinaumed’s friends can understand and apply later to the family of all Sinaumed’s friends.

Furthermore, we have presented the discussion and can be listened to below!

What is meant by the law of inheritance in Islam?

Inheritance in the sense of Islamic inheritance law is a rule that is stipulated to regulate the transfer or transfer of assets from a deceased person to a person or family, also known as heirs.

Whereas in the preparation of the book of Islamic laws, article 171 explains inheritance rights, which means “Islamic inheritance law is a law designed to regulate the transfer of property rights to heirs of property and determine who has the right to receive and become heirs as well as the number of shares owned by each heir.

For this reason, in Islamic inheritance law there are also rules for determining who is the heir, the number of shares owned by each heir, the type of property to be inherited, or the inheritance to be received by the heirs.

Indonesian Islamic Inheritance Law

In the rules of Islamic inheritance, it does not only discuss the distribution of assets left by the heir. However, there is also a budget related to the transfer of assets left by the heir because he has died. In transferring assets according to the heir to the heir, it turns out that there is still a neat way, namely through a will.

Talking about Islamic inheritance rules which are based on the verses of the Al-Qur’an, matters regarding wills are also found in the Al-Qur’an and also in Indonesian Islamic law. Here are some of those rules:

In surah Al-Baqarah in verse 180, it is explained that a will is an obligation for those who fear Allah SWT. Seeing according to the verse, the understanding according to the will itself is a statement of desire regarding the heir’s assets after his death, which is done before the death.

Not only in surah Al-Baqarah, matters regarding wills are also stated in surah An-Nisa in verses 11-12. In the verse of surah An-Nisa, it is stated that in the Islamic inheritance rules the position of a will is very crucial as a result it must take precedence before distributing the assets left by the heir to his heirs.

Islamic inheritance law in Indonesia is also regulated in the KHI (Compilation of Islamic Law) according to Presidential Instruction No. 1 of 1991. Where KHI is a Legislation concerning matters of Waqf, Marriage, including matters of inheritance. KHI itself is based on the Qur’an and the hadith of the Prophet, which will be used specifically by the Religious Courts to carry out their duties in dealing with family conflicts in Islamic communities in Indonesia.

KHI contains 3 books, each of which is divided into several chapters and chapters. For the field of Islamic inheritance rules, there is still book II KHI entitled “Inheritance Law”. The KHI book in the field of Islamic inheritance rules consists of 6 Chapters & 44 Articles. The details according to book II of KHI are as follows:

• Chapter 1 : General Provisions (Article 171)
• Chapter 2 : Heir (Article 172 – Article 175)
• Chapter 3 : Amount of Inheritance (Article 176 – Article 191)
• Chapter 4 : Aul & Rad (Article 192 – Article 193)
• Chapter 5 : Will (Article 194 – Article 209)
• Chapter 6 : Inheritance Gifts(Article 210 – Article 214)

For matters governing wills in KHI, they are still in Chapter V to be precise in articles 194 to 209. The contents are around, for example:

Articles 194 to 208 in the KHI Islamic inheritance rules regulate the use of an ordinary will. Whereas in article 209, it regulates more regarding specific wills given to adoptive parents or adopted children.
Article 195 of the KHI Islamic inheritance rules, states that there are still 2 forms of wills, namely express & written (either in the form of private deed or notarial deed). These two forms of wills are believed to be valid if witnessed by at least 2 witnesses.

Procedures for Distribution of Inheritance in Islam

Quoting from a book entitled “Division of Islamic Inheritance” by Muhammad Ali Ash-Shabuni, the procedure for dividing inheritance according to Surah Al-Quran An-Nisa is that the ratio includes half (1/2), a quarter (1/4), one eighth (1/8 ), two thirds (2/3), one third (1/3) and one sixth (1/6) .

1. Half (1/2)

Ashhabul furudh gets half (1/2) is a group of men and four women. This includes husbands, daughters, nephews, siblings, and paternal sisters

2. A quarter (1/4)

The heirs are entitled to a quarter of the inheritance of an heir who only has two husbands and wives.

3. One-eighth (1/8)

The heir to one-eighth of the inheritance is his wife. A wife inherits her husband’s property, whether he has children or grandchildren from her womb or from another wife’s womb.

4. Two-thirds (2/3)

The heirs of two-thirds of the assets are four women. These heirs include biological daughters, nephews, biological sisters and biological sisters.

5. One third (1/3)

Only two of the heirs to a third of the estate are the mother and two siblings from the same mother.

6. One sixth (1/6)

There are 7 heirs who are entitled to one-sixth of the inheritance as father, grandfather, mother, grandson, son, biological sister of father, grandmother, brother and mother. older sister.

Certain Things Make Someone’s Inheritance Void

In Islamic law, there are certain things that make a person’s inheritance null and void. Among them:

1. Slaves

A person who is a slave is not entitled to inherit even from his brother. Because everything that belongs to a slave belongs directly to his master.

2. Murder

Heirs who kill an heir (eg a son kills his father) are not entitled to the inheritance. This is based on the words of Rasulullah SAW:

“No murderer has the right to inherit the property of the person he kills.”

3. Religious Differences

Conditions for heirs to receive inheritance according to Islamic inheritance law

According to Islamic Inheritance Law, based on Article 174 of the Islamic Law Book, the group of male heirs includes fathers, sons, brothers, uncles, aunts and grandfathers. So mothers, daughters, sisters and grandmothers form a group of heirs.

Considering that the heirs by marriage are widows and widowers. If all groups of heirs are still alive, then the inheritance belongs to the children, father, mother, wife and husband.

The first condition for inheritance is that the heir has died and the person’s death can be determined without proof (essentially dead) or by decree (died by law). Second, whether the heir is still alive or the judge’s decision stated that he was still alive at the time of death of the legal heir.

Even if the legal heir is still in his mother’s womb, he is still entitled to his share if he can prove that he is the heir. However, there are also limitations that make inheritance impossible. For example, religious differences between heirs and heirs, slavery and murder.

Pillars of Receiving Inheritance in Islam

As is the case with other things, inheritance also has a number of pillars that must be respected. Because if one of these pillars is not met, then the inheritance cannot be divided among the heirs. To avoid this, here are some pillars of inheritance based on Islamic inheritance law.

In Islamic inheritance law fiqh, there are three pillars of inheritance that must be met before the distribution of inheritance. The three pillars are:

1. Al-muwarrits

Heirs alias al-muwarrits are corpses that are passed on to other people who have inheritance rights.

2. Al-wârits

Heirs or al-wârits are people who have a family relationship with the deceased and for other reasons stipulate that he has the right to inherit property.

3. Al-mauruts

Inheritance or al-maurûts is an inheritance which is actually inherited by a person who has died to his closest family.

People who leave inheritance or heirs are people who have died. While the heir or heir is someone who has a family relationship with the heir because of the underlying reasons that we have explained earlier. Inheritance is property left by heirs and wants to be passed on to their families.

Total Part of Inheritance Obtained Based on Islamic Inheritance Law

1. Distribution of Inheritance to Father

Islamic inheritance law stipulates that the father plays an important role in the division of inheritance. If the crown prince’s father receives one-third of the inheritance left by the crown prince (his son). However, these conditions apply when dividing assets if you don’t have children. If the heir has children, the father’s share is reduced by about one sixth.

2. Distribution of inheritance to the mother

The heir’s mother is also entitled to the inheritance. Under Islamic inheritance law, a mother receives one-third of her inheritance from her heirs if she has no children. If I have children, I only have the sixth. But that’s true when mom isn’t with dad. If they stay together, the mother only receives one third of the rights of the wife or widow.

3. Distribution of inheritance to sons

According to Islamic inheritance law, the son’s share is greater than that of the crown prince’s daughter, that is, twice as much. But if the son is an only child, then his share is half of the crown prince’s (father’s) inheritance.

4. Distribution of inheritance to daughters

The distribution of inheritance to daughters according to Islam can be seen from the status of daughters. If the daughter is an only child, she will receive half. However, if you have 2 or more daughters then you will get 2/3 share.

According to Islamic inheritance law, if the heir has a daughter and a son, then the son will receive twice the amount of each daughter. For example, a family with an inheritance of IDR 15 billion is divided between 3 girls and 1 boy. So, every girl gets IDR 3 billion and boys IDR 6 billion.

5. Distribution of Inheritance to Wives or Widows

The division of inheritance when a man dies on behalf of his wife or a Muslim widow is the wife or widow who receives half of the property for the husband. More than half of the joint property (husband) is divided equally between the wife or widow and their children. However, according to Islamic inheritance law, after the husband dies, if the husband has no children, the wife or widow will receive a quarter of the share. But if the man has children, his wife or widow will receive the eighth.

6. Inheritance of Assets According to Islamic Law

Conclusion

So a brief discussion of the division of inheritance in Islam. Not only understanding the meaning of inheritance distribution in Islam, but also knowing the meaning of Islamic inheritance law, laws governing Islamic inheritance law, distribution procedures, terms, pillars and the number of shares of inheritance obtained based on Islamic inheritance law.

Knowing what inheritance is based on Islamic inheritance law gives us new knowledge about inheritance issues which are actually quite sensitive in its application. By knowing this, we can better understand how to do it so as to prevent families from unnecessary conflicts around inheritance distribution.

This is a review of what Islamic inheritance is all about. For Sinaumed’s who want to understand Islamic inheritance distribution and knowledge related to other inheritance laws, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Pandu Akram
Related Articles:

Understanding Islamic Inheritance Law: Conditions, Pillars, and How to Share It Fairly

Examples of Customary Law and Sanctions Existing in Indonesia

Understanding the Definition of Customary Law and Examples in Indonesia

Law: Definition, Purpose, Function, Elements and Types

Understanding the Law of Endowment of Assets to the Pillars of Waqf

 

Discoverer of the Australian Continent – ​​Long before James Cook was named the discoverer of the Australian Continent, 70 years earlier sailors from Makassar, Indonesia had already set foot on the continent. As we all know that the continent of Australia is the smallest continent in the world which is located in the southern part of Indonesia.

In 1770, the Australian continent was discovered by a sailor from England named James Cook. Therefore, Australia is now under the rule of the British Empire. While the original inhabitants of the Australian continent are Aborigines who are physically almost similar to the tribes on the mainland of New Guinea. But keep in mind that the discoverer of the Australian continent is not James Cook.

History of Discovering the Continent of Australia

About 70 years before James Cook set foot on the Australian continent and claimed to be the one who discovered the continent. There were sailors from Makassar Indonesia who came first and set foot on the Australian continent. In fact, the sailor from Indonesia has long collaborated with the Aborigines.

This opinion was expressed in a scientific paper written by Horst Hubertus Liebner, a maritime anthropologist from Germany. These sailors from Makassar sailed from Sulawesi to the north coast of Australia using Padevakang. It was an ancient type of wooden boat that had been extinct since a century ago. Then Padewakang evolved into a pinisi boat that we know today. The boat moves using wind power captured by the sails above the boat. Therefore, the sailing period is also adjusted to the movement of the east or west monsoons.

In the past, during the west monsoon season, many Padevakang fleets originating from Makassar anchored off the northern coast of Australia. Then the sailors would stay for months in search of sea cucumbers. After that, they will process the results of their search on land with the local Aborigines.

About six months later, during the east monsoon season, the Padevakang fleet anchored in Australia will return to Sulawesi with sea products in the form of dried sea cucumbers. Sometimes some of the Aborigines join them on the way back to Makassar. The sailors’ voyage ended in 1907. This was because they were banned by the Dutch East Indies colonial government, which at that time controlled parts of Indonesia. Even so, the long-standing relationship between the Makassar people and the Aborigines has left a very deep impression on both of them.

Australian historian Peter G. Spillet also revealed that around the 1500s, there was a phase of cultural interaction between Muslims from Makassar and the Aborigines, in addition to the trade relations they established. Evidence of this culture is also found in the vocabulary used by modern Aborigines, who until now still use 250 terms absorbed from English. Apart from language, other evidence that further strengthens this is the names given by several people in several areas of Makassar such as Kayu Jawa which is located on the Kimberley Beach and also Teluk Mangko which is in the North West Bay of Australia. Another study was conducted by an anthropologist from Monash University named John Bradley.

In his research, Bradley revealed that the interaction carried out by the Makassar people and the Aborigines was the first international relationship for the Aborigines themselves. Where the relationship occurred 70 years ago before the arrival of James Cook and his friends on the Australian continent. That means, sailors from Makassar indeed became the discoverers of the Australian Continent because they first came to the continent. Bradley said, Muslims from Makassar and people from the Aborigines traded more fairly together. There are no racial judgments and no racial policies. Apart from that, Bradley also compared the arrival of sailors from Makassar who were considered very different from the arrival of James Cook.

As people of white origin, the British claimed that Australia was one of the continents that belonged to no one or Terra Nullius. That means indirectly, the British through James Cook have colonized and claimed unilaterally the Australian continent as their own without the approval of the Aborigines. On the other hand, seafarers from Indonesia have left more historical records. Starting from trade relations, traditions, culture, and other history that we can see until now. Because of the close relationship between Indonesian sailors and the Aborigines, the history of their togetherness is still celebrated by the Aboriginal community in Northern Australia.

The sea cucumber trade carried out by the Makassar people and the Aborigines finally ended in 1906 as explained above. This is the result of exorbitant taxes and government policies regarding the prohibition of buying and selling activities of non-white people.

What Is the Continent of Australia?

The continent of Australia is located in the southern region of Indonesia and has an area of ​​around 8,945.00 km2. Because the continent was claimed to have been discovered by James Cook who came from England, the area eventually became a commonwealth of British territories. In geology, the Australian Continent or commonly referred to as Sahul, Greater Australia, Australia New Guinea, Meganesia, Australasia, or Australinea is a continent consisting of mainland Australia, New Guinea, and Tasmania.

The continent of Australia is the smallest continent in the world. The largest city of the country is Sydney. However, the capital city of the country is located in Canberra. Indigenous Australians mostly use English as their official language. Because as previously explained that the Australian Continent is one of the British Commonwealth countries. According to history, the Australian continent was originally inhabited by people from the Aborigines, which is one of the races of the Polynesian peoples. However, after the exploration and expansion of the Europeans in discovering the New World. Therefore, the Australian Continent became one of the British colonies and made it a country that entered the Commonwealth of Nations, along with other countries such as Malaysia, South Africa, Hong Kong,

After the conquest of the Australian Continent, the British then made the continent a land of disposal for suspected crimes or convicts who were considered to be troubling British society. Not only that, the dissidents of the British empire were also banished to the continent. Then, the Australian Continent became a place for European races besides the Aborigines. The government of the Australian state still follows the British empire with the Queen as the symbol of its government and adheres to a constitutional monarchy system.

Astronomical Location of the Australian Continent

If based on astronomical latitude, the continent of Australia is at 10 degrees south latitude – 44 degrees south latitude and 113 degrees east longitude – 154 degrees east longitude. The astronomical location of the Australian continent is in the southern hemisphere and most of the continent’s borders are surrounded by oceans and also the seas that surround them. The continent of Australia has an area of ​​around 7,686,850 square kilometers. Meanwhile, the total population living on the continent is 35 million. The Australian continent includes mainland Australia, islands in Papua New Guinea, and also the small islands around it.

Geographical Location of Australia

When viewed geographically, there are only three countries on the continent of Australia, namely Australia itself, Papua New Guinea, and parts of Indonesia. Even so, if you count the countries in the Oceania region, then for the total number of countries, there are 14 countries. Here is a full explanation:

a. The north side is directly adjacent to Indonesian territory, namely the Timor Sea and the Arafuru Sea.
b. While in the south it is directly adjacent to the Antarctic Ocean and the Indian Ocean.
c. While in the south it is bordered by the Indian Ocean.
d. And to the east it is directly adjacent to the Tasmanian Sea, Coral Sea and the Pacific Ocean.

Geological Location of the Australian Continent

From a geological perspective, the continent of Australia is located in the Eastern Hemisphere and the Southern Hemisphere. It is this location that makes the Australian Continent often referred to as the lower continent. For nature in Australia itself is divided into three parts. The following is a complete explanation of the geological location of the Australian Continent:

a. The area in eastern Australia is filled with mountain ranges that extend from Cape York in the north to the island of Tasmania.
b. The area in the western part of Australia is filled with a plateau which is usually called the Australian Shield. The majority of the western and central regions are desert, namely the Gibson Desert and the Victoria Desert.
c. Meanwhile, midway between the eastern mountains and the western highlands are the Murray Darling valley and the lowland of Lake Eyre. The lake is also one of the largest lakes in Australia.

Here are some of the states in Australia

1. New South Wales (801,600 km2)
Capital: Sydney
2. Victoria (227,600 km2)
Capital: Melbourne
3. Queensland (1,727,200 km2)
Capital: Brisbane
4. Western Australia (2,525,500 km2)
Capital: Perth
5. South Australia (984,000 km2)
Capital: Adelaide
6. Tasmania (67,800 km2)
Capital: Hobart
7. Northern Australia (1,346,200 km2)
Capital: Darwin
8. Australian Capital Territory (2,400 km2)
Capital : Canberra

Climate Conditions on the Australian Continent

When viewed from its latitude, Australia has three climate regions. Here is the explanation:

a. Tropical Climate: Northern Australia is located at 10′ S-35′ S
b. Subtropical Climate: Section of South Australia is located at 23′ S-35′ S
c. Temperate Climate: Southern Victoria and Tasmania, located at 35′ S-35′ S

The climate that exists in the Australian region is also influenced by ocean currents and also sea distance and landscape. Around the north, west and east coast areas have relatively warm temperatures. Because, it is affected by the flow of heat currents. While along the south coast and also Tasmania, the air temperature is relatively cold. It could happen as a result of the flow of cold currents. Generally, areas located near the coast must have more humid air. As for the area in the middle of Australia and far from the sea, the area will be desert and have very dry air.

Population on the Australian Continent

If based on its history, the continent of Australia is inhabited by the original Aborigines. However, over time and the times, the continent began to be inhabited by other tribes and nations. According to population data for 2003, the population of Australia is around 19.9 million people with a population growth of around 0.6 percent annually. The tribes that inhabit the continent include European Ethnic or white race, Asian or yellow skin race, and Aborigines or Polynesian and Melanesian races.

A Growing Industrial Sector on the Australian Continent

The Australian continent has a wide variety of diverse industrial sectors. The industrial sector includes agriculture with products such as wheat, cotton, rice, sugar cane, fruits, and also corn. Then also livestock products including dairy cattle, sheep, meat. Not only that, there are other industrial sectors including mining which includes iron ore, gold mining, petroleum, and also aluminum. Then heavy industry includes the dairy industry, wool, sugar, textiles, machinery, electronics, iron, steel, as well as oil refining.

Australian System of Government

Australia has an official name, namely The Commonwealth of Australia with the capital city in Canberra. The form of the country is a constitutional monarchy with the head of state in the form of the Queen and the head of government, namely the Prime Minister. The official language used by the majority of Australians is English with the majority being Christian. While the currency used is the Australian Dollar and has a national anthem entitled God Save the Queen. The following are some of the characteristics of the Australian Continent that you need to know:

a. The continent of Australia is included in the smallest continent in the world compared to the area of ​​other continents
b. The continent is only inhabited by one country, in contrast to other continents which can be inhabited by several countries
c. The continent of Australia is the second continent which is located in the southern part of the continent of Antarctica
d. Has typical endemic animals, namely kangaroos, platypus, and kiwi birds
e. The Australian continent is a continent that has indigenous tribes, namely the Aborigines
f. The majority of the continent’s population is of the white race

Australia as a country in the southern hemisphere also cooperates with neighboring countries, one of which is Indonesia. The cooperation carried out by the two covers the fields of export and import, trade, and others. Where Indonesia often imports beef and wool from Australia. In addition, Australia and Indonesia also cooperate in the field of education by providing scholarships through the Australian government to Indonesian students who wish to continue their studies or education in Australia.

Typical Australian Flora and Fauna

As previously explained, the endemic fauna of Australia are the kangaroo, platypus and kiwi bird. As for the unique flora of Australia, namely acacia wood and eucalyptus wood which can be found easily on the continent. The tropical rainforests and temperate forests have lots of large trees and various types of plants. Tropical forests are located in Queensland and also on the coast of eastern Australia and in Tasmania which has a temperate, cool and wet climate.

Those are some explanations about the history of the discovery of the Australian Continent and various interesting facts about the country of Australia. How, is Sinaumed’s interested in visiting the Australian continent?

sinaumedia Literacy – Mitigation is an effort to reduce the impact of environmental damage caused by disasters. There are four ways to deal with disasters, namely mitigation, preparedness, response and normalization. Let’s get to know more closely about Mitigation efforts, see a more complete explanation below, Sinaumed’s!

 

DEFINITION OF DISASTER MITIGATION

There are four important things that need to be considered in disaster mitigation, including the availability of information and maps of disaster-prone areas for each category of disaster, socialization in increasing public understanding and awareness in dealing with disasters, knowing what needs to be done and avoided and how to save yourself if a disaster occurs at any time. -time and arrangement, arrangement of disaster-prone areas to reduce the threat of disaster. Considerations in preparing a Mitigation Program (particularly in Indonesia) include:

• Disaster mitigation must be integrated with the development process
• The focus is not only on disaster mitigation but also on education, food, manpower, housing and even other basic needs.
• Synchronize with local social, cultural and economic conditions
• In the informal sector, the emphasis is on how to increase the community’s capacity to make decisions, help themselves and develop themselves.
• Using local resources (according to decentralization principles)
• Study the development of safe house construction for underprivileged groups of people, as well as options for additional cost subsidies in building houses.
• Learn settlement remodeling techniques (patterns and structures).
• Studying land use to protect people living in disaster-prone areas and losses, both socially, economically, and politically
• It is easy for people to understand and follow.

To help Sinaumed’s understand disaster mitigation, the book Environmental Education and Disaster Mitigation Volume 1 comes in the form of stories, pictures and games that can make learning material more interesting.

TYPES OF DISASTER MITIGATION

The goal of mitigation itself is to reduce losses in the event of a hazard in the future, reduce the risk of death and injury to residents, including reducing damage and economic losses caused to public sector infrastructure. As in the example in the book Rumah Stilts which discusses how the stilt houses are used as disaster mitigation on the Aceh Coast.

Mitigation is divided into 2 types, namely structural mitigation and non-structural mitigation. What is the difference? Here’s the explanation Sinaumed’s!

STRUCTURAL Mitigation

Structural mitigation is an effort to minimize disasters by building various physical infrastructure using technology. For example, by building reservoirs to prevent flooding, making tools for detecting volcanic activity, creating early warning systems to predict tsunami waves, and building disaster-resistant buildings or buildings with structures designed in such a way that they can survive and not endanger the occupants if a disaster occurs at any time. time.

NON STRUCTURAL Mitigation

Non-structural mitigation is an effort to reduce the impact of disasters through policies and regulations. For example, the PB Law or the Disaster Management Law, making urban spatial planning, or other activities that are useful for strengthening the capacity of citizens.

DISASTER Mitigation STRATEGY

Understand that disasters can be predicted naturally and are interrelated with each other so that they need to be evaluated continuously. Disaster mitigation efforts must have the same perception from both government officials and the community. The strategies that can be implemented so that disaster mitigation efforts can be well coordinated are as follows.

MAPPING

Mapping is the most important thing in disaster mitigation, especially for disaster-prone areas. This is because it serves as a reference in making decisions in anticipation of disaster events. Mapping of regional spatial planning is also needed so as not to trigger disaster symptoms. Unfortunately in Indonesia spatial and disaster-prone mapping has not been well integrated, because not all of the areas have been mapped, the maps produced have not been socialized properly, the disaster maps have not been integrated and the disaster maps made use different base maps which makes the integration process difficult.

MONITORING

Monitoring the results of mapping the level of disaster vulnerability in each region will greatly assist in monitoring in terms of predicting the occurrence of disasters. This will facilitate rescue efforts when a disaster occurs. Monitoring can also be carried out for infrastructure development so that it still pays attention to the AMDAL.

SPREAD OF INFORMATION

Information dissemination was carried out, among others, by distributing posters and leaflets to district or city and provincial governments throughout Indonesia that were prone to disasters, regarding procedures for identifying, preventing and managing disasters. The aim is to increase awareness of geological disasters in certain areas. Regional government coordination plays a very important role in the dissemination of this information considering that Indonesia’s territory is very broad.

SOCIALIZATION, COUNSELING, EDUCATION

Some layers of society may not be able to access information about disasters. Therefore, it is the duty of government officials to disseminate information to the community. The counseling materials are almost the same as the dissemination of information. The training focused on evacuation and rescue procedures in the event of a disaster. The aim of the exercise is to put more emphasis on the flow of information from field workers, technical officials and the community to the level of evacuation and rescue of disaster victims. With this training high preparedness against disasters will be formed.

EARLY WARNING

Early warning to report the results of continuous observations in a disaster-prone area, with the aim of making the community more alert. The early warning is disseminated to the public through the local government with the aim of raising public awareness in avoiding disasters. Early warning and the results of monitoring disaster-prone areas in the form of technical advice, diversion of road routes (temporarily or permanently), evacuation and other suggestions for handling.

You can understand these various disaster mitigation strategies through the book Environmental Education and Disaster Mitigation Volume 2 which comes with presentation of material that is packaged in an interesting way.

DISASTER RESPONSE STAGE

The most critical part of implementing mitigation is a full understanding of the nature of the disaster. Within each country and region, the types of hazards encountered will also be different. Some countries are prone to flooding, others have histories of tropical storm damage, and still others are known earthquake zones. Based on the time cycle, disaster management activities can then be divided into 4 categories. Mitigation as the initial stage of natural disaster management to reduce and minimize the impact of disasters, understand the following stages following Sinaumed’s’ explanation:

• Mitigation is an activity before a disaster occurs. Examples of their activities include making maps of disaster-prone areas, building earthquake-resistant buildings, planting mangrove trees, reforesting forests, as well as providing counseling and raising awareness of the people living in these vulnerable areas.
• Preparedness is planning how to respond to disaster events. Planning is made based on disasters that have occurred and other disasters that may occur. The aim is to minimize fatalities and damage to public service facilities. It also includes efforts to reduce the level of risk, manage community resources, and train residents in disaster-prone areas.
• Response, is an effort to minimize the harm caused by the disaster. This stage takes place immediately after a disaster occurs. Disaster management plans are implemented with a focus on relief efforts for disaster victims and anticipation of damage caused by disasters.
• Recovery is an effort to restore the condition of society to its original state. At this stage, the focus is on providing temporary shelter for victims and rebuilding damaged facilities and infrastructure. In addition, an evaluation of the disaster management measures undertaken is carried out.

In Indonesia itself, as an area prone to natural disasters, it has a GIS system or Geographic Information System which is a computer-based system used to analyze various geographic information. You can learn about using the GIS system in disaster mitigation in the GIS Modeling for Disaster Mitigation book.

EXAMPLE OF DISASTER Mitigation

Geologically, Indonesia is located at the confluence of three major world plates, namely the Indo-Australian Plate, the Eurasian Plate and the Pacific Plate. The country we live in is known as the Pacific Ring of Fire. This is a factor in Indonesia where disasters often occur. Disaster itself is defined as an event that can threaten and disrupt people’s lives such as loss of life and property. While Mitigation is a precautionary measure, here are some examples of Sinaumed’s Mitigation:

EXAMPLE OF NATURAL DISASTER MITIGATION

Natural Disasters are events caused by geological factors (movements of the earth’s plates), climatological (weather or climate conditions), and extra-terrestrial (space objects). Examples of Disaster Mitigation Natural disasters, for example, in Landslides. The disaster mitigation that can be done on landslides is as follows.

• Build terraces with proper drainage system
• Make a landslide hazard map
• Making embankments retaining rock debris
• Closure of the fracture on the slope
• Reforestation in a deforested forest
• Do not build buildings on cliffs or on unstable ground
• Pay attention and create an early warning system
• Monitor information on landslide symptoms from electronic media, for example the BMKG website

EXAMPLE OF NON-NATURAL DISASTER MITIGATION

Non-natural disasters or events resulting from epidemics, technological failures, and epidemics. For example, during a disease outbreak, what can be done is:

• Prepare the public at large, including government officials, especially in the health ranks and across related sectors to understand the risks if an outbreak occurs and how to deal with it if an outbreak occurs through continuous outreach activities
• Prepare adequate legal products to support prevention efforts, fast response and handling when an outbreak occurs.
• Preparing infrastructure for handling efforts such as professional human resources, health service facilities, communication facilities, transportation, logistics and operational financing.
• Efforts to strengthen epidemiological surveillance to identify risk factors and determine intervention and treatment strategies as well as early response at all levels.

EXAMPLE OF SOCIAL DISASTER MITIGATION

• Encouraging the participation of all levels of society in order to maintain stability, peace and order
• Supporting the continuity of political democratization with a diversity of political aspirations, as well as instilling moral and ethical political culture based on Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution
• Developing the rule of law by upholding the law consistently, with justice and honesty.
• Increasing understanding and awareness as well as increasing the protection, respect, and enforcement of human rights
• Improving the performance of the state apparatus in the framework of creating a state apparatus that functions to serve the community, professional, efficient, productive, transparent, free from Corruption, Collusion and Nepositism.

Mitigation IN VARIOUS SECTORS

Recognize climate change mitigation, as an effort made to reduce the risk of increasing greenhouse gas emissions. According to the data, the three countries that contribute the most to greenhouse gas emissions are America, China and Indonesia. Predictions regarding the impact of climate change include, in Southeast Asia in 2050 there will be a clean water crisis. In Europe, there will be a heatwave and a very rapid spread of disease. In addition, due to high temperatures there will be drought and crop failure. In Indonesia alone, it is predicted that 45% of agricultural land will be damaged and as many as 2,000 islands will be submerged due to rising sea water. This is also because Indonesia has disaster-prone geographic characteristics.

Mitigation is not only natural disasters, the following is the understanding of Mitigation in other sectors:

FORESTRY SECTOR

One sector that has contributed to the increase in greenhouse gas emissions. This is the result of forest land conversion activities (deforestation), which are accompanied by large-scale forest destruction. One way that has been done to reduce the amount of greenhouse gas emissions in Indonesia is by planting tree seeds. In addition, the government participates in developing Community Forests, Industrial Plantation Forests and Community Forests. In addition, managing water management and maintenance of the reclamation network in swamps.

AGRICULTURE SECTOR

In agriculture, one of the causes contributing to greenhouse gas emissions is burning, fertilizing, weathering, and respiration processes. Therefore mitigation projects for the agricultural sector have a focus on the application of plant cultivation technology, the use of organic fertilizers, the application of bioenergy and compost, as well as the use of biogas and feed technology to help reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

HOUSEHOLD WASTE SECTOR

Reducing greenhouse gas emissions is an essential part of everyday life. For example, waste that has accumulated both organic and inorganic types. Therefore, several ways that have been carried out by the government and the community include improving waste water management in urban areas, applying the 3R technique (Reduce, Reuse and Recycle) in the process of dealing with waste piles, repair and rehabilitation at Final Disposal Sites (TPA), and the utilization of recycled waste into environmentally friendly energy production materials.

AQUATIC SECTOR

Other examples of mitigation efforts in an effort to reduce the impact of climate change on water resources include Weather Modification Technology (TMC) by sowing seeding agents in the form of powder or flare, rehabilitation of reservoirs and ponds, allocation of water through dry pattern reservoir operations, construction of irrigation networks, reforestation of critical lands and socialization of water-saving movements, increasing the reliability of raw water sources, increasing the construction of Water Treatment Plants (IPA), developing appropriate water treatment technologies, building and rehabilitating reservoirs and ponds and building irrigation networks.

TRANSPORTATION SECTOR

Several ways are used to reduce greenhouse gas emissions in the energy and transportation sectors, namely by using cleaner fuels or fuel switching. In addition, participating in optimizing renewable energy which includes wind energy, heat energy, and earth energy. Optimizing the substitute for petroleum and optimizing nuclear energy. In addition, mass transportation is expected to use a low emission and environmentally friendly. The strategy undertaken is to change the pattern of using private vehicles to a low-carbon transportation pattern.

This is an explanation of Disaster Mitigation: Definition, Types, Strategies, Stages and Examples. Hopefully useful Sinaumed’s. Eager to learn!

On the Edutore Youtube Channel, various topics are discussed, ranging from unique general knowledge such as “Why are the brake lights red”, learning English with Captain J, to studying with Edutore which contains discussions of questions such as synonyms, antonyms and other CPNS questions. Check the YouTube account directly, click here

Direct Sentences and Indirect Sentences – When you want to write a short story or other prose framework, does Sinaumed’s ever pay attention to what type of sentences are appropriate to use? Yep, the process of writing is not only about expressing ideas and forms of written language , but also having to consider what sentences are appropriate. In all kinds of sentences, there are direct sentences and indirect sentences. Does Sinaumed’s still remember the Indonesian material?

Direct speech and indirect speech have different forms. In fact, some people often distinguish it from the presence of quotation marks that fill the two types of sentences. Then actually, what are direct sentences and indirect sentences? What are the distinguishing features between the two? What about other types of sentences other than direct and indirect sentences? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the following review!

Direct sentence

Definition of Direct Sentence

Basically, direct speech is a sentence that is directly spoken by a speaker. According to Kosasih (2017), states that direct speech is a sentence that carefully imitates something someone has said. Usually, the quotation section will be in the form of interrogative sentences, declarative sentences, or imperative sentences. Then, Asul Wiyanto (2019) also argues about the definition of direct speech, which is a sentence that tells how what a third person has said is what it is. When these words are written, the original words will be enclosed in double quotation marks.

In direct sentences in the form of news sentences, it will later contain events or events from the source directly. When written down, it will later imitate, quote, or repeat the words of the source, which of course will be enclosed in double quotation marks.

Characteristics of Direct Sentences

In a direct sentence it has the following characteristics:

• In direct sentences, sentences are usually marked with double quotation marks (“….”).
• The first letter in the quoted sentence will be capitalized.
• Excerpts and accompanying sentences are separated by commas (,).
• Direct sentences in the form of sequential dialogue must use a colon (:) in front of the direct sentence.
• In the quotation section, it is common to find interrogative sentences, declarative sentences, and imperative sentences.

Direct Sentence Structure

The structure of writing a direct sentence is usually very simple, in the form of:

1. “[statement uttered by subject]” (,) [verb beginning with lowercase letter] [subject]. 

Example: “Yesterday Arkie did the math group assignment”, said Felix.

2. [Subject] [verb] (,) “[statement made by the subject beginning with a capital letter] [punctuation mark]”

Example: Felix says, “Yesterday Arkie did the math group assignment.”

However, there are several sources which state that the structure of writing a direct sentence is in the form of:

1. companion/quote

Example: Meta says, “Open that window so it doesn’t get hot!”

2. quote/accompaniment

Example: “Let’s go now!” shouted Claire angrily at her friends in the school field.

3. quote/accompany/quote

Example: “Sir, you are asked to come” said Luke, “to the Biology lab room later at 11 o’clock.”

Direct Sentence Examples

• “I will watch the concert today”, said Sabda.
• “Do not move!” the police snapped at the thief.
• Luna said, “Farel will clean the windows the day after tomorrow.”
• “Who hasn’t brought their group assignments today?” asked the teacher before starting math class.
• “Ida, you are called Mrs. Heni”, said Clara, “was told to meet him at the teacher’s office.”

Indirect Sentences

Definition of Indirect Sentences

Basically, this indirect sentence will not use quotation marks. According to Kosasih (2017), indirect sentences are sentences that report something on someone’s speech. The quotation section will be in the form of a news sentence. Then according to Abdul Chaer (2018), indirect sentences are a change from direct sentences, namely those that are not directly spoken by a speaker. The definition of indirect sentences is also stated by Asul Wiyanto (2019), that indirect sentences are sentences that convey the content or intent of the words of a third person. So, in this indirect sentence, don’t imitate directly as it is.

Characteristics of Indirect Sentences

In an indirect sentence, there are the following characteristics:

• Do not use double quotation marks (“….”)
• Intonation seems to level off and decrease at the end of the sentence.
• The actor who states the utterance can change depending on the context of the sentence, namely: the first person pronoun becomes the third person. The second person pronoun becomes the first person.
• Has an assignment word in the form of: so, because, that, for, about, so that, and others.
• In the quotation section, it is usually in the form of a news sentence.

Indirect Sentence Structure

As with direct sentences, this indirect sentence also has its own structure, namely in the form of:

[subject] [predicate] conjunction] [the word spoken by the subject]

Example: Kynan said that yesterday Fara had gone to school

Examples of Indirect Sentences

• Neo told me to open the gate later if a packager comes.
• Mrs. Dewi said that the man who had just passed was her new husband.
• Mother asked Karina to immediately buy salt for her at the next shop.
• The father said that the electricity must be turned off before 10 o’clock at night.
• The doctor told Lisa not to eat spicy food like seblak anymore.

The difference between Direct Sentences and Indirect Sentences

Actually, between direct sentences and indirect sentences, the most striking difference is whether there are double quotation marks (“…”). Direct sentences are in the form of news sentences that contain events or incidents from other sources, by directly imitating, quoting, or repeating the words from that source. Meanwhile, indirect sentences are a variety of news sentences that contain events or events from other sources but the structure has been changed by the speaker, namely by not imitating or saying it directly again.

So, here are some differences between direct speech and indirect speech.

No.	Direct sentence	Indirect Sentences
1.	Words that are quoted or spoken, will be preceded and ended using double quotation marks (“….”)	Do not use double quotation marks (“…”)
2.	The intonation of the quotation has a higher pitch than the accompaniment.	The intonation of reading is flat, not much different between the part of the accompanying sentence and the contents of the sentence being quoted.
3.	The first letter used after double quotation marks (“….”) is capitalized and ends with punctuation according to the type of sentence.	There is a change in pronouns.
4.	The closing double quotation mark (“…”) will be written after the punctuation mark that ends the sentence.	Everything is in the form of news sentences.
5.	Direct sentences in the form of sequential dialogue must use a colon (:) in front of the direct sentence.	Usually there will be the words “that”, “because”, “for”, “so”, “about”, and certain other words that come after the accompanying sentence.

Know Other Sentence Types

Before discussing other types of sentences, it is better if Sinaumed’s understands what sentences are. Basically, a sentence is one of the elements of language in the form of a series of words. In the sentence will usually show the contents of the thoughts of the author in full. The basic pattern of a sentence is Subject + Predicate + Object + Adverb or Complementary. The predicate in a sentence does not have to be a verb or verb, but also nouns and adjectives.

Sentence is the smallest unit of language in spoken or written form that expresses the author’s thoughts as a whole and ends with final intonation, aka dot (.). Sentences are also the basic composition of a discourse. That is, a discourse will only be formed if there are two sentences or more which are located sequentially and are based on discursive rules.

The types of sentences commonly used in a text can be reviewed based on certain things, starting from:

• Predicate type
• Place the predicate
• Completeness of the elements
• Expansion of the elements
• Number of patterns
• The speaking aspect
• The culprit

Types of Sentences According to the Type of the Predicate

1. Verb Sentence

That is a sentence whose predicate is formed from the existence of a verb or verb. Example: Rafa rode his new bicycle this morning.

2. Noun Sentence

That is a sentence whose predicate is formed from a noun or noun phrase. Example: Kynan is a girl .

Types of Sentences According to the Location of the Predicate

1. Normal Sentences

That is a sentence whose subject precedes the predicate. Usually, the sentence pattern in this type of sentence is the basic pattern, namely SPOK. Example: Yudha notes the teacher’s questions.

2. Inversion Sentence

That is a sentence where the predicate comes before the subject. Example: Mr. threw the trash away.

Types of Sentences According to the Completeness of the Elements

1. Minor Sentences

Namely a sentence that consists of only one central element. That is, there is only one word but it is able to show the meaning of the sentence. Example: “Close!”, “Help!”, “Hurry!”.

2. Elliptical Sentence

That is a sentence in which one of the central elements is omitted because the reader must have understood it even though the element is not present. Example: He is going to Jakarta, but I am going to Bandung. – He will go to Jakarta, but I will go to Bandung.

In the second sentence, the word “went” in the clause can be omitted and the meaning will remain the same.

3. Major Sentence

Namely a sentence that contains at least two central elements which consist of a subject and predicate (SP) or can even be more than that, for example given a description (SPOK). Example: Nature (S) will leave (P) tomorrow morning (K)

Types of Sentences Based on the Expansion of the Elements

1. Core Sentence

Actually, this core sentence is a major sentence which only consists of two main elements to become its central element, namely the core element of the subject and the predicate element. The characteristics of the main sentence are as follows:

• Consists of two words.
• Normal intonation.
• Has the usual arrangement.

Example:

The twins, who were born, died after being treated for sixteen days in an incubator.

Key sentence: the child died.

2. Transformational Sentence

Namely a core sentence that has received expansion. Example:

Key sentence: He’s gone

Transformational Sentence:

• He’s leaving
• He will go with me
• He will go with me tomorrow morning

Types of Sentences Based on the Number of Patterns

1. Single Sentence

That is a sentence that only consists of one sentence pattern or one clause only. Sentence patterns in this type are formed by the subject and predicate. However, there are also more complete patterns, namely subject, predicate, object, complement or description. Example: Raka comes home from school.

2. Compound Sentences

Namely a sentence consisting of two sentence patterns or two even more clauses. This compound sentence can usually be formed from the combination of several single sentences. In this type of sentence, it can be classified into three types, namely:

• Equivalent compound sentences, which are connected by equivalent conjunctions.
• Multilevel compound sentences, which are connected by unequal conjunctions.
• Mixed compound sentences, which are connected by equivalent and unequal conjunctions with three or more clauses.

Types of Sentences Based on the Actor

1. Active Voice

That is a sentence whose predicate does a job. The main characteristic of this sentence is that the predicate is a verb starting with me(N) and ber-. Example: Fikri is reading.

2. Passive Sentences

That is a sentence whose subject is imposed by the work. Usually, the predicate in this type of sentence will start with at- or ter-. Example: The ball was kicked by Arkie.

3. Direct and Indirect Sentences

a) Direct Sentences

Namely sentences in the form of news sentences that contain events or incidents from other sources, by directly imitating, quoting, or repeating the words from that source. Example: Adi says, “Collect the picture books today!”

b) Indirect Sentences

Namely a variety of news sentences that contain events or incidents from other sources but the structure has been changed by the speaker, namely by not imitating or saying it again directly. Example: Mr. Agus said that we are all asked to immediately go to the school hall now.

So, that’s a review of what direct and indirect sentences are and the types of sentences that writers usually use in order to express their ideas. Does Sinaumed’s often use these direct and indirect sentences when writing a paper?

Also Read!

• Understanding What Chronological Conjunctions Are and Example Sentences
• Use of Question and Exclamation Marks in Indonesian
• 15+ Examples of Effective Sentences and Their Discussion
• Definition and Types of Compound Sentences
• Definition of Effective Sentences and Terms of Formation
• Characteristics of Command Sentences and Examples
• Definition and Examples of Ineffective Sentences
• Definition and How to Determine Fact Sentences
• Definition, Characteristics, and Examples of Invitation Sentences
• Definition, characteristics, and examples of active sentences and passive sentences
• How to Find Key Sentences

Differences in Public Health & Environmental Health Majors – Who says, to be able to work in the health sector, you only have to be a doctor? In fact, currently there are many other jobs in the health sector with good prospects and salaries. Therefore you don’t have to study medicine to work in the health sector, there are other majors you can choose from. Call it the Department of Public Health and Environmental Health. Then what is the difference between the two? Here’s the explanation, Sinaumed’s!

What is a Public Health Major?

The Department of Public Health is a major that teaches, as well as gives you training to understand public health conditions in various environmental conditions. At the beginning of the course you will study Population Science, Health Policy, Occupational Health, Biochemistry, Pathology, Nutrition, Disease Epidemiology, Health Sociology, and other materials.

The initial learning was indeed quite a lot considering that in practice this knowledge is used in communities with various conditions. Examples of activities that are usually carried out in this department range from identifying various diseases that occur in the environment, studying the healthy lifestyle and behavior of the community itself, calculating the magnitude of disease distribution in an area, calculating health conditions quantitatively, analyzing environmental impacts on public health, and occupational health and safety factors.

In implementing lectures, you will not only study theory because the main task of graduates is preventive and promotive efforts, therefore you will do a lot of field practice and be trained to interact with the community.

Examples of practices that are usually carried out are epidemic surveys and investigations, waste management, health program planning and evaluation, health outreach, community health empowerment, disease control, case studies on community healthy lifestyles, and many more Sinaumed’s.

Job prospects for graduates of the Department of Public Health are wide open not only in the health sector, but also in disease prevention, epidemic control, health policy, environmental health, health care, health promotion to epidemiology, and bioterrorism. Moreover, along with the times, health problems in Indonesia are increasingly complex. Starting from various infectious diseases such as the Zika virus and HIV/AIDS, or non-communicable diseases such as lung cancer and heart disease. Public Health Specialists have an important role in solving these health problems, in another sense this major gives you the tools to do something useful for others.

Are you Health students doing research? The Health Statistics Book is here for you. This book explains in detail about sample calculations and sample techniques in the health sector, even with examples. Not only that, it contains various other explanations about research samples in the Health sector. With communicative and informative language, it will make it easier for you to understand the explanation.

What is an Environmental Health Major?

The Department of Environmental Health is a scientific discipline to achieve a balance between the environment and humans, the goal is to create an environment that is clean, healthy, comfortable, safe and protected from various kinds of diseases. The things that this department is trying to deal with are, for example, environmental pollution, which is currently getting out of control.

It should be noted, environmental health workers generally have two mainstream areas, namely as programmers or officers and auditors or supervisory groups. His area of ​​work is related to environmental sanitation, health safety and the environment both in public places, industry, the informal sector and mining, as well as groups that have a macro vision such as health-oriented development or also known as risk management. Now, the area worked on by environmental health workers is expanding, starting from industrial, mining, urban sanitation, basic sanitation, restaurants, hotels, tourism, and so on.

Lectures at the Department of Environmental Health itself will study the relationship or interaction of a population group and the environment that has the potential to harm the health of oneself and the community in an area. The course descriptions include environmental chemistry, environmental physics, environmental microbiology, water sanitation, soil, food and drink, environmental health impact analysis, and so on. This course will of course also be supported by various kinds of practicums, so that you are not only an expert in theory, but also able to practice the theory well, so that you can realize Indonesia as a healthier country.

This major is perfect for you who have great concern for the surrounding environment and health. The job prospects for this major are also very broad, you can work in the public sector, for example at the Ministry of Health and the Health Service, the Ministry of Environment and Provincial and Regional Environmental Agencies, National and Regional Planning Agencies, Hospitals, BPJS Health and Employment, BUMN, Lecturers , the National Narcotics Agency, Sucofindo, WHO, and so on or the private sector such as in the HSE (Health Safety Environmental) division and various oil, gas, agricultural, manufacturing, and so on companies.

Apart from that, this work is also a noble one, because as we all know Indonesia really needs professionals in the field of environmental health, because environmental pollution is getting worse every day and will certainly have an impact on the poor quality of public health if Sinaumed’s does not immediately take care of it.

Public Health Department Job Prospects

Nutritionists

The profession of a nutritionist plays a role in providing consultation and counseling about good diet in order to prevent or degenerative diseases. Not only to help plan the best eating pattern and menu for a diet or weight loss program and a healthier body, consultations with nutritionists are also carried out by a group of people with certain health conditions, such as diabetes. Cancer. Malnutrition, either due to malnutrition or obesity, Disorders of the immune system, Diseases of the digestive system, Heart disease, High blood pressure, High cholesterol, Kidney and liver disease, Pregnancy and lactation as well as society as a whole.

Apart from food related matters, nutrition also studies the needs of the body. We will find out various formulas for ideal body weight, daily caloric needs, calculating body mass index, and so on. A nutritionist works to provide knowledge ranging from healthy living habits, explaining the composition of food or drink, etc. in a population.

You can also become a nutritionist in a food, beverage, or drug product company, where you have to analyze to ensure product quality management is appropriate or not. The duties of a Nutritionist include:

• Conduct individual or group counseling on the basic rules of good nutrition, healthy eating habits, and monitoring nutrition to improve their quality of life
• Determining nutritional status, factors that influence nutritional disorders, and nutritional status
• Assess nutritional needs, dietary restrictions, and current health plans to develop and implement diet plans and provide nutrition counseling
• Provide a diagnosis related to nutritional problems based on the results of a physical examination and previous medical history
• Provide information regarding nutritional principles, healthy diet plans and modifications, and food preparation and choices, particularly to patients and their families
• Design and modify diet arrangements, and implement them from menu planning to meal serving suggestions
• Conduct research and development of nutrition in accordance with developments in science and technology to administer nutrition services

This book is very inspiring and interesting to read for those of you who are looking to add insight into health communication. Through this book, Deddy Mulyana and Leila Mona Ganiem are able to bridge intercultural communication with medical science. In addition, there will be many other discussions in this book, of course related to health communication. Interesting right?

Epidemologist

The next promising job prospect for the Department of Public Health is to become an epidemiologist. This expert is very important in the world of health, the task of an epidemiologist in general is to work to discuss patterns of health or a disease and all factors related to disease.

However, it is not just an epidemiologist who analyzes a disease, because he will use various components to summarize it, such as medicine, statistics, sociology and anthropology. The Epidemiologist’s duties include:

• Monitor and report incidents of communicable diseases to local and state health agencies
• Plan and direct studies to investigate human or animal diseases, prevention methods, and treatments for diseases
• Communicate research findings on various types of diseases to health practitioners, policy makers and the public
• Provides expertise in the design, management and evaluation of research protocols and health status questionnaires, sample selection and analysis
• Oversee public health programs, including statistical analysis, health planning, surveillance systems, and public health improvement

Biostatistics

Public Health graduates also have the opportunity to try the biostatistics profession. This work is based on the science of biostatistics which is used to collect data on health phenomena from the public and map them. Like an epidemiologist, the data collected by a biostatist is very useful in various developments in the health sector. Biostatistical assignments include:

• Providing statistical data and information, starting from the preparation stage, data collection, processing, to presentation and publication.
• Perform statistical analysis and development. Perform statistical calculations based on the acquisition of data in the field.
• Perform analysis of statistical data then provide interpretation of the results of the analysis.
• Identify relationships and trends in data and other factors that may influence research results.
• Create statistical analysis reports, including presenting information in the form of graphs, tables and charts.
• Perform analysis and interpretation of statistical data to identify differences in the relationship between various sources of information.

Occupational Health and Safety

Professional Occupational Safety and Health Experts or commonly referred to as K3 are tasked with managing hazards and risks that may occur in the work environment or project, the aim of which is to prevent or improve unsafe working conditions. Occupational Safety and Health Experts will measure hazard factors, supervise and audit facilities in the work environment, install safety devices on machines, or direct device installation, and others.

Based on the Law, Occupational Safety and Health Guarantee is intended for all workers whether on land, at sea, or in the air who are within the jurisdiction of the Republic of Indonesia. So basically, every worker in Indonesia has the right to guarantee occupational safety and health. The tasks themselves include:

• Checking the physical health, mental condition and physical abilities of the workers
• Assist in overseeing the implementation of occupational safety and health legislation in accordance with the specified field
• Educating workers about the conditions and hazards that may arise in the workplace, as well as the safeguards and protective equipment required at the workplace
• Educating workers about safe ways and attitudes in carrying out their work
• Responsible for accident prevention and fire eradication as well as improving occupational safety and health, as well as providing first aid in the event of an accident

Health Policy Administration

You can also work in the field of health policy administration. Where this work is a management and organizational process that is used as a means of determining public work, which has the aim of providing services to the community. You can become a manager of a hospital, work in a BPJS or insurance office, manager of a pharmaceutical company, laboratories and medical devices, health services to institutions and social organizations.

Job Prospects of the Department of Environmental Health

Environmental Health and Safety Specialist

The duties of this profession include cleaning up polluted areas, reducing waste, and providing advice to policy makers. Environmental health and safety specialists aim to protect people and the environment by identifying problems, enforcing regulations, analyzing hazards and preventing accidents. They work with safety policies, examine their weaknesses and effectiveness, and suggest changes that optimize safety and health.

Food Supervisor

Food safety supervisors are tasked with protecting consumers from hazardous foods. They are responsible for implementing, interpreting and explaining food product standards, as well as carrying out daily inspections of products before and after processing. The duties of a supervisor include:

• Check the maturity and stability of raw materials for processing and finished products for reasons of safety, quality and nutritional value.
• Inspect food processing sites to ensure compliance with government regulations and standards for hygiene, safety standards, quality standards, and waste disposal standards.
• Evaluate food processing and storage operations and assist in the development of quality assurance programs.
• Learn methods to improve aspects of food such as its chemical composition, taste, color, texture, and nutritional value, as well as its convenience.
• Follow the development of regulations, events, and scientific writings related to food.

Air Pollution Analyst

Air pollution analysts are responsible for analyzing, sampling and measuring the data they collect from polluted air. After discovering or theorizing about the source of a pollutant, they work with other scientists to develop techniques that will reduce or eradicate air pollution.

Environmental Toxicology

When organisms metabolize toxic chemicals, that’s where the role of an environmental toxicologist comes in to study how that happens. They also study how organisms move through ecosystems and food webs, as well as the effects of non-lethal and lethal chemicals on a species. If you are able to think methodologically, scientifically and enjoy experimenting, a career in environmental toxicology may be for you.

Groundwater Protection Specialist

One of the important things for our life is water, which comes from the ground. For those of you who wish to pursue a career as a groundwater protection specialist, you will work in the field as well as in the laboratory. You also have to be prepared to face all kinds of weather and be able to survive in bad conditions. You will be tasked with finding chemicals from industrial waste, streams, and other sources from Sinaumed’s.

Environmental Consultant

If you are motivated to protect the environment and have an understanding of running a business, then a career as an environmental consultant could be the right choice. As an environmental consultant, you will work with companies on a variety of environmental issues.

You will offer expert consulting and assessment services to clients with the aim of minimizing or eliminating environmental damage. This profession will usually be employed by consulting firms and work on various commercial or government contracts, or work on various environmental issues.

Has Sinaumed’s recognized the Differences between Public Health and Environmental Health Majors? If not, Sinaumed’s can learn more by reading books on sinaumedia.com and sinaumedia Digital

sinaumedia will always be #Friends Without Limits by always providing quality and easily accessible books for all of you.

The Textbook for Nursing Service Quality Management is written very simply and easily understood, especially for you nursing students or work colleagues. This book emphasizes the implementation of management in order to improve the quality of nursing care so that users of health services will get satisfaction.

Source: from various sources

Diachronic Ways of Thinking – Have you ever complained while studying history because you have to understand many events and their full dates? Apparently, this is part of the concept of historical thinking. The concept of historical thinking is an approach to understanding and analyzing past events. So, there are two concepts of historical thinking, namely synchronic and diachronic.

Synchronic and diachronic are two concepts used to study history. Synchronic means the concept of studying history which is very broad with space, but has limitations in terms of time, while diachronic means the concept of studying history based on the time sequence of these historical events or according to the chronological order in which the events occurred.

Synchronic research in linguistics is used to compare one language with another by focusing on one period of time or one period horizontally, according to the time when learning the language, while diachronic research in linguistics is used to see comparisons or language development in two periods. decreasingly different.

In the concept of thinking, someone certainly has their own way of thinking. One of them is a diachronic and synchronic way of thinking or thinking method. The diachronic thinking method itself is usually a method of thinking that is needed by someone in relation to understanding the science of history.

This is because in understanding the science of history, one needs the power to memorize the times, names and places contained in a science of history. Then, it invites you to feel how the experience is in learning and understanding past events.

However, what is the meaning of diachronic and what are the ins and outs of the diachronic concept, the concept of diachronic thinking, what are the characteristics of diachronic, how to think diachronically, and so on? Below will be explained in full about the diachronic.

Previously, we already understood the concept of synchronic thinking. So, understand before proceeding to the discussion below in the article getting to know the concept of synchronous thinking .

Understanding the Concept of Diachronic Thinking

Diachronic in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) has a meaning, which is related to the language approach by looking at historical developments over time. Etymologically, the word “diachronic” is taken from the Greek, namely he which means through or beyond and also chronicus which means time. Means diachronic or dia chronicus is something that has passed or has exceeded its time.

In addition, according to Wahyu Iryana in his book, namely Historiography of the West (2014), he said that diachronic is lengthening in time and also narrowing in space. Furthermore, according to Krisanjaya in Comparative Linguistic Nature (1996) states that in the context of linguistic studies, diachronic nature can mean that this study is oriented and focuses on the dimensions of two different time periods in descending order, following the fragments of two different times.

For example, an assessment of the mapping and distribution of language vocabulary in Jabodetabek can be carried out diachronically, following two different timelines. This characteristic is contained by historical comparative linguistics and area or geographical comparative linguistics.

From the various definitions above, it can be concluded that diachronic is a chronological way of thinking or the order that occurs from various records regarding several events which are sorted according to the events that took place. The chronology of the events in question helps to reconstruct an event based on the correct time sequence.

Usually this diachronic way of thinking is used in reconstructing historical events or it can also be used to compare historical events at the same time in different places. This diachronic process is a science that emphasizes process, so it is usually used by historians or historians.

These experts use diachronic science as a diachronic approach when speaking or analyzing a matter related to history because by using this approach, history will attempt to make evolution or change from one period to the next.

With this diachronic approach, it is possible for historians to postulate why under certain circumstances arose from previous circumstances, or why certain circumstances can continue to develop and also be sustainable, for example regarding the history of the Proclamation of Indonesian Independence and so on.

In looking at historical events, the concept of diachronic thinking has two elements, namely chronological elements and periodization elements. The chronological element is analyzing historical events in sequence according to the time they occurred, while the periodization element is analyzing historical events by classifying past events such as political, ethnic, religious, social and cultural systems.

Both are very important for reconstructing past events and finding possible connections and causalities. Because it is coherent and explains cause and effect, applying the concept of diachronic thinking can prevent someone from being exposed to hoaxes. So, when a rumor spreads, one doesn’t immediately believe it and can find causes and effects between events.

Diachronic Thinking Character

Synchronic and diachronic have their own characteristics. The synchronic approach has characteristics, such as the study is horizontal, this study does not have a comparative concept, this study focuses on examining historical events at a certain time, this study has a narrower scope, this study is more structured and systematic, and this study is deeply and seriously.

The diachronic approach has characteristics, such as this study is vertical in nature, this study has a comparative concept, this study has a broader and deeper scope of study. This study focuses on studying one event with its history, and this study can be used to examine the period of one event with another.

Then how can one think diachronically in studying historical events? In fact, diachronic thinking in studying a historical event is divided into two elements, the first is the periodization element and the second is the chronological element.

1. Periodization elements

The periodization element in diachronic thinking is an element that analyzes a historical event that took place sequentially or sequentially from certain events in the past.

2. Chronological Elements

The second element in diachronic thinking is the chronological element. This element means the element that analyzes a historical event that takes place regularly in terms of the process and time of the event.

Diachronic Thinking Concept

After understanding what diachronic is, then you also have to know how to think diachronically. The concept of diachronic thinking in history is the concept of chronological thinking or sequentially used in analyzing an event. In this case, chronological means a record of various events in order according to the time they occurred.

Chronology of historical events can then be used to help reconstruct how these events occurred based on the correct time sequence. In addition, the concept of diachronic thinking can also help compare historical events at the same time in different places but are interrelated.

Through this diachronic thinking concept, you can analyze that history occurs from time to time because of changes from time to time. Thus, this concept can be used to analyze the impact of changes in the variables of something so as to enable historians to know that certain conditions were born and occurred.

The purpose of this diachronic thinking concept is to teach you about the concept of thinking chronologically as well as orderly and sequentially because as previously explained that this diachronic thinking concept is a thinking concept that is very concerned with the process of an event occurring.

Characteristics of Diachronic Thinking

With this understanding and also the concept of diachronic thinking, you can find out what are the characteristics of diachronic. Here are the characteristics or characteristics of the diachronic.

1. Is Vertical

Diachronic is vertical, meaning that in the concept of thinking, this diachronic will describe various processes regarding an event or event from the beginning to the end of the event.

2. The discussion is broader

Because diachronic thinking is concerned with processes which are related to the chronology of an event that occurred, the scope of discussion in the concept of diachronic thinking will be broader, comprehensive, and even detailed. In this way, you or the writers can discuss history more broadly.

3. Have a Comparison Concept

Not only is the discussion broader and more vertical in nature, this diachronic has a comparative concept. That is, there will be a comparison between one event and another. This is done to be able to find out the causes and causes of these historical events.

4. Historical in nature

Because this diachronic emphasizes process and time to time, this concept is very suitable when used to carry out an analysis of a historical nature, one of which is historical events.

5. Continuous

Finally, summarized from the various definitions and characteristics that have been expressed, this diachronic will discuss an event from one period to another on an ongoing basis. This is done so that one event and the other become a unity in historical events.

The Diachronic Way of Thinking

As explained clearly above, diachronic is a way of thinking chronologically or in the sequence that occurs from various notes regarding several events which are sorted according to the events that took place.

The chronology of the events in question helps to reconstruct an event based on the correct time sequence. So if it is concluded, in simple terms this diachronic concept is a historical process based on the sequence of events and also the time sequence.

Therefore, with this understanding of the diachronic concept, the basis for thinking is that an event in history that passes through this regular course of time will be more dynamic in nature and also through a process of causality between causes and effects that influence one another.

In addition, the diachronic way of thinking used in studying history has two elements, namely the periodization element and also the chronological element. The following is an example of two concepts of diachronic thinking, namely the periodization element and also the chronological element.

1. Periodization elements

As previously explained, the element of periodization in diachronic thinking is an element that analyzes a historical event that took place sequentially or sequentially from certain events in the past.

Examples are as follows:

• In the prehistoric or prehistoric era, this diachronic concept discussed how events occurred since humans did not know writing until the discovery of script at that time.
• After that, the period of the age of the script or historical era discusses the events when humans have known writing or script until now.

2. Chronological Elements

Meanwhile, the second element in diachronic thinking is the chronological element. This element means the element that analyzes a historical event that takes place regularly in terms of the process and time of the event.

Examples are as follows:

• During the reign of King Hayam Wuruk which lasted from 1350 to 1389.
• During the Diponegoro War or also known as the Java War which took place in 1825 – 1945.
• In the era of Japanese colonialism in Indonesia which occurred in 1942 – 1945.

The Difference Between Synchronic and Diachronic Concepts

After understanding the meaning of diachronic, you must also know what is the difference between the concept of diachronic thinking and the concept of synchronic thinking. In short it can be interpreted that diachronic is something that can cross a certain time limit. Meanwhile, synchronic is a study that is carried out and focuses on research on a wider range of symptoms.

As previously explained, the diachronic concept is a concept of thinking that is arranged sequentially and also in accordance with its chronology which is usually this concept is often used to conduct research on historical science.

Meanwhile, synchronic has a broad meaning in space, but has a time limit. However, as with the diachronic concept, this synchronic concept can also be used to study a history or historical or historical thinking processes.

In the concept of diachronic thinking, historians will analyze the impact on the evolutionary process of a variable that allows certain reasons to emerge regarding the reasons for the occurrence of an event or previous condition and the reasons for developing that condition or event.

In contrast to diachronic, synchronic thinking is a broad way of thinking but limited in time, meaning that the concept of synchronic thinking is used to analyze an incident or event at a certain time or period by using a fixed point, namely regarding time.

This synchronic concept usually only analyzes a condition in an event and has no effort in making conclusions regarding the development of events that participate in a situation.

Examples of Diachronic Thinking

To find out examples of diachronic thinking in discussing history, here are some examples of diachronic when viewed from historical events that have occurred in Indonesia.

Chronology of the History of the Battle of Surabaya (27 October – 20 November 1945)

• On October 25, 1945, the British Army named NICA landed in Surabaya.
• After that, there was an incident where the blue part of the Dutch flag was torn which occurred on October 27, 1945. After that, the first battle broke out between Indonesia and the British Army.
• October 29, 1945 there was a signing of a ceasefire that took place between Indonesia and the British Army.
• October 30, 1945 at 20.30 WIB, the killing of Brigadier General Mallaby (led British troops for East Java) after a ceasefire and various clashes that occurred at that time.
• There was a change in Mallaby, namely Major General Eric Carden Robert Mansergh issued an ultimatum on November 10, 1945 to ask the Indonesian side to surrender their weapons and stop resistance.
• The ultimatum was ignored and in the end on November 10, 1945 in the morning, the British Army launched a massive attack.

In general, the difference between synchronic concepts and diachronic concepts is the depth of the discussion. The diachronic concept only looks at many events broadly and has the weakness of being superficial in looking at many events, without examining these historical events in depth.

Diachronic concepts in studying something can make it easier to understand developments from time to time, relationships between periods, the possibility of repetition of phenomena, and changes in the initial period with the next period.

Dhuha prayer prayer – Prayer is an important worship in Islam. It is so important that prayer is the first thing that will be accounted for in Padang Mahsyar. If our prayers are correct while in the world, then we can be sure that our fate will be safe in the afterlife and we can become residents of heaven.

On the other hand, those whose prayers are in disarray and never even perform them will be very sorry that day because we may have to be exposed to the torments of hell first.

In the teachings of Islam, the five daily prayers are one of the important and obligatory worships so that they cannot be left out under any circumstances or situations. This includes even if you are seriously ill and can’t stand up, you must still perform the five daily prayers while sitting or lying in bed.

In addition to performing the five daily prayers, Muslims are also advised to carry out various other forms of worship that are sunnah, including establishing sunnah prayers. It is called sunnah prayer because this prayer is not obligatory to be performed like the five daily prayers.

You can leave it, and will not get any sin. But on the other hand, sunnah prayer has enormous rewards, plus a number of very special virtues.

There are many kinds of sunnah prayers, starting from midnight prayers, hajat prayers, istikharah prayers, witir prayers, tarawih prayers in the month of Ramadan, dhuha prayers, and other sunnah prayers. Now, talking about sunnah prayers, this time we will discuss Duha prayers.

Duha prayer is a sunnah prayer that is held at Duha time or in the morning when the sun is rising, and the time just ends when it is approaching the time for the midday prayer.

For Sinaumed’s who want to perform Duha prayer, you can do it between 7 and noon. Let the worship be solemn, before starting, let’s find out first the reading of the dhuha prayer, intentions, procedures, and priorities below!

Dhuha prayer intention

Just like the obligatory prayers, the duha prayer also begins with reading the intention. Of course, the intention of the dhuha prayer with the obligatory prayer is slightly different, but the difference is not too great and the reading of the intention is not long so you can definitely memorize it easily. For Sinaumed’s who want to start praying dhuha, the following is the reading of the intention that you must recite:

أصلي سنة الضحى ركعتين لله تعالى الله أكبر

Ushallii sunnatadh dhuhaa rak’ataini lillaahi ta’aalaa. Allahu Akbar.

It means:

“I intend to do the Dhuha sunnah prayer two cycles because of Allah Ta’ala. Allah is the Greatest.”

How short and easy is it? You can definitely memorize the intention of this dhuha prayer quickly, guaranteed!

Procedure for Dhuha Prayer

Basically, Duha prayer is almost the same as the five daily prayers that we usually do every day, both from the movement and the reading. Apart from reading the intention, what makes the Duha prayer different is the number of cycles that must be done. If the five daily prayers have been determined for the number of rak’ahs and cannot be changed anymore, we can actually set the duha prayer cycles ourselves according to our abilities.

For the Duha prayer cycle itself, do at least 2 cycles, but if you are able, you can do it up to 12 cycles with the provision of greeting every 2 cycles.

The reading of short letters during the Duha prayer is also exempt. In every raka’at you must read Surah Iftitah and Surah Al-Fatihah. Only after reading Surah Al-Fatihah, Sinaumed’s can read any surah that you memorize. But it would be better if we read the letter Ad-Dhuha in the first rak’ah, and the letter Asy-Shams in the second cycle.

Dhuha prayer reading

After greeting, it doesn’t mean that the Duha prayer is over, okay! So that the Duha prayer becomes more complete, after the Duha prayer, we are required to read the Duha prayer, with the following pronunciation:

اَللّٰهُمَّ اِنَّ الضُّحَآءَ ضُحَاءُكَ وَالْبَهَاءَ بَهَاءُكَ وَالْجَمَالَ جَمَالُكَ وَالْقُوَّةَ قُوَّتُكَ وَالْقُدْرَةَ قُدْرَتُكَ وَالْعِصْمَةَ عِصْمَتُكَ اَللّٰهُمَّ اِنْ كَانَ رِزْقِى فِى السَّمَآءِ فَأَنْزِلْهُ وَاِنْ كَانَ فِى اْلاَرْضِ فَأَخْرِجْهُ وَاِنْ كَانَ مُعَسَّرًا فَيَسِّرْهُ وَاِنْ كَانَ حَرَامًا فَطَهِّرْهُ وَاِنْ كَانَ بَعِيْدًا فَقَرِّبْهُ بِحَقِّ ضُحَاءِكَ وَبَهَاءِكَ وَجَمَالِكَ وَقُوَّتِكَ وَقُدْرَتِكَ آتِنِىْ مَآاَتَيْتَ عِبَادَكَ الصَّالِحِيْنَ

Allaahumma innadh dhuhaa-a dhuhaa-uka walbahaa-a bahaa-uka wal jamaala jamaaluka wal quwwata quw watuka wal qudrata qudratuka wal ‘ishmatta ‘ishmatuk. Allaahumma in kaana rizqii fissamaa-i fa anzilhu wa in kaanafil ardhi fa-akhrijhu wa in kaana mu’assaran fayas sirhu wa in kaana haraaman fathahhirhu wa in kaana ba’iidan faqarribhu bihaqqi dhuhaa-ika wa bahaa-ika wa jamaalika wa quuwatika wa qudratika aatinii maa aataita ‘ibaadakash shalihiin.

It means:

“O my Lord, verily the time of Dhuha is the time of Your Dhuha, majesty is Your majesty, beauty is Your beauty, strength is Your strength, and power is Your power and guard is Your guard. O Allah, if my sustenance is still in the sky, send it down and if it is in the earth, take it out. If it’s difficult, make it easy, if it’s illegal, purify it, if it’s still far, bring it closer, thanks to the time of Dhuha, Your majesty, beauty, strength and power, bestow upon us all that You have bestowed upon Your pious servants.”

Dhikr after Duha prayer

Just like during the five daily prayers, after reading the Duha prayer, you don’t immediately get up and leave. It’s good if you take the time to meditate for a few minutes. The habit of dhikr after prayer can make your heart much calmer than before, and you will be given strength when worshiping Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala. As for the dhikr that you read after the dhuha prayer is as follows:

1. First, you can start by reading the verse of the chair once. Seat verse is the most sublime letter. This Surah is the head of the Qur’an, and has the virtue of being able to open doors of wisdom, as well as being a helper for Muslims when they are experiencing any difficulties. Another advantage is that people who are diligent in reading verses of the chair will also be facilitated when experiencing death someday.
2. Read Surah Al-Ikhlas three times. Surah Al-Ikhlas itself has several virtues in the form of getting the same reward as reading the Qur’an 30 chapters, getting the love of Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala, and building a palace if we read it 10 times.
3. Read the sentence tasbih Subhanallah (Glory be to Allah) a hundred times. Every time we read this tasbih sentence, Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala will abort our 20 sins, and replace them with 20 rewards. Imagine if we read it 100 times, how many sins will be erased, and how many rewards will Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala add to us?
4. Read Surah Al-Falaq three times. Surah Al-Falaq is a special letter because its readers will get the protection of Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala and be free from magic. Reading Surah Al-Falaq before going to bed will even protect you from various dangers that might befall you.
5. Reading Surah An-Naas three times, where the reader will get protection from evil magic and bad temptations. Whether it’s temptation from humans, temptation from jinn, or satan.
6. Beristighfar or read the sentence Astagh-firullah wa atuubu ilaih a hundred times. Istighfar is known as a sentence to erase sins, it also widens the sustenance.
7. The last dhikr that you should never forget is Subhanallah wa bi-hamdih a hundred times. You need to know, Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala loves this sentence very much, and anyone who reads it once will be written ten goodness. If you read it a hundred times, you will get a hundred good things. How about reading this dhikr sentence a hundred times? Then there will be a thousand goodness that Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala bestows on you on that day.

The virtue of performing Duha prayer

Duha prayer is indeed not a mandatory worship, even so, Rasulullah Shalallahu Alaihi Wassalam recommends us to carry it out. Actually there are several important reasons why Rasulullah Shalallahu Alaihi Wassalam advised his people to perform dhuha prayers. First, dhuha prayer will be rewarded with a great reward. Second, dhuha prayer also has several virtues. What are the priorities?

1. Replacing alms for the whole body

Humans have 360 ​​joints, and every day all the joints must give alms. Actually this alms can be issued by saying a few sentences tasbih. But if you want the easiest and most practical way, then performing Duha prayer is the answer.

Don’t worry, you don’t need to pray up to tens of cycles, just pray 2 cycles of duha, you have replaced alms for all your joints. Another bonus, you will definitely get a big reward for practicing sunnah prayers!

From Abu Dzar radhiallahu anhu, from the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam, he said,

 يُصْبِحُ عَلَى كُلِّ سُلامَى مِنْ أَحَدِكُمْ صَدَقَةٌ ، فَكُلُّ تَسْبِيحَةٍ صَدَقَةٌ ، وَكُلُّ تَحْمِيدَةٍ صَدَقَةٌ ، وَكُلُّ تَهْلِيلَةٍ صَدَقَةٌ ، وَكُلُّ تَكْبِيرَةٍ صَدَقَةٌ وَأَمْرٌ بِالْمَعْرُوفِ صَدَقَةٌ ، وَنَهْيٌ عَنْ الْمُنْكَرِ صَدَقَةٌ ، وَيُجْزِئُ مِنْ ذَلِكَ رَكْعَتَانِ يَرْكَعُهُمَا مِنْ الضُّحَى (رواه مسلم، رقم 1181) .

“In each of your joints must be given alms every morning; Every tasbih (reading subhanallah) is a charity, every tahmid (reading Alhamdulillah) is a charity, every tahlil (reading Lailaha illallah) is a charity, every takbir (reading Allahu Akbar) is a charity, amar bil ma’ruf is a charity, nahi ‘anil munkar is alms. All of that can be fulfilled by (praying) two rak’ahs which are done at Dhuha time.” (HR. Muslim)

2. Forgive his sins by Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala

Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala is indeed Forgiving, but our sins will not be forgiven if we ourselves never repent and ask Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala for forgiveness. The good news is, by performing Duha prayer, Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala will forgive our sins.

Not only one or two of our sins will be forgiven, but all the sins we have committed in the past. Even if our sins are as many as foam in the ocean, Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala will not care about them and will still forgive the sins of the time.

Eits, but of course to get this forgiveness, you can’t do Duha prayers carelessly. You have to do it solemnly, read the truth, earnestly intend to repent and promise not to repeat the same mistakes as before.

3. Given enough sustenance

Everyone in this world, including you, would want to be given abundant fortune, right? With a lot of fortune, we are not only able to meet all our daily needs.

More than that, we can help others who are more in need with the sustenance we have. In order to get abundant sustenance, many people are even willing to work desperately from morning to night.

But actually working alone is not enough, because all efforts must also be accompanied by prayer. In Islamic teachings themselves, there are several practices that we can do to invite abundant sustenance, and Duha prayer is one of them.

From Nu’aim bin Hammad Al Ghothofaniy, he heard the Prophet sallallaahu ‘alaihu wa salam say,

قَالَ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ يَا ابْنَ آدَمَ لاَ تَعْجِزْ عَنْ أَرْبَعِ رَكَعٍَ مِنْ أَوَّلْ أَوَّلْ أَّهَِ فَارِ رَكَعٍَ مِنْ أَوَّلْ النَّهَْ

“Allah Ta’ala says: O son of Adam, do not leave the four cycles of prayer in the early afternoon (dhuha time). Then it will suffice you at the end of the day.” (Narrated by Ahmad)

You can perform Duha prayers as many as 4 raka’at to get this one priority. Are you sure you want to leave the dhuha prayer if the priority is like this?

From the hadith above, it is clear that Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala asks us not to leave the Duha prayer, even though this one prayer is not obligatory to do. Because by carrying out this dhuha prayer service, our needs, God willing, will be fulfilled.

4. Palaces are made in heaven

If someone asks, the best place to live, then heaven is the best place to return to. In heaven, you will never experience any difficulties like when you live on earth. You will get happiness, ease, and comfort forever.

So, by performing the Duha prayer, you are not only making your chance to enter heaven wide open. Greater than that, Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala will also build a magnificent palace in heaven for you to live in.

However, this priority will only be obtained if you carry out the Duha prayer service as many as 12 rak’ahs regularly. Come on, who wants to go to heaven, plus having a private palace there? In a hadith, Rasulullah shallallahu alaihi wassalam said,

“Whoever prays Duha prayer 12 raka’at, Allah will make for him a palace in heaven.” (Narrated by Tirmidhi)

5. Enter the awwabin group

It is undeniable, our faith as human beings is not as perfect as the friends, especially when compared to the faith of the prophets and apostles. It’s not uncommon for our faith to go down and even plunge to its lowest point. When faith is rising, our worship is smooth, everything is done.

Whether it’s sunnah, let alone obligatory. But when faith is declining, we are often negligent in carrying out the commands of Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala and even deliberately ignoring them. To fix it, you can perform Duha prayer. From the friend of Abu Hurairah Radhiyallahu Anhu, the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wassalam said:

“It is not keeping the Dhuha prayer but awwab, this is the awwabin prayer.” (Narrated by Ibn Khuzaimah)

Awwabin itself has the meaning of being obedient or returning to obedience. From the hadith above, it can be concluded that the Duha prayer is the prayer of those who return to obedience in carrying out the commands of Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala. If you are diligent in doing Duha prayers, then you will be included in this Awwabin group or the group of people who return to obedience.

6. Get the reward of Hajj and Umrah

Not all Muslims are lucky to get a call to visit Mecca and Medina, and perform the Hajj or Umrah pilgrimage. If you are one of those people who haven’t had the opportunity to visit the two holy cities, you don’t need to be sad.

The reason is, whoever performs the Fajr prayer and then sits and waits in the mosque until the sun begins to rise and performs the Duha prayer two cycles, then he will have the perfect reward for Hajj and Umrah. 

Even though we haven’t received a summons to visit the Baitullah Kaaba, or visit the Nabawi Mosque, at least we can still get the same reward as the reward of people who perform Hajj and Umrah perfectly.

7. Become a lucky person

The virtue of the dhuha prayer which is no less powerful is that, with the permission of Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala, they get luck faster than other people. The virtue of this dhuha prayer happened during the time of the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wassalam . At that time the companions were going to war, then Rasulullah SAW asked the Mujahideen to get a lot of spoils of war or ghanimah and quickly return to Medina.

The Mujahideen then returned quickly from the war and received many benefits in the form of ghanimah. Seeing this, Rasulullah Shalallahu Alaihi Wassalam said:

“Would you like me to show you which destination is closest and has the most ghanimah, and come back quickly?”

They replied, “Yes!”

So Rasulullah Shalallahu Alaihi Wassalam said, “Whoever takes ablution, then enters the mosque, and performs the Duha prayer, then he is the closest to his goal, gets the most ghanimah, and returns the fastest.” (Narrated by Tirmidhi)

Duha prayer is indeed a sunnah prayer, but seeing its special virtues, it’s a loss if we just skip the Duha prayer. Plus, this one prayer service also has a number of cycles that are not too many so it doesn’t take long to do it.

Considering that Duha time starts at 7 in the morning, you still have time to perform Duha prayers at least two cycles before starting your daily activities. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn the dhuha prayer readings, and other prayer services, you can visit www.sinaumedia.com . Here, you can get various books about obligatory prayers, sunnah prayers, and various other acts of worship in Islam. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, we always try to provide the best and latest information for you.

Author: Siti Marliah

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Prayer After Fardhu Prayer – The five daily fardhu prayer is a mandatory worship that must be carried out by every Muslim under any circumstances, anytime and anywhere. However, a Muslim who experiences certain conditions such as illness is given relief in performing fardhu prayers.

For example, if there is someone who is sick and cannot stand up, then it is permissible to perform fardhu prayers while sitting. If you can’t sit, then it’s permissible to fall asleep, if you can’t at all, then it’s permissible to pray with a sign.

When establishing fardhu prayers, there are several sunnah practices that are recommended to be carried out in Islam. Among them is reading the prayer before and after the fardhu prayer. These prayers can grant someone’s wish, perfect worship and have other virtues.

The Proof of Reciting Dhikr After Prayer

Although dhikr and prayer after the five obligatory prayers are not obligatory, a Muslim should not leave the place and leave immediately after the prayer. This Sunnah for dhikr and prayer has been hinted at by the Prophet Muhammad SAW and in accordance with the word of Allah SWT in the letter An Nisa verse 103.

Allah also said in Surah Al Jumuah verse 10, along with the verse.

Because, by doing dhikr after the prayer, the dhikr will patch up the deficiencies that existed in the prayer that Sinaumed’s had previously performed. Likewise with dhikr, with dhikr, a person has connected his worship with other worship, so that a Muslim will not feel satisfied just by praying.

In dhikr after finishing prayer, a Muslim should follow the demands of the Prophet Muhammad SAW and recite the dhikr taught by the Prophet.

Reading Dhikr After Prayer

As explained above, that dhikr should be read in accordance with the demands and teachings of the Prophet Muhammad. The goal is that the dhikr that is read can complete the prayer service that was previously carried out and also increase the reward. Here are some dhikr after prayer that Sinaumed’s can read.

1. Read istighfar 3 times

From Tsauban ra, the Prophet Muhammad SAW said,

(O Allah, you are greetings and safety are only from you, Glory be to You, O One who has all majesty and glory. (HR. Muslim no 591)).

2. Read the tahlil

From Al Mughirah bin Syu’bah ra, he said,

(There is no god who has the right to be worshiped except Allah alone, there is no partner for Him. All praise and kingdom belong to Allah. Allah has power over everything. O Allah, nothing prevents what You give and no one gives what You prevent it. Wealth and glory are of no use to their owners. From You are all wealth and glory.) (Narrated by Bukhari no 6615, Muslim no 593).

3. Read tasbih, tahmid, takbir and tahlil 100 times

After finishing reading the two forms of dhikr above, Sinaumed’s can then read tasbih, tahmid, takbir and tahlil after finishing the prayer. There are four authentic readings of tasbih, tahmid, takbir and tahlil from the Prophet SAW. Here’s an explanation.

• Tasbih is read 33 times, tahmid is read 33 times, takbir is read 33 times, tahlil is read once. So that the total reading dhikr 100 times. In accordance with the words of the Prophet SAW in a hadith narrated by Muslims.

(Glory be to Allah, all praise be to Allah, Allah is the Greatest (33 times). There is no god who has the right to be worshiped except Allah alone. There is no partner for Him. All kingdoms and worship belong to Allah. He is the Almighty over everything. )

Then all his mistakes will be forgiven, even if they are as much as the foam in the ocean. (HR. Muslim no 597).

• Tasbih is recited 33 times, tahmid is recited 33 times, takbir is recited 34 times, so that a total of 100 recitations of dhikr are recited. This dhikr is in accordance with a hadith narrated by Muslim. Here’s the hadith.

From Ka’ab bin Ujrah ra, from the Prophet SAW:

• Tasbih is recited 25 times, tahmid is recited 25 times, takbir is recited 25 times, tahlil is recited 25 times, so that the total recitation of dhikr is 100 times.

In accordance with the history of Zaid bin Thabit ra, he said:

• Tasbih is read 10 times, tahmid 10 times, takbir 10 times. Then the total dhikr as much as 30 times. The following hadith explains the recitation of the dhikr.

From Abdullah bin Amr ra, the Prophet SAW said:

Prayer After Fardhu Prayer

After reciting the dhikr in accordance with the sunnah of Rasulullah SAW, it is best for Sinaumed’s not to get up from his seat and continue reading the prayer. By praying after finishing the prayer, one’s wish or hajat will be easily granted. Here are some prayers after fardhu prayers that Sinaumed’s can read.

1. Read the prayer Laa ilaha illallah wahdahu laa syarika lahu”

As the history of Abdullah bin Zubair ra, as follows:

(There is no God who has the right to be worshiped other than Allah alone, there is no partner for Him. All praise and kingdom belong to Allah alone. Allah has power over everything. There is no power and effort except with Allah’s help. There is no God who has the right worshiped except Allah. We do not worship except Him. All favors, gifts and good praise belong to Allah. There is no god who has the right to be worshiped except Allah by purifying worship only to Him, even if the disbelievers do not like it. (Narrated by Muslim no. 594)

2. Read the verse of the chair

As you know that the verse chair has many virtues. Therefore, the verse of the chair is also recommended to be read after completing the obligatory prayer. As hadith from Abu Umamah Al Bahili ra, the Prophet SAW once said:

Meaning: Whoever reads the verse of the chair after every obligatory prayer, then nothing can prevent him from entering heaven except death. (HR. An Nasai no 9928, Ath Thabrani no 7532, authenticated by Al Albani in Sahih Al Jami ‘no 6464)

3. Read the letters Al Ikhlas, Al Falaq and An Naas

In a hadith from Uqbah bin Amir ra, he said: Rasulullah SAW ordered me to read surah al mu’awwidzar (an naas, al falaq, al sincere) at the end of each prayer. (Narrated by Abu Daud no 1523, authenticated by Al Albani in authentic Abu Daud)

4. Read the prayer Allahumma inni as aluka ilman naafian

From Umm Salamah Hindun bint Abi Umayyah ra, she said: Usually Rasulullah SAW, when he prays at dawn when he greets him, he will read: alloohumma inni as-aluka ‘ilman naafi’an, wa rizqon thoyyiban, wa ‘amalan mutaqobbalan (O Allah, I beg of You are useful knowledge, good sustenance and accepted practice.) (HR. Ibn Majah no 762, authenticated by Al Albani in Shahi Ibni Majah).

Those are some collections of dhikr and prayers after fardhu prayers that Sinaumed’s can follow and read after carrying out the five daily obligatory prayers. If Sinaumed’s is interested in knowing and reading the prayers after other prayers, then Sinaumed’s can read the collection of prayers available at sinaumedia.com .

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, of course we provide a variety of books, including prayer collection books for Sinaumed’s. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

So what are you waiting for? Buy and read the book right now!

Author: Khansa

What is the first thing that comes to your mind when you hear the term design thinking ? Maybe for you, design thinking is synonymous with innovation, thinking out-of-the-box , having new breakthroughs, and so on. Actually, you’re not wrong.

The three word phrases are indeed the desired results from the process of doing design thinking . Usually, the ability to do design thinking is needed in jobs related to product design, user experience, UX designer , architecture, and others.

Design thinking does not only apply in this job, it is also needed in business. Design thinking does have advantages such as cost savings and guaranteed return on investment (ROI), making users more loyal, and saving development time.

That said, design thinking is also very important for startups . Startups invent, test products or services and often fail before getting funding to continue their innovation. Startup must be able to define a problem and answer it with the product results. Design thinking is where it comes into play.

So, what is meant by design thinking ? What are the characteristics and application? Continue to read the information below so you can understand design thinking .

What is Design Thinking?

On the internet, you will find many definitions of design thinking . According to the “Interaction Design Foundation”, for example, design thinking is referred to as an iterative process of understanding users, challenging assumptions, redefining problems, and creating solutions.

Meanwhile, the “Career Foundry” said that design thinking is an ideology as well as a process for solving complex problems that emphasize the interests of the user. Simply put, design thinking is an approach or method of solving problems both cognitively, creatively, and practically to answer human needs as users.

Design thinking includes processes such as context analysis, problem finding and framing, idea and solution generation, creative thinking, sketching and drawing, modeling and prototyping, testing and evaluating.

The essence of design thinking includes the ability to:

• Solving complex problems.
• Turning strategy into solutions.
• Using abductive and productive reasoning.
• Using non-verbal, graphic or spatial modeling media, for example, sketching and prototyping.

Design thinking gives us space to fail. Learning from failure, we must understand why we failed and why we have to fix it. Design thinking is also linked to recipes for product and service innovation in business and social contexts. Some of these recipes have been criticized for oversimplifying the design process and downplaying the role of technical knowledge and skills.

John E. Arnold was one of the first writers to use the term design thinking . In ” Creative Engineering ” (1959) he distinguishes four areas of design thinking. According to Arnold, design thinking can produce, among other things:

• New functionality, i.e. solutions that meet new needs or solutions that meet old needs in entirely new ways.
• Higher level of solution performance.
• Lower production costs.
• Salability improvement.

Thus, according to this initial concept, design thinking encompasses all forms of product innovation, including especially incremental innovation (higher performance) and radical innovation (new functionality). Arnold recommends a balanced approach: Product developers should explore opportunities in all four areas of design thinking.

Even though it has many meanings, there are four characteristics that you will always encounter in design thinking .

1. Solution-Based or People-Centered

The interests of humans as users are the main focus in the design thinking method . Hence, design thinking plays the role of identifying problems that are being faced by humans and answering these problems with solutions that are useful and effective for them.

In other words, design thinking relies heavily on solutions to answer these needs. This kind of approach will require someone to come up with something constructive to solve a problem.

Solution-based thinking is summed up in research by Bryan Lawson, Professor of Architecture at the University of Sheffield, which compares the process of problem solving by a group of scientists vs a group of designers. Lawson said that groups of scientists tend to identify problems ( problem-based ), while groups of designers prioritize problem solutions ( solution-based) . So, solution-based is carried out experimentally in order to find the right solution.

2. Hands-On

One of the stages carried out in design thinking is prototyping, turning ideas into real products. This stage allows direct testing from the design team on semi-finished products. Hands-on characteristics will not exist in a business that does not use design thinking . For example, with the rise of coffee shops which are increasingly mushrooming in big cities.

The existence of coffeeshops with the same business model and offerings will only make the competition in the coffeeshop industry more stringent. The rise of coffee shops also does not try to question the problems that exist in coffee enthusiasts. As a result, no solutive product is produced.

3.Highly Creative

Some say that being creative means being able to create something new. There are also those who argue that a creative person can connect things that were previously unrelated. If you look at it, the point is the same, that creativity demands novelty.

This characteristic is closely related to design thinking . Solving problems and answering them with solutions is the main goal of design thinking . However, the solution offered must also present a fresh concept in order to attract users.

If the solution already exists, isn’t it natural that users aren’t interested in your offer?

4. Done Repeatedly or Iteratively

Design thinking always starts with looking for problems. Why bother looking for trouble? This is because user behavior and desires are constantly changing. Not only that, in fact, users do not really know what they want.

That is evidenced by the words of Henry Ford, the founder of one of the largest car companies in the world, Ford. “If I asked what the user wanted, they would say a faster horse,” he said. Even though in the end Ford didn’t produce horses, at least he managed to contribute something faster, right?

Users don’t know that what you produce will end up being something they need the second it appears in plain sight. Design thinking exists to bridge this gap. It will be used continuously to offer this invisible desire, until the results are able to answer what the user really needs.

Process in Design Thinking

Design thinking is not a new term. The idea of ​​using a design approach for creative problem solving has long been discussed by experts since the 1960s. Experts contribute their thoughts to each other, thus forming the concept of design thinking .

It was John E. Arnold who first put forward the term design thinking in his book “Creative Engineering” in 1959. Then, in 1965, L. Bruce Archer responded to this idea by arguing that design thinking needed to be done systematically.

Herbert Simon, an American sociologist and psychologist contributed his thoughts through his article entitled The Sciences of The Artificial which was published in 1969. Simon introduced 7 steps to using design as a creative approach to problem-solving .

It was the essence of Simon’s concept that later inspired the 5 stages of design thinking that are commonly known today. This concept became more popular after being applied by David Kelley and Tim Brown to the design company they founded, IDEO. They see that companies are less creative in handling extreme cases that happen to them.

These five stages do not have to be sequential, but can also be implemented non-linearly. That is, in certain stages, you might find an insight that makes you have to improve results at other stages.

In addition, these five stages can also be moved/changed in order, or carried out simultaneously, and repeated several times to open up opportunities for the best solutions.

For more details, see the chart below.

Stages of Design Thinking

1. Empathize

Empathize in design thinking is a crucial early stage. Although these five stages can be carried out in parallel, most projects start with this stage. In this stage, you have to put empathy to know the users and understand their wants, needs, and goals. This stage also requires the observer to leave his assumptions about the user for a moment and begin to understand the mindset of the user.

To get away from assumptions, you can ask what the user is doing ( what ), how is he doing it ( how ), and why is he doing it ( why ). These three questions will help you make objective observations.

In order to understand users from the psychological to the emotional side, you can interact directly with users. However, currently, there are many ways that can be used to understand users. For example, such as analyzing product feedback and identifying user behavior on social media.

2. Define

After collecting data related to users, your next task is to analyze that data. Next, identify the problems or obstacles experienced by users. The define stage in design thinking itself is carried out to mention the problem statement .

In naming the problem, make sure you are using the user’s point of view, not emphasizing the action the company should take. For example, you find that there is a need for hand protective fluid to protect yourself from the Covid-19 virus.

From there, state the problem with “Indonesian people need…” instead of “Our company has to make…” This will help to clearly distinguish the problem statement and not confuse the company about calling a problem with a solution.

3. Ideate

With knowledge of user complaints and clear problem statements, now is the time for you to compile creative ideas as problem solutions. This is where the creative process begins. The Nielsen Norman Group defines idea as the process of generating a series of ideas based on a particular topic, without any attempt to judge or evaluate them. So, here, you are free to explore any ideas.

However, formulating creative ideas is not easy. Some ideas will be considered interesting and others will just end up in the trash. Therefore, at this stage you are required to think out-of-the-box . If you have trouble coming up with brilliant ideas, you can follow some of the ideation methods that are often used, such as brainstorming, mindmapping , and bodystorming ( roleplay ).

4. Prototypes

After choosing the most genius idea, you have to make a visualization of your idea. This stage does require experimentation to turn ideas into something visible. The prototype itself is an unfinished product, a simulation, a sample that can evaluate the ideas and designs that you have designed, for example, like a beta version in making a website. This stage is important for testing whether the product that has been worked on so far is in accordance with what was planned.

At this stage, the solutions offered can be accepted, repaired, redesigned, even rejected. Therefore, the function of this stage is to re-question whether the existing product can answer user problems.

5.Test

As the name implies, at this stage, you have to test the prototype to the user. Sometimes, testing is optional. However, testing will provide its own advantages, namely product reviews . From there, you can maximize the product again from feedback from users.

Even though this stage is at the end, it does not mean that the design thinking process has been completed. As previously said, design thinking is a non-linear method . The testing process may reveal deficiencies or gaps in other design thinking processes .

In that case, you have to fix the result of the incomplete process. For example, after testing it turns out that the user doesn’t really need it. It could be, the problem statement that you formulated is not quite right. So, you have to repeat the identification of the problem in the define stage , then redefine the ideas as problem solutions.

Example of Application of Design Thinking: Case Study of Gojek

This time, you will find out about Gojek’s success in finding problems and providing solutions using design thinking. The founder of Gojek, Nadiem Makarim, is worried when many people don’t believe that ojek can be a professional job.

He answered these doubts through an innovative invention in the form of an application to connect online motorcycle taxi partners and passengers with Gojek. As of 2020, Gojek has accumulated 38 million monthly active users, won the unicorn title in May 2017, and became decacorn two years later.

The following are the stages of Gojek’s discovery using design thinking .

1. Empathize

Nadiem said that the motorcycle taxi sector is very valuable. This stems from his personal experience, preferring to take a motorcycle taxi instead of bringing his own car to avoid Jakarta’s traffic jams. Nadiem found that the community also felt the same anxiety and needed alternative transportation.

On the other hand, because he often rides motorcycle taxis, Nadiem can understand the ins and outs of a motorcycle taxi driver who works 14 hours a day and does not see his wife and children, but only gets 4 passengers. Nadiem is concerned about the fate of motorcycle taxi drivers.

2. Define

Nadiem tries to answer the existing problems by emphasizing that consumers face traffic jams every day. On the other hand, there is uncertainty about the income of a motorcycle taxi driver, even after working many hours a day.

Apart from that, Nadiem also saw that when there were many motorbike taxis available, there were not many passengers who needed his services. However, when passengers need it, the motorcycle taxi is not there. Nadiem said, this causes market inefficiency. Therefore, Nadiem felt he had to make a new breakthrough to accommodate this.

Potential problem statement: “People need alternative transportation to avoid Jakarta traffic jams and motorcycle taxi drivers need income certainty (passengers)”.

3. Ideate

Capitalized on public anxiety over Jakarta’s traffic jams, the plight of motorcycle taxi drivers, and the formulation of the problem statement above, Nadiem formulated several solutions. One of them, and which will be the basis for making its current product, is to create a link between the needs of passengers and motorcycle taxi drivers.

4. Prototypes

In 2010, Nadiem created a call center for conventional motorcycle taxis with 20 drivers. After receiving a positive response from the community, Gojek then developed its application.

5.Test

In 2015, Gojek released the Go-Ride application to see the community’s response. It wasn’t long before drivers started registering in droves, from 20 people initially to 800 people in 2015. Gojek has succeeded in becoming a liaison for online motorcycle taxi partners with customers who need alternative transportation to avoid Jakarta’s traffic jams. In addition to these main services, Gojek is also increasingly developing its business in food delivery services, goods, purchasing of goods, cleaning services, and others.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles 

• 12 Examples of Marketing Strategies Worth Trying
• Marketing Management: Definition, Functions, Objectives, Duties, and Concepts
• Definition of Variable Costs: Characteristics, Types, Examples, and Formulas
• Definition of Marketing and 7 Types!
• Definition of Promotion: Definition of Experts, Types, and Examples

Descriptive research is – Have you ever heard of the term descriptive research? Descriptive research is one of the many types of research that experts often use to write down their findings. These experts can come from among lecturers, students, even anyone who does have a profession as a researcher.

Research activity is an important activity to be carried out to help develop science and technology. So, it’s no wonder that all governments from every country in the world, especially Indonesia, strongly encourage researchers and academics to conduct research. In fact, in Indonesia, lecturers have an obligation to conduct research.

In order for research activities to run smoothly, the research methods chosen and used must also be appropriate. This is done with the aim of making it easier for researchers to get the desired, appropriate, and accurate results in the process.

As for one research method that can and is widely used by a wide audience is descriptive research.

Descriptive research is a research method whose writing seeks to describe the subject or object being studied in more depth, detail, and breadth. This method is usually used to solve or answer a problem by collecting data, analyzing, classifying, making conclusions, and reporting.

The way of presenting the data obtained in the descriptive research method is by using graphs, tables, pictograms, diagrams, calculating the mean, mode, median, standard deviation, or calculating percentages.

Basically, this type of research method is more widely used in the health sector. This is because the descriptive research method is very different from other methods and has a tendency to focus more on discussing an ongoing phenomenon.

So, what exactly is the meaning of descriptive research? To find out more in-depth information, come on, see the explanation below! Definitions, criteria, and characteristics used in descriptive research.

Definition of Descriptive Research

Descriptive research is one of the research methods used to describe the characteristics of a population or an ongoing phenomenon. Therefore, this one research method has the main focus on explaining how the object of research is in depth. So, it can be the answer to what events and phenomena are happening in the research process.

This descriptive research method then becomes different compared to other research methods. This is caused by descriptive research methods which tend to focus more on discussing why a phenomenon or event can occur in society.

What is meant by phenomena or events from descriptive research is something that is the object of research. Then of course, the results of the research will describe the object of research in more detail and depth.

Can you understand it already? If you still feel a little confused about the meaning of descriptive research, maybe the meaning of descriptive research from the experts below will help you a little.

Definition of Descriptive Research According to Experts

Check out the opinions of experts regarding the meaning or definition of the following descriptive research method, come on!

1. According to Hidayat

The first definition of descriptive research was conveyed by Hidayat (2010). Hidayat explained that the descriptive research method is a study that is carried out more broadly in the use and collection of data. The meaning of the broad word here is that researchers are more inclined to carry out long analyzes that are used from the beginning to the end of the study.

Researchers who ultimately choose to use this descriptive research method will be required to have a strong commitment in conducting their research. This commitment can come from mastering theory to implementation when it goes directly to the field.

This commitment is really needed by prospective researchers because, as Hidayat has said before, this research method requires a very long, broad, and in-depth analysis.

2. According to Sukmadinata

Through his book written in 2006, Sukmadinata explained that the definition or definition of descriptive research method is a research characteristic that reveals and explains various natural and social phenomena that exist and occur in people’s lives, in a more specific, detailed, and deeper manner. .

This specific word in its definition is intended to explain the relationship aspects, the impacts that occur, and the possible solutions that can be carried out from these research activities.

So, in this case, the researcher can choose one object to be the focus of his research. After that, the object and results of the research will be explained in detail and specifically in the research report.

3. According to Etna Widodo Muchtar

The next definition of descriptive research was conveyed by Etna Widodo Muchtar. According to Etna Widodo Muchtar in 2000, he said that research using descriptive methods is a research method used to clarify a condition of social phenomena through various research variables. These many research variables must also be connected and related to one another.

In addition, Etna Widodo Muchtar also added, in a research conducted in a descriptive way, the researcher does not need to develop hypotheses first.

This is because the research activities that will be carried out later aim for the testing process. Furthermore, writing research results can also only be done if the researcher has gone directly to the field or field work practice.

4. According to Punaji

Punaji became the next expert who presented his definition of descriptive research methods. Punaji explained that research using descriptive method is a scientific research method that has the aim of explaining more specifically related to the existence of natural and social events in the community.

This in-depth and detailed explanation will then make the explanation of the results of an expert’s research more complex than usual.

The data obtained from this descriptive research method also tends to be more numerous and varied. This is because the data can be in the form of numerical data and can also be in the form of words or explanations. So, this will cause more types of data used in the research process.

For numerical data, researchers can use the data as material for quantitative research based on numbers. As for the data in the form of words, the researcher can use the data as material for qualitative research or based on quality.

5. According to Sugiyono

The opinion of the expert who conveyed the meaning of the last descriptive research was Sugiyono. According to him, descriptive research is a study that uses methods to describe or explain a result that has been achieved from a study.

However, Sugiyono also explained that the description in this descriptive research was not only used in compiling general research conclusions, but also as a whole from the beginning of the research report to its conclusion.

Because, if you look at the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI, the word descriptive research must be interpreted in two different words, namely the word research and the word descriptive. According to what is written in the KBBI, the word research can be interpreted as an activity for analysis, collection, and also presentation of data, which is carried out objectively and systematically in order to solve a problem or test a hypothesis so that it can be further developed into general principles.

Meanwhile, in KBBI the word descriptive itself has a meaning as a possession of a descriptive nature that can describe something as it is. So, when these two words are combined, it can be concluded that descriptive research is a research method that is carried out by describing the object and research results as they are.

Criteria for Descriptive Research

As a research that is scientific in nature and has the aim to describe and explain an event or phenomenon that occurs in society, both natural and social, carefully. So, the descriptive research method also has several criteria that must be met in each research activity.

Determination of criteria in this descriptive research is nothing but to make the final results of the descriptive research in accordance with what was desired and expected previously. The descriptive research criteria are as follows.

1. Feasibility of Formulated Issues or Issues

The first criterion that must be met for descriptive research is about the feasibility of the problem or issues to be raised and formulated. The reason is, not all research can use descriptive methods and every researcher who wants to use this method cannot just choose.

Previously, it was necessary to examine in advance, whether the formulation of the problem really deserved to be raised or not. In addition, the formulation of the problem must also contain scientific value, because not all topics can be raised into research using descriptive methods.

2. Appropriate and Not Too Broad Research Objectives

Each research will be guaranteed by the formulation of the objectives of the research. Especially for research that uses descriptive methods, the research objectives must be precise and not too broad. Objectives should be narrowed and specific so that the contents of the report can focus more on the issues raised.

The reason is, if the research objectives are less specific and too broad, then the explanation of the results will be even wider and not focus on one object. That is the reason why it is necessary to write down the exact research objectives.

3. There are some supporting data in the form of facts

As with other research methods, descriptive research also has the criterion that any data processed in the report must be fact data. So, even though this research will describe the results of the research object, the results cannot be based on references such as books, journals, and videos alone, but researchers must go directly to the field to view and collect research data themselves.

This is intended so that the data obtained is truly in accordance with the facts and in the future it will make it easier for researchers to write research reports in more depth. This is because the researcher already understands exactly what he is studying.

4. The things used as comparison must have validation

Each study has its own standard. The use of this standard in descriptive research is to compare previous theories and future research results. This then makes the comparator must have validation, so that the research can be proven true and does not contain elements other than facts or opinions.

5. Explanation of Place and Time of Research

Selection and determination of place and time in carrying out descriptive research must be stated clearly in the research proposal. This is even made an obligation to be included in the research plan. Starting from a description of the time, location and place of research, to an explanation of the selection of methods to be used.

6. The results of the research must be explained in detail

In connection with researchers who from the beginning used descriptive research methods, the research report must also be written descriptively or explained in detail and detail.

In addition, the research object must also be described and described in full and specific so that the reader of the research report can have a complete picture of the actual research object.

Characteristics of Descriptive Research

Apart from the existence of special criteria, descriptive research also has its own special characteristics or characteristics. This is what then distinguishes descriptive research methods from others. Below are the characteristics of descriptive research as follows.

1. Describe the Variables

The first characteristic of descriptive research is its variables. The main variables that will be used in this descriptive research will be described or described and explained in detail and detail. So, researchers who use this research method must explain gender, age, education level, employment level, marital status, and other main variables in detail without skipping a single one.

2. There are two causes and effects

The next feature of this study is the existence of two causal relationships. It is this attachment relationship that the researcher will then present in depth and how to get a solution from the existence of these two relationships.

3. The research results must be presented according to the data

After the researcher presents the causal relationship from this descriptive research, then the researcher must present the results of the work, literature study, and observations in the field in accordance with the existing data and facts. This is done in order to maintain the purity of the data obtained directly in the field by researchers. After that, then the researcher can develop the case or research problem in a clearer, detailed, and detailed manner as possible.

4. Research data is collected at a certain period

In conducting descriptive research, it is necessary to determine a certain timeframe in order to make specific observations. The reason is, an event or phenomenon will usually be easier to observe if it is taken in a certain period of time.

The determination of the time period used in this study was carried out to ensure that the results obtained were accurate and as expected. Therefore, it is important to collect research data within a certain period of time.

5. Have a flexible research area

Descriptive research area is flexible. This means that the research area can be anywhere because there are no specific specific provisions. So, any area can be used by researchers as a descriptive research location.

However, in their reports, researchers still have to limit the area or location of research. Researchers may limit the research area to one village, one district, even one country. The important thing is that the researcher can take responsibility for the problem he raises.

Conclusion

Descriptive research is a research and research method used by an expert or researcher to describe an event or phenomenon in greater depth, detail and detail. Usually, this research method focuses on explaining the research object. So that the results of the research can be the answer to what events are happening during the research process.

There are various expert opinions regarding the meaning of descriptive research, including those from Sugiyono, Punaji, and Etna Widodo Muchtar. All three agreed that research with this descriptive method would explain the research object in detail.

The criteria for descriptive research are problem feasibility, research objectives, fact data, comparison validation, clarity of time and place of research, as well as research results that are explained in depth. While the characteristics for descriptive research are the description of the variables, causal relationships, data collected within a certain time period, research results presented according to the data, and flexible research areas.

So , that’s the discussion about the meaning of descriptive research for #FriendsWithoutLimits. Hope it helps, huh!

If you want to find books on research methods, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author Name: Raden Putri

Source:

• https://katadata.co.id/iftitah/berita/624689b762261/pengertian-penelitian-dekriptif-ciri-ciri-tipe-dan-pelaksanaannya
• https://www.duniadosen.com/penelitian-descriptive/
• https://penerbitdeepublish.com/penelitian-descriptive/
• https://www.quipper.com/id/blog/tips-trick/school-life/penelitian-descriptive/

Definition and Examples of Derivative Quantities – Science in this world is very useful for human life. In addition, science can also help humans in completing a job. Therefore, many people say that science can make a life more meaningful.

One of the sciences that plays a significant role in the world is measurement, quantities, and units. This is because the life we ​​live will never be separated from everyday life, especially for workers who are related to counting. Therefore, we must always try to remember all kinds of quantities and units.

Many people already know about basic quantities, but not everyone knows about derived quantities. Even though the derived quantity can be said to have a considerable influence on counting activities. Derived quantities are quantities that are derived from the principal quantities. Even though, derived quantities are derived from basic quantities, you need to know them so that your knowledge and insight about calculations increases.

So, so that you know more about derived quantities, then you can read this article. This article about derived quantities will be discussed starting from the definition of derived quantities to examples of derived quantities. So, read this article to the end, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Derivative Quantity

Derived quantity is a quantity that is derived from the base quantity. Basically, this derived quantity is almost the same as the basic quantity in which both of these quantities function to calculate something expressed in International Units (SI). The quantities that are calculated on derived quantities, such as area, volume, force, pressure, velocity, and others.

The units of derived quantities are often known as derived units. In addition, derived units are obtained from the combination of several base units. Therefore, we will rarely find units that consist of only one unit. Combining several fundamental quantities means that one fundamental quantity can produce several derived quantities. For example, the base unit length can give rise to the derived units of area and volume.

Each derived quantity often appears in math or physics problems when I was in high school. In fact, area, volume, and speed have existed since we were still in Elementary School (SD). Therefore, some people may not be familiar with derived quantities.

As is the definition of derived quantities, each unit of derived quantities is an adjustment of units to the base quantities. Of the many derived quantities, one of the simplest examples of derived quantities is area. For example, the derived quantity (area) of a rectangle has the formula (Length x Width), the multiplication produces the unit length (m) which is raised to the power, so that it becomes (m2).

The derived area is a quantity that is derived from the base unit length. The principal length unit has units (m). We can find the derived area in flat shapes, such as squares, rectangles, and other flat shapes. So, when we encounter a problem about calculating the area of ​​a flat shape, the unit must use the base unit raised to the power (m2).

When calculating the derived quantity it is easier to use the formula of the derived quantity itself. In other words, the formula is a measuring tool for the derived quantity itself. It’s not easy to memorize derived quantities, but as long as you really focus and really memorize them, then you remember the formula for derived quantities. Therefore, you need to memorize every formula for derived quantities. So, have you memorized the formula for each derived quantity?

The method of calculating derived quantities using this formula is often known as indirect measurement. Meanwhile, calculating the derived quantity using a measuring device is better known as direct measurement. In calculating derived quantities, you can also use measuring devices or direct measurements. The tools used to measure derived quantities can be said to be quite special.

Whether it’s direct or indirect measurement, both of them can be used in calculating derived quantities. In other words, when calculating derived quantities, it all depends on whether you are more comfortable using direct measurements or indirect measurements.

Examples of Derived Quantities and Their Units

So, if you only discuss the meaning of derived quantities, it will be incomplete if you don’t discuss examples of derived quantities. To make it easier for you to understand each derived quantity, you can refer to the table of derived quantities accompanied by their units and formulas.

Derivative Amount	International Unit (SI)	Dimensions	Symbols and Formulas
Style	Newtons (kg m/s 2 )	N : MLT -2	F = m . a
Business	Joules (kg m 2 s -2 )	J : M L2 T −2	W = F . s
Speed	Distance/Time (m/s)	V : LT -1	V = s / t
Acceleration	LT –2 (m/s 2 )	a : LT -2	a = Δv / Δt
momentum	kgm/s	[M][L][T] ⁻	P = m . v
Power	Watts (kg.m^2.s^-3)	W : [M] [L] [T] ⁻²	P=W/t
Density	Rho (kg/m 3 )	ρ	ρ=m/V
Frequency	Hertz (s –1 )	Hz	f = 1/t
Load	coulombs	C	I = Q/t
Electrical voltage	Volt	V	V = I . R
Electrical resistance	Ohms (Ω)	R	R=V/I
Wide	m2	[L] 2	W = W x W
Volume	m3	[L] 3	V = W x W x H
Pressure	Pascal (Pa) (N / m 2 )	[M][T] -2 [L] -1	P=F/A

Style

Force is a derived quantity where the units are derived from multiplying mass by acceleration. When described, the unit is (kg m / s ² ) or better known as the Newton unit. So, when calculating the magnitude of the derivative of the force, you need to provide the units of Newtons (N). The derived quantity of force is usually found in physics lessons. The formula for force is F = m . a

Business

Work is a derived quantity that has a derived unit named Joule. The Joule unit is obtained from the force multiplied by the distance which if written becomes (kg m2 s ^-2 ). As with force, we often find this effort in physics lessons. Work has a formula, namely W = F . s.

Speed

Speed ​​is a derived quantity obtained by calculating the distance traveled divided by the travel time and the unit that appears is m/s. Derived units are read as meters per second or meters per second . The derived quantity of velocity has a formula, namely V = s / t. We often find the derived quantity of velocity in mathematics lessons.

Acceleration

Acceleration is one of the derived quantities resulting from calculating the derived quantities of speed and travel time. The amount of speed derivative will be divided by the travel time that has been done. If, the derived unit of velocity is symbolized by the letter V, then the acceleration is symbolized by the letter a. The formula for the derived quantity of acceleration is a= Δv / Δt.

momentum

The next example of a derived quantity is momentum. Momentum is derived from multiplying mass and velocity, resulting in formulas such as meters per second or kilogram meters per second (kg m/s). Meanwhile, the formula for the magnitude of the momentum derivative is P = m v.

Power

Power is a derived quantity having units of watts. This watt unit is obtained from the derived unit of effort and the basic unit of time. The formula for this power derivative is P = W/t or it can be said to be the value of work divided by time. We generally find this power in physics subjects.

Density

Density is a derived quantity that is derived from the principal unit mass and derived from the principal unit length (m3), thus creating units such as (kg / m3 ) ^or kilograms per cubic meter. The name of the derived density unit is Rho. While the formula for density is ρ= /V.

Frequency

Frequency is a derived quantity that states there will be vibrations or repeated loops per event in seconds or can be written like (s ^–1 ). The derived unit of frequency is often referred to as Hertz. The formula for frequency is 1/{period(t)} or f = 1/t . In general, the magnitude of the frequency derivative is often used to calculate sound vibrations.

Electrical charge

Electric charge is included in the derived quantity. Electric charge is a derived quantity that has units of Coulombs. The amount of charge drop can be calculated by means of indirect measurements and the formula for the amount of charge is I = Q/t. You can find derived quantities in physics.

Electrical voltage

Voltage is one type of derived quantity that is usually used to calculate differences in electric voltage. We often use the derived unit of this voltage in the electrical field, namely the Volt (V). Meanwhile, the formula for electric voltage is V = I. R.

Electrical resistance

Electrical resistance is a derived quantity that is closely related to electricity. The unit of electrical resistance is the ohm unit. The derived electrical resistance has a formula, namely R = V / I.

Wide

Area is a derived quantity derived from the principal quantity length. While the area value is obtained by multiplying the length and width (pxl). The unit used in the derived area is the cubic meter (m ² ). This area formula is usually used to calculate the area of ​​a flat shape or a two-dimensional shape.

Volume

Volume is a derived quantity derived from the principal quantity length, resulting in a volume formula that is length multiplied by width multiplied by the height of an object. After calculating the volume, the derived volume unit is the cubic meter (m ³ ). The volume derived quantity is in mathematics lessons in the field of geometric shapes or three-dimensional shapes.

Pressure

Pressure is a derived quantity that is derived from the derived force with the derived area or if it is written as N/m2. The formula for the derived quantity is P = F / A. The derived quantity, which is the derivative of the magnitude of the force, is often found in physics.

https://cdn.sinaumedia.com/uploads/items/9789796925469.jpg

Characteristics of Derivative Magnitudes

In order for you to understand more deeply in the discussion of derived quantities, you need to know the characteristics of derived quantities. There are two characteristics of derived quantities, namely more than one unit and can be calculated directly and indirectly.

1. More Than One Unit

For each derived quantity, the units are generally more than one or the units may also be a combination of several principal quantities. For example, the derived quantity of speed where the units are derived from the principal quantity of length (meters) and the principal quantity of time (seconds or seconds ). Therefore, when you want to calculate the magnitude of the speed derivative, the formula is speed (v) = length or distance traveled (s): time (t).

In addition, there are also derived quantities that have more than two units, namely the derived quantities of force. In terms of derived force, the unit used is Newton (N) where the base unit is kg . m/s ² .

2. Can be counted directly and indirectly

As previously discussed, definite derived quantities can be calculated. In fact, derived quantities can appear in everyday life or in a problem. Therefore, we can calculate the derived quantity by using a measuring device or simply using a formula.

The use of measuring devices in calculating derived quantities is called direct measurement and the use of measuring devices when calculating derived quantities is called indirect measurement. For example, when you want to measure the volume of a drinking bottle, the volume can be found by measuring each part on the surface of the glass one by one or you can also use the volume formula.

Derivative Measurement Tool

One of the characteristics of derived quantities is that they can be calculated by indirect measurements or calculated using measuring devices. This derived quantity has a special measuring tool to find out the value of the derived quantity without using a formula. Measuring instrument derived quantities, namely:

1. Dynamometer

A dynamometer is a special tool that can function to calculate the size of the force that exists on an object. When used, the dynamometer will apply the spring force method.

2. Calorimeter

The calorimeter is a type of derivative measuring instrument used to measure the amount of heat that occurs in a chemical change or reaction.

3. Ohm Meters

Ohm meter is a derivative measurement tool that functions to calculate the electrical resistance that exists in objects related to electricity.

4. Speedometer

Speedometer is a type of derivative measurement tool that is usually used when calculating speed. We often find speedometers in motorcycles, cars, and so on.

5.Hygrometers

Hygrometer is a measuring instrument for measuring the amount of derivative to calculate the humidity of the air in a room. This derived measurement tool can be said to be quite easy to use, so meluas can apply it easily.

6. Barometer

The barometer is a derivative measurement tool that is generally used to calculate the amount of air pressure that exists. Therefore, the barometer is usually used when predicting the weather.

Conclusion

Derived quantities are quantities that are derived from the principal quantities, so there can be more than one unit in the derived quantities. Therefore, it can be said that the derived quantities are a combination of the basic quantities and the derived quantities themselves. In addition, derived quantities can be calculated or measured using direct measurements (with tools) and indirect measurements (without measuring devices or with formulas).

Source: From various sources

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Deregulation – When a policy has been officially passed, it will not be long before the policy will begin to be tested or enforced in the public. Even though it has gone through a rigorous formulation and analysis process, sometimes a policy experiences discrepancies in the field. This often happens because many external factors affect its implementation.

Input, criticism, and suggestions that arise during the implementation of a regulation or policy will be accommodated by the institution or party that issued it. Various solutions will be formulated to find a way out of the discrepancy. This is the process of a policy change.

One of the steps that can be taken so that the implementation of a regulation provides or receives maximum benefits is through deregulation. Deregulation is one part of policy change. Usually, the originator of the regulations will eliminate several points of the regulations that are considered inappropriate, inefficient or burdensome. This process is then called deregulation.

Definition of Deregulation

The term deregulation is closely related to economic activity. The reason is because deregulation is often carried out on regulations related to the economy. In other words, deregulation decisions depart from the economic situation and will also have an impact on economic activity.

According to Erwin P. Geiger in the book Privatization and Deregulation: Needed Policy Reforms for Agribusiness Development , deregulation is eliminating all unnecessary rules or all redundant rules and regulations that are proven to impede or slow down productive economic activities. Erwin considers that the majority of regulations originating from a centralized economy refer to development theory. The theory of economic development emphasizes the evidence of the success and failure of economic development in countries that are currently carrying out economic development.

Unfortunately, regulations based on this theory of development often lead to market failures. Many of these regulations close doors or economic opportunities thereby ignoring or inhibiting market forces.

As a result, the government adopted more regulations, hoping to regulate the economy the way politicians wanted it to. This resulted in hampered economic activity. Whereas the market economy is a pillar for the economic growth and prosperity of a country. To create a productive market system, many pre-made regulations must be eliminated.

Deregulation is the consequence of a critical reassessment of existing regulations. The form or action taken in a deregulation depends on the nature of the market, for example changing or liberalizing price controls, controlling both domestic and international markets, or redefining competition policies for deregulated markets.

Deregulation and its Implications

Basically, humans cannot live without rules. In fact, we recognize that rules are necessary for markets to function properly. The market economy is a system that must be developed and preserved with great care. Because complete neglect can also lead to economic collapse and market failure. However, the very dynamic development of the times demands that all regulations or policies be formulated that do not conflict with the principle of freedom.

These regulations are often based on legal requirements which are then expanded and reinterpreted by bureaucrats. Often they become redundant, unnecessary, even obsolete. Such rules often have implications for:

1. Increase fees or rates charged to individuals and companies.

Complex regulations will certainly require extra performance to implement them. This results in a large use of time and energy. The costs incurred by business actors—both individuals and companies—are also increasing because they have to implement policies that are not lean.

2. Increase the burden on state administration.

Not only business people, the state will also suffer losses if it has to apply multiple layers of policies. The administrative process carried out will certainly burden the state because it requires additional time and effort.

3. The creation of distortions in the market.

Market distortion is a situation when the market experiences an imbalance. From the point of view of deregulation, market distortions occur due to the creation of unhealthy or uncompetitive markets due to policies that are usually burdensome for small business actors. In this condition, only business actors who are well-established or have large capital can access the market and even dominate the market.

4. Inhibit and reduce competition.

Referring to the previous explanation, if deregulation is not carried out, it will be impossible to create a competitive market. The large costs incurred to implement regulations—taking care of business licensing for example—will be burdensome for small entrepreneurs. The market will also be dominated by big business players and usually old players.

5. Prevent people from starting businesses.

Not only is it a matter of cost, convoluted regulations will also discourage novice businessmen for reasons of time and effort. Even though they have adequate capital, the long duration of time is also another obstacle for prospective business people. Likewise the problem of resources which often becomes an obstacle when a prospective businessman is required to invest time and energy to take care of business licensing that is not one door.

Under these threats, it is difficult for investment and long-term expansion to take place. This obstacle is also very detrimental to economic growth. To overcome this situation, the government needs to simplify regulations, reduce or eliminate them.

The aim was to rationalize formal requirements, eliminate duplication and allow easier access to new markets and economic activities, as well as limit state interference. This action does not mean the abolition of all regulations and controls, but selection through evaluation of regulations based on predetermined rationalizations.

The Exception Principle in Deregulation

There is a rationalization shift towards a rule that previously started from the premise that everything is prohibited unless expressly permitted, shifting to the principle that all activities are permitted to be carried out, unless there are rules that expressly prohibit it. In the case of a market economy, certain regulations are still needed to ensure the continuity of the market because the market functions imperfectly. In addition, the market is also demanded to be free from regulations that create obstacles for economic activity.

Even so, there are several exception principles that can be ignored in a deregulation process. This can mean that regulations become stronger, stricter, even more explicit as awareness of the following exclusions increases:

• Protection of human health (control of food);
• Public safety and security;
• Protection of the environment; And
• Uphold quality standards.

In certain cases, the regulations concerning these principles are far more detailed and detailed. All rules and exceptions must reflect the country’s established laws and international agreements. In many countries, deregulation needs to be accompanied by the abolition of privileges and exclusions that concern the interests of many people.

To determine which regulations will be automatically evaluated, the criterion is to eliminate all regulations that are not essential to the public interest. Likewise, regulations that are maintained or tightened must be related to the public interest. Again, deregulation must represent a general administration principle.

Rules in Deregulation

The following are general rules that should be applied when re-evaluating regulations.

1. Eliminate excessive formalism.

Deregulation can also occur when the formal requirements that employers must comply with become less demanding. Formalism is often a complaint or obstacle to many regulations in Indonesia. When applying for a permit, we often have to go through complicated procedures because we adjust to existing regulations. In fact, some procedures should be simplified or skipped. For this reason, deregulation is needed to cut regulations that are too formal but not essential.

2. Eliminate unreasonable deadlines for requirements.

There is a waiting time that is often applied to some regulations. This time duration is often considered unreasonable because it is too long to distract from the target or focus on the needs of other things. Deregulation needs to simplify waiting times so that efficiency, especially in managing business, can be realized.

3. Set rules for “administrative silence”.

This last point means that an application or registration document can be considered automatically approved if the competent authority does not respond within a certain time.

In order to ensure that progress is being made in these areas, the government needs to establish special oversight commissions, for example the Commission to Promote Competition established in Venezuela and Costa Rica.

Purpose of Deregulation

There are several goals that can be achieved from deregulation.

1. Resource Efficiency

By deregulating, the state will eliminate regulations that are considered burdensome to support a more competitive market for companies. This will support the efficiency of resources so as to open or increase competitiveness. Creating healthy competition will also have an impact on developing product innovation and reducing prices.

2. Opening Business Doors for Newcomers

Various obstacles or obstacles in opening a business will fall during the deregulation process. Newcomers can be more intrigued or motivated to enter the business world if the requirements are simple.

3. Creating Multiple Choices for Consumers

Deregulation opened up healthy competition for companies in the market. They will compete with each other to create competitive products both in price and quality. This happened because deregulation also resulted in shorter work processes and cost savings for companies so that funds could be allocated to increase the selling power of products. Consumers also benefit from a competitive market because it provides a wide choice of products and services.

4. Open Freedom for Companies in Competitive Markets

Deregulation is closely related to eliminating or reducing state intervention in the financial sector, including in services, markets and/or products. This gives companies the freedom to determine strategies or business processes to obtain maximum profits.

5. Strengthening the National Economy

The requirement to become a developed country is to achieve an entrepreneurial ratio of at least 4 percent of the total population. The entrepreneurial ratio is important for a country because business is one of the factors that can strengthen the national economy. If consistent deregulation is carried out, many economic opportunities will open up, especially from the business sector, such as financing, capital or investment.

Disadvantages of Deregulation

Deregulation can also cause several disadvantages if it is carried out without supervision and is too massive.

1. Decreased Product Quality

There is a tendency for companies to continue to be able to optimize profits from the business they manage. Meanwhile, companies are given the freedom to innovate in creating products that can win the hearts of consumers by creating a competitive market. Because it saves production costs, the process of producing goods or services often ignores crucial elements that can result in a decrease in commodity quality.

2. Lack of Protection for Consumers, Employees, and the Environment

The less government intervention in market sustainability, the less supervision and protection of consumers. The main cause is the difficulty that the government has in controlling all businesses. This occurs because of an imbalance between the number of human resources in government and ongoing business.

3. There is potential for consumer losses

To be able to obtain maximum profit, companies or business people often eliminate important elements to cut costs. Without strict supervision from the government, consumers have the potential to be harmed by products that do not meet standards.

4. Employee Safety Risk

Not only consumers, cost savings also often make a company ignore employee safety. Establishing and ensuring safe work patterns for workers clearly requires extra costs and maintenance costs.

5. Threat of Environmental Damage

Efforts to make maximum profits also often have a bad impact on the environment. For example, to decompose factory waste or at least guarantee a sustainable disposal system, of course, requires a lot of money. Minimal government oversight resulted in the threat of environmental damage.

6. Open Space for Fraudulent, Predatory Activities, or Illegal Business

Nowadays, it is common for us to encounter news related to fraud suffered by consumers. This is one of the impacts that often occurs as a result of loosening regulations by the government. The difficulty of controlling every existing line of business opens up opportunities for fraud—such as trading in imitation products—which has the potential to harm consumers. Apart from that, deregulation also opened the door for illegal business to enter; drug trafficking, modern slavery, online loan services (financial loans) that do not meet the requirements, etc.

Conclusion

Deregulation has become a popular trend or phenomenon carried out by governments in both developed and developing countries in order to build a solid economic foundation. The main reason is to create a competitive business climate. This is because a strong economy must be supported by healthy business continuity. The market does need to be protected by regulations, but the government must also guarantee freedom for business actors in establishing market mechanisms.

Just like other decisions taken by the government, deregulation also proved to have negative and positive impacts. Measurable deregulation can provide benefits to the business climate. Not only creating a competitive market, deregulation also led to efficiency in the market. Deregulation also supports the opening of various economic opportunities that may come from both within the country and abroad.

Even so, deregulation must be carried out with great care, with careful calculation and planning. This is because excessive deregulation will actually have a negative impact on the business climate and other external instruments that accompany a business.

Apart from that, there is an exception principle that the government must also keep in mind when deregulating. Basically, the evaluation that is applied to a regulation must think about the interests of the people or the general public. Reduction of regulations must not harm the public and must benefit the public. The same principle also applies when the government wants to maintain or tighten a rule.

One of the steps the government can take in carrying out deregulation is not to relax its supervision of the continuity of the market. The government also needs to form a special commission to guarantee fair business competition. Through this unit, the government can launch a complaint service if the public finds fraud or fraud that causes losses.

Author: Anendya Niervana